28 20 5655 https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/49d4b125c1fab6a5d4fff518431939c0.pdf 443b7596f0f9a073238d7880860d607e Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_04_11_1933 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, April 11, 1933 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-04-11 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLIV, No. 10 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on April 11, 1933. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Davis, Edwin P., (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/900be488c985aaa402c24370385d89a8.pdf 38e6a8f7fa921e51f5365546c042aa29 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_04_26_1933 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, April 26, 1933 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-04-26 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLIV, No. 11 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on April 26, 1933. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Davis, Edwin P., (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/a985037b6a879e1e788430217bb759b2.pdf 72adc9e934f702c8c43ca69cb6866099 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_05_02_1933 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, May 2, 1933 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-05-02 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLIV, No. 12 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on May 2, 1933. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Davis, Edwin P., (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/a90500051e89702ca8ee51e91b5830a2.pdf c274c8653dec5487fbebf295b5e3b12c Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_05_09_1933 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, May 9, 1933 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-05-09 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLIV, No. 13 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on May 9, 1933. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Davis, Edwin P., (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/7b5812c0d2053d33999bf816792ee139.pdf d14abdb31396119262d3477196c3862e Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_05_16_1933 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, May 16, 1933 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-05-16 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLIV, No. 14 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on May 16, 1933. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Davis, Edwin P., (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/e9bf84efc4e710f50208021aa15ada1d.pdf 8483d00e74443b8416dc95aa21995ec5 PDF Text Text ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Annapolis, Maryland 1696-1933 COMMENCEMENT EXERCISES Under the Liberty Tree Wednesday, the seventh of June Nineteen hundred and thirty-three AT ELEVEN O'CLOCK IN THE MORNING �COMMENCEMENT EXERCISES PROGRAMME ACADEMIC PROCESSION MARCH FROM ATHALIA (Mendelssohn) St. John's College Orchestra Marshal of the Procession; Dean of the Senior Class; Governor of Maryland; Chairman of the Board of Visitors and Governors; President of the College; Judges of the Court of Appeals and Other Members of the Board of Visitors and Governors; The Superintendent of the United States Naval Academy and Aides; Distinguished Guests ; Professors; Associate Professors; Assistant Professors; Instructors; Candidates for Degrees. The Reverend Doctor Edward Darlington J obnson Rector, St. Anne's Protestant Episcopal Church, Annapolis INVOCATION ROMANCE (Nevin) St. John's College Orchestra ADDRESS, " THE RIGHT TO WORK" The Honorable David J. Lewis United States Congressman from Maryland St. John's College Orchestra GAVOTTE LA GRACE (Bohm) PRESENTATION OF CANDIDATES FOR DEGREES President Douglas H . Gordon CONFERRING OF DEGREES The Honorable Albert C. Ritchie Governor of Maryland BARCAROLE (Offenbach) St. John's College Orchestra The Honorable Carroll T. Bond Chief Judge of the Court of Appeals AW ARD OF HONORS AND PRIZES BENEDICTION The Rt. Reverend Monsignor Hugh J . Monaghan, S.T.B. St. Ambrose Church, Baltimore ODE TO ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE (Starr) ST. JOHN'S FOREVER (Torovsky) MARCH, POMP AND CIRCUMSTANCE (Eigar) } St. John' s College Orchestra �CANDIDA TES FOR DEGREES BACHELOR OF AR TS Magna cum Laude et cum Honore CHARLES GILBERT HILL, JR. (tn Philosophy), ................................. Annapolis EDWARD MARION KENLY (in History) ............ . ........ .. .. ... ...... .. .... . Claiborne Cum Laude et cum Honore (',BORGE DUGAN JOHNSON (in Mathematics) .•.............................. Severna. Park Cum Laude NA'l'HANIEL JOHN CHEW ........ .. .... . ...... ...... . ... .. ........... . .. ... . . 'Vest River JAMES WESLEY GRAY HAMPTON . ...•.... . ... ....... ......... ... ......... Princess Anne LEONARD JOSEPH MURPHY .... .. .... ..... ......... ... . ; ... .......... ·..... . .... Oakland ALLAN ELLIOTT ANDERSON ... .............. ..... ............ .. . .... St. Louis, Missouri THOBURN JAMES BARD ............. .. .... . .. ................ ........ . ... , .DavidsonvHle JAMES RONALD BENNETT . ............. .....• .. . .............. .. ............ Rhodesdale JAMES GAMALIEL BOSS . .. .. . ...... ...... .. ..... . . .... .. .. ... . .......... . ..... .. . Laurel EDWARD DANIEL CAPELL, JR .... ..... ..... .. , ............ Hasbrouck Heights, New Jersey WILLIAM JAMES CARTER ...................•................................. Baltimore ROGER BURNHAM COBB ........... . ... ......... .. . .. ............ ... ........... Salisbur:y .TOHN DUDLEY DIGGES ................................................ , , ........ LaPlata •:J.EORGE ROBERT GALLAGHER .............................................. Baltimore DANIEL HORTON HANCOCK .... ... . ... . ........................................ Stockton DONALD BRUCE HEBB ........................................ , .... , .......... Baltimore JOHN SEBALD HOFMEISTER, JR. ............................................. Baltimore JAMES HERBERT FIELDING JUKES ............................................ Quantico KARL FRANKLIN JUND ........................... , ........................ Dayton, Ohio LAWRENCE JOSEPH KELLY ........................... Cedarhurst, Long Island, New Yori{ JOHN JOSEPH MASON, JR. ............ , .. , ...... , ................... Plainfield, New Jersey STANLEY RUSSELL MITCHELL .................................. Wallingford, Connecticut JAMES HENRY MOORE . ......... . ....... ... .... .... . ..... .. ... .. , ....... Suffolk, Virginia DAVID CAMPBELL NINDE .......................................... Fort Wayne, Indiana CHRIS PETEJl, P ALIVAS ........... ...... .......... ......... . Chicopee Falls, Massachusetts JAMES BARNETT PARKS ............. ....... .................. Drexel Park, Pennsylvania WILLIAM ALGERNON PERCY, JR. , ............ , .... , .................... , ........ Vienna PHILIP RUMRILL PIPER ..................•................... West Hartford, Connecticut JOHN ANTHONY RAUDONIS .. .... .. . ..... .. . ...... ... ..... .... .. Hudson, New Hampshire JOSEPH CRANDELL RUSSELL .... .... ... .. . ..... ............ .. .. . ........ ..... Annapolis WILLIAM CHRISTIAN SANDROCK . . .... . ................ .... Baltimore KENNETH SHELDON ............•........................... West Newton, Massachusetts EVERETT IRVING SMITH ........... ... ....... ... . ................... Oradell, New Jersey DAVID REISINGER STEELE ................................................... Baltimore ENRICO JOSEPH TARANTINO ... ..... ..... ............... . . .. ........ . . . . . . . .. Annapolis LEROY SAMUEL TAYLOR ... ......... ... .... ....... .... ........... .. ............ Chester CARL STROHM THOMAS . .. .... ....... ... ...... ....... ... .... . .. •.. ........ ... . Annapolis URBAN CHESTER ULLMAN ......... , , ............. .............. Woodbridge, New Jersey DANIEL JUNIOR WARD ........ , ... . ... ... .......... . . ........... ... Paterson, New Jersey BEN McLEAN 'VHITING .... ........ .... ..... . ..... ........ .. ..... Plympton, Massachusetts EDvVARD GEORGE WILLIAMS ............................. Hasbrouck Heights, New Jersey JOSEPH KENNARD ~IGHT ..... .... . .... ............ .. .. .... ... ........ .. .... Baltimore vV!LLIAM ALLEN ZIEGLER ........... , ........................................ Baltimore »................. DOCTOR OF LAWS (Honoris causa) MAJOR ENOCH BARTON GAREY, President Emeritus of St. John's College President, The Garey School. ........................................... Aberdeen, Maryland CANDIDATE FOR CERTIFICATE JUSSERAND SCHOLAR, 1932-33 PIERRE de DOUVILLE-MAILLEFEU ........................................ Paris, France �HONORS AND PRIZES To the member of the Senior Class w.ho has attained the highest average in his four years' academic work, a gold medal. Offered by the Board of Visitors and Governors. EDWARD MARION KENLY . To that member of the graduating class, intending to study medicine, who has the highest standing in courses in the Division of the Sciences and Mathematics, a gold piece. Offered by the Theta Psi Fraternity. NA THANIEL JOHN CHEW To the member of the Senior Class who has made the greatest progress in his Senior year over the previous three years' average, a gold ·piece. Offered by the Phi Delta Sigma Fraternity. EVERETT IRVING SMITH To ·tbe· member of the Senior Class who, in the opinion of the Faculty, has shown the greatest general excellence during his college course, a gold medal. Offered by the Reverend Martin Aigner, D .D. EVERETT IRVING SMITH To the .student who, .i·n .t he opinion of the Faculty, has contributed most to the College during the . year, $5 in gold. . Offered by the Phi Sigma Kappa Fraternity. . . . AUSTIN WILLIAM WINSTON To the student who has written the best essay on a subject taught regularly in the Division of the Languages, · Literature, and Art, a prize of $25.00, offered by the Reverend Doctor Thomas E. Green. . ALFRED WANNER SATTERTHWAITE To the student who has composed the best . essay .on the principles of free government, $ 2 5. 0 0, offered under the will of the late Philo Sherman Bennett. HARRISON GOLSHAN DY AR To ·the: student .who has written the best essay on a subject taught regularly in the Division of the Scien·ces and Mathematics, a prize of $25 .00, offered by the Reverend Doctor Thomas E. Green. ··· G. ORGE DUGAN JOHNSON . E [Honorable Mentio n : N athaniel John Chew, Herbert Joseph Floi:estano, Howard Archibald Legg, Leonard Joseph Murphy.] To the member of the Senior Class who, in the opinion .of the Faculty, has best exemplified those principles of love for and service to· men which were ·the dominant characteristics of Algernon Sydney Sullivan, a medallion and certificate of award. Offered annually by the New York Southern Society, in commemoration of Algernon Sydney Sullivan. GEORGE ROBERT GALLAGHER To some person, not a student in the College but intimately connected with the affairs of the College, who in the opinion of the Faculty, possesses such characteristics of heart, mind, and conduct, as evince a spirit of love for and helpfulness to other men and women, as were exemplified by Algernon Sydney Sullivan, a medallion and certificate of award. Offered annually by the New York Southern Society, in commemoration of Algernon Sydney Sullivan. MIRIAM STRANGE To the retiring President of the Studl nt Council, a gavel. Offered by the Beta Mu Chapter of the Kappa Alpha Fraternity. WILLIAM ALGERNON PERCY, JR. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Commencement Programs and Addresses Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Description An account of the resource Addresses given at commencement and programs of events related to, and including, the annual commencement ceremonies at St. John's College. Includes both the undergraduate and Graduate Institute commencements. <br /><br />The College Archives holds programs and/or addresses for the following years:<br /> <ul> <li>1796</li> <li>1835-1836</li> <li>1842</li> <li>1852</li> <li>1856-1857</li> <li>1870</li> <li>1878</li> <li>1880</li> <li>1890</li> <li>1893</li> <li>1895</li> <li>1897</li> <li>1907</li> <li>1910-1918</li> <li>1920-1924</li> <li>1928-1929</li> <li>1932</li> <li>1936-1937</li> <li>1939-1945</li> <li>1947-present  </li> </ul> Click on <strong><a title="Commencement Programs and Addresses" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=18&amp;sort_field=Dublin+Core%2CDate&amp;sort_dir=d">Items in the Commencement Programs and Addresses Collection</a></strong> to view and sort all items in the collection. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context commencementprograms Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Commencement Program, 1933 Description An account of the resource Commencement Exercises Under the Liberty Tree. 1696-1933 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource St. John's College Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-06-07 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Type The nature or genre of the resource text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Language A language of the resource English Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Commencement 1933 Commencement https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/8f1d58780b4210f7854f62bfa79e45e2.pdf 0cb04fc574d1a427131d4e713c396f0b Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 6 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_06_07_1933 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, June 7, 1933 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-06-07 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLIV, No. 15 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on June 7, 1933. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Davis, Edwin P., (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/d56472bee849689e65af0727ff6c23b2.pdf c1e0f74487fd83cde4e4e33c1c44d80a PDF Text Text PRESIDENT'S REPORT ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE cA.nnapolis, vrcaryland �To the Students, Alumni and Friends of St. John's College: The report to the Visitors and Governors of St.John's College which forms the main part of this folder has been sent to you because it not only reports upon a fiscal year which has been very satisfactory, but also because it gives the main facts as to the real estate in Annapolis about which a great deal of misunderstanding exists. This year, it is hoped, will not only mark the end of the long series of years during which the College has operated at a deficit, but will mark the beginning of the time when the College will annually operate with a balanced ~udget. Since the report was written, the aquisition of the renowned Ashhurst Classical Library (partly as a gift and partly by means of the regular Library appropriation) has been consummated; and this collection, formed by three generations of scholars, has greatly enriched the excellent College Library. In general, the position of the College is being strengthened and improved, and next year is looked forward to as one which should be highly successful. Cordially yours, DOUGLAS H. GORDON President �Bulletin of ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE IN ANNAPOLIS VOLUME III NUMBER 3 AUGUST 1933 Published four times a year by St. John·s College, Annapolis, Maryland. Entered as second-class matter January 31, 193 l at the Post Office at Annapolis, Maryland, under the Act of August 24, 1912. �To the Visitors and Governors of St. John's College: Dear Sirs: I am happy to report that the long series of years during which the College has operated at a deficit is now at an end, and that St. John's College has operated so as tc finish with a surplus the fiscal year terminating on June 30, 1933. It is with a feeling of deep gratitude to students, to members of the Faculty, and to members of the Board that I make this statement, for it was by the cooperation of these three groups that it was possible to achieve this result, so vital to the College at present and for the security of its future. When I assumed the presidency of St. John's College two years ago, the obvious and striking difficulty of the College, which had become a serious danger, was this continuing operation at a substantial annual deficit. Without going into details, except to state that all non-cash items have been conservatively written off in no case by less than 75%, I report for comparison the annual results of operations as follows: 1928-1929 ... . .... .. ... . ... $109,095 .93 (deficit) 1929-1930 . . .. . ............ 102,758.70 (deficit) 1930-1931.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39,750.81 (deficit) 1931-1932.... . ..... . ...... 23,145.70 (deficit) 1932-1933.. .. .... . ..... . . . 1,834.23 (surplus) As I pointed out in my report of last year in explaining the loss for 1931-1932, the Board appropriated $15,10 5. 00 for salary increases, new appointments, and for a new library appropriation for that year. In addition, the then business manager did not include in the estimates submitted to the Board an essential expenditure of $6,000.00 necessary to install a completely new heating system, which could no longer be deferred. So that, even during the year 1931-1932, when placed on a comparative basis with the previous year, the College was operated substantially without deficit. It might be well to add that since I have been at the College, although one assistant coach, two administrative officials, and three administrative employees have been dismissed without being replaced, not a single laborer has been dismissed, and every member of the teaching staff has annually been reappointed for the following year. �Faculty salaries have been maintained at the 1929 level, with numerous substantial increases in 1930, and with several smaller increases in 1931, until the current year when the salaries of the faculty were reduced 18. 50%, leaving them substantially above the 1929 level in purchasing power and in many cases in actual amount of money paid. The same cut was made in the salaries of all other members of the staff, except in one case where a larger cut was made. Considerable improvements have been made in the equipment of the College. In addition to the new heating plant previously referred to, a completely modern heating system has been installed in the Brice House (made necessary by a controversy with the Carvel Hall Hotel as to the effect of a contract to heat, which will ultimately have to be settled by litigation). Office equipment has been bought when necessary, and always with the idea in mind that the greatest ultimate satisfaction will be derived from the best equipment that can be had. Pinkney Hall has been completely repainted, so that its brick work is in condition to require no more attention for another generation. At the same time, the interiors of both Pinkney and Randall were completely repapered. The second great difficulty which faced the College in 1931 was the extraordinary relationship of the College with the Davis-Smith Realty Company, a corporation which, with the assistance of the College and the active labor of the College officials and Board members, had acquired not only a large number of buildings immediately adjacent to the College but also over four hundred acres of land across College Creek. Contrary to general understanding, the Brice House, Hammond-Harwood House, Laws House, and Pinkney House are not owned by this corporation, but by the College. It was very generally thought that the owner of the stock of the Davis-Smith Company had acquired the real estate in question for the purpose of donating it to the College, with the exception of one piece which was similarly believed to be intended as a gift to the State. In 1932, it became known that the stock of the Company had been pledged by its owner in a manner inconsistent with the belief originally entertained. After extended negotiations, the disastrous leases into which the College had been persuaded to enter were cancelled as of January 1, 193 3, and new leases at proper rentals were entered into for the three buildings which the College needs. �The third difficulty of the College in 1931, occasioned by the fact that for two years there had been no president, was the uncertainty as to the division of authority in the College. With the adoption of the policy of holding regular faculty meetings, and with the smooth functioning of faculty committees, this situation has now been obviated. The Library of the College has been enriched by the bequest of the library of Samuel F . Garner of the class of 1871 ; and a group of valuable scientific and reference publications was given to the library by Mrs. Marcus Benjamin in memory of her husband, Doctor Marcus Benjamin (LLD., 1910). The gift by Mrs. Benjamin of a number of bookcases and pictures has added greatly to the utility and attractiveness of the faculty offices in the basement of Woodward Hall. At the present moment negotiations are under way for the acquisition of the well known Ashhurst Classical Library, and should, within the next few weeks, be completed. A Baltimore library which has often been described as the finest library in the State of Maryland has been promised to the College as a bequest by its present owner. In addition to the fact that the excellent Faculty of the College has not been reduced as has been the case in practically every institution of learning in this country, several new instructors have been employed. This action makes the Faculty today the largest in the history of the College. During the past year, the graduates of the College have continued to win the scholarships for research work which have in recent years been in such large numbers awarded to them, and which constitute the best sign of the scholarly standing of the College. From what has been said it may be seen that the greatest difficulties of the College have been eliminated. St. John's College may now look forward to a secure and bright future. Respectfully yours, DOUGLAS H. GORDON President � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Bulletin of St. John's College Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Description An account of the resource <em>The Bulletin of St. John's College</em> was published quarterly by St. John's College from 1932 to 1968. It was distributed to alumni, faculty, and staff. Some issues include the Report of the President, the official statement of the St. John's program, the Catalogue, the Polity of the college, or the Dean's Statement.<br /><br />The publication was continued by <a href="https://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/collections/show/12" title="The College (1969-1981)"><em>The College</em> (1969-1981)</a>.<br /><br />Click on <strong><a title="The Bulletin" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=37&amp;sort_field=Dublin+Core%2CDate&amp;sort_dir=d">Items in The Bulletin of St. John's College Collection</a></strong> to view and sort all items in the collection. Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 6 pages Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bulletin of St. John's College in Annapolis, August 1933 Description An account of the resource Volume III, No. 3 of the Bulletin of St. John's College in Annapolis, "President's Report". Published in August 1933. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource St. John's College Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-08 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Type The nature or genre of the resource text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Subject The topic of the resource St. John's College (Annapolis, Md.)--Periodicals Language A language of the resource English Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Bulletin_volIII_no3_1933_August President's Report Presidents https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/ace9b0c1f3f4fa3d0d975c13aed577e9.pdf 59fcd5a64cfdc6753baf971b07ce25f4 PDF Text Text --- --;;-- ·;------ VOLUME III NUMBE.R, 4 "· BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE IN, ANNAPOLIS ANN.OUN CEMENTS .::.-:... : FOR 1933-34 , ~' 'f:. (,'" ·' ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND SEPTEMBER, 1933 Published four times 11 year by St. John's College, Annapolis, Maryland. Enter•d as second-class matter January 81, 1931, at the post office at Annapolis, Maryland, under the Act of August 24, 1912. , I: �COURSES OF INSTRUCTION Freshman courses are nu1mbered from 1 to 19, Sophomore courses from 20 to 29, Junior courses from 30 to 39 ' and Sen. ,. · ior courses from 40 up. The numbers of full courses are SCHEDULE OF EXAMINATIONS, 1933-34. unq\lrnlified, half-courses running throughout the year are indicated by hf following the number, and half-courses given only The first fourteen examination groups correspond to the regular class' periods occurring at 8, 9, 10, 11, 1, 2, and 3 o'clock on M-W-F and T-Th-S. in the.first or the second half-year are designated by 1 hf or 2 hf. Groups XV and XVI are special. The following schedule has been': Courses not given in the current year .are bracketed. The found to meet the requirements of the student body and of the Faculty : Roman numeral in parentheses after the name of each course better than any other. Changes in this schedule can be made only for.~ indicates the ~xamination group to which the course is assigned. most exceptional reasons. Separate sec:tlons have their examination groups listed succesDay of Examination Period: sively. , Time Examination •. Mid-Year Final Group Courses are open ordinarily to members of a hig·her class · and Thursday, { 9 A.M.-12 M .......... Group VIII·'· Thursday, .occasionally members of a lower class may obtain the permi~sion 2 P. M.- 5.P. M ........ Group IX . May24 January18 of an instructor to register for a higher class. The previous con9 A. M.-12 M.......... Group II . Friday. { 2 P. M.- 5 P. M........ Group XVI. Friday, sent of the instructor is required for registration in courses inMay25 January 19 dicated by an asterisk (*). The reading courses numbered in Saturday, 9 A. M.-12 M.......... Group XV Saturday, '. the fifties are open to Juniors regularly~ The thesis courses Mos 26 January 20 numbered in the sixties are open only to Seniors who are can9 A. M.-12 M.......... Group III Monday, { 2 P. M.- 5 P. M........ Group VI Monday, didates for departmental honors; such courses are marked by a May28 January 22 dagger ( t). 1 · Tuesday, January 23 Tuesday, · May29 M.-12 { 9 A. M.- 5 M .......... G~oup XI 2 P. P. M ........ Group I Wednesday, January 24 Wednesday, May30 { 9 A. M.-12 M.......... Gr.oup V 2 P. M.- 5 P. M ........ Group X '.rhursday, January 25 Thursday, May31 { Friday, January 26 F'riday, Junel Saturday, January 27 Saturday, June2 I. DIVISION OF THE LANGUAGES, 9 A. M.-12 M .......... Group IV ·~. 2 P. M.- 5 P. M ........ Group XIV:'~ . M.-1~ XU: {? A. M.- o M .......... Group VII 2 P. P. M ........ Group LITERATURE, AND ART PROFESSORS BROWN (Chairman)' ELLHYl'T, FITZGERALD, GROPP, KUEHNEMUND, PENROSE, SCOFIELD, SEGALL, AND STARR, AND I MESSRS. KIEFFER AND RODGERS ,; .1, 9 A. M.-12 M .......... Group XIHA ·;,i ART Art 21. Survey of .the History of Art. ( m) A survey of the history of art in Western Europe with special emphasis on the Greeks in the first half-year and on the Italian Renaissance in the second half-year. M-W-F at 10. PROFESSOR ScoFIELD. [Art 31. The History of Painting in Western Europe.] (n) From the beginnings to impressionism. During the first half-year special attention will be given to the Sienese and Florentine �! ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 4 primitives and to the great painters of, the Renaissance in Italy; during the second half-year to the Flemish primitives and to the Flemish, Dutch, and Spanish schools of the seventeenth century. English 23. Nineteenth-Century Painting. M-W-F at 10. [English 24 2 hf. Art 34 2 hf. (u) [English 30 hf. (:i;r) M-W-F at 9. Second half-year. PROFESSOR SooFIELD. (xv) . [English 3l 1hf. Theory of Poetry.] T-Th-S at 9. Omitted in 1 g:J3-34. PROFESSOR ScoFIELD. The course is intended to supply students with the elements of English grammar and the English language as a useful tool. Frequent papers; conferences; collateral reading. Required of all Freshmen unless they pass an anticipatory examination in grammar and composition. Does not count toward fulfillment of major or distribution. Section Section Section Section Section English 21. A· T-Th-S at 10. ' B· T-Th-S at 9. ' M-W-F at 9. C· ' D· M-W-F at 9. ' E· T-Th-S at 9. ' PROFESSOR SooFIELD. PROFESSOR STARR. PROFESSOR BROWN. MR. RODGERS. MR. RODGERS. Survey of English Literature. T-Th-S at 9. PRoFEssoR ScoFIELD. *English 31.1 1hf. · The Theory of Literary Criticism. J :, ~ ~:; "·'· (rx) A study of the main tendencies of English Literature from Beowulf to the present time, with readings in great or characteristic writers and in social backgrounds. Required of all Sophomores 1who propose to major in English. History of the Printed Book.] (xrn) Half-course running throughout the year. Tat 2. Omit.te•l in 1933-3L PRESIDENT GORDON AND PROFESSOR PENROSE. ENGLISH Grammar, Composition, and Prose Forms. ( rx) The first half of the course, dealing with the printed •boo'k from modern times to the seventeenth century, will be taught by President Gordon; the second half, dealill-g with the printed book in the fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries, will ·be taught by Professor Penrose. Studies in nineteenth-century architecture, sculpture, and •painting. English 1. The Modern Drama.] T-Th-S at 9. Second half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR ScoFIELD. PROFESSOR SooFIELD. Contemporary Art. PROFESSOR BROWN. A course in rapid reading in the nineteenth- and twentieth-century drama, with special attention to the period after Ibsen. From David to· Cezanne. M-W-F at 9. First half-year. (rn) A' study of the significant prose fiction and poetry of England and America during the twentieth century. Pre-requisite: Art 21. M-W-F at 9. Omitted in 1933-34. r1w1;'ESSOR SCOFIELD. Art 33 1hf. Contemporary Literature. 5 (rx) (x) The course will attempt to discuss the bases for critical judgment upon literature. Though in no sense intended as a history .of literary criticism, the course will examine certain of the critics from Aristotle to the present. Students will be expected to analyse various kinds of literature. There will be frequent discussions and papers. T-Th-1S at 10. First half-year. ' *English 31.2 2 hf. PROFESSOR STARR. Advanced Composition. (x) Intended for stude_nts who wish further opportunity to practice composition. 1So far as 'Possible, the work of the course will be I I �ANN~.UNCEMENT BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 6 A survey of English romantic poetry from Anne of Winchelsea to Wordsworth. Important poets studied will include Thomson, Gray, Cowper, Coleridge, and Wordsworth. at 10. Second half-year. T-Th~S PROFESSOR STARR. [English 32. The Nineteenth Century.] (x) This course is intended to give a comprehens~ve view of the poetry and the prose (including the novel) of the nineteenth century, from Byron to Oscar Wilde. The change from the romanticism of the early nineteenth-century poets to that of the Victorians, and the gradual development of the didactic purpose in prose of the period will be especially emphasized. There will be frequent classroom discussions, and occasional papers. T-Th-S at 10. Omitted in 1 tl33-34. T at 10. First half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR STARR. English 37. Poetry of the Nineteenth Century. PROFESSOR STARR. The Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries.] (xnr) ;,: This course will study the poetry and prose of England from 1485 to 1650. Various types such as lyric poetry, voyaging narratives, picaresque fiction, and translations, will be examined in their rela· tion to the IDnglish Renaissance. T-Th from 2 to 3 :30. Omitted in 1933-34. [English 38. American Literature.] Puritan and Colonial writings.; the literature of the Revolution; the New England school; Cooper, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, and Whitman; the Frontier and the South. When possible this literature will be studied as creative art, otherwise as the expression of national or sectional culture. Students electing this course are recommended to elect at the same time History 25. M-W-F at 10. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFE:SSOR BROWN. PROFESSOR STARR. The Drama from 1588 to 1800.] A study of the English drama, exclusive of Shakespeare, from Marlowe to Sheridan. Pre-requisite: English 21. T-Th-8 at 9. First half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR ScoFIELD. *English 35. The Eighteenth Century. English literature from 1688 to the death of Shelley. The important writers of the Restoration, the eighteenth century, and the French Revolution will be studied with their political, social, and intellectual backgrounds. Pre-requisite: English 21. Hours to- be arranged. PROFESSOR BROWN. (n) In the first half-year the chief poets studied will include Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats; in the second, Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Swinburne, Morris, and Rossetti. M-W-F at.9. PROFESSOR STARR. [English 34 1 hf. 7 [English 36 1 hf. Romantic Poetry of the Eighteenth Century.] covered in individual conferences. [English 33. OF COURSES [English 39. American Literature from 1870.] M-W-F at 1. Omitted in 1933-34. I i' I PROFESS.OR S.T:ARR.• English 41. Chaucer. (rv) The Proiogu.e ·and ten of the Oanterb11ry Tales will be carefully read in class. In addition the minor poems, The Book of the Duchess, and Troilus and Orisepde will be studied less in detail. Other , important works of the fourteenth century, especially Gawain and the Green Knight and The Peari will be read. at 11. Reqiiired of those English Majors who desire the rec·ommendation of the Department for gradu:ate study. M-W~F PROFFESSOR STARR. �BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S. COLLEGE 8 Al~NOUNCEMENT [English 43. Medireval Literature.] A study of tl::\e most important writings in English from the twelfth to the fifteenth centuries. Pre-requisite: English 21. M1W-F at 8. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFES:SOR STARR.. English 45. i;:lhakespeare. ' M-W-F' at 1. PROFESSOR BROWN. The Novel.] A study of the novel primarily as a form of literary art, but with some attention to its- sociological usefulness. In the first half-year the course will be concerned chiefly with the types and forms of the novel and the craftsmanship of the novelist. In the second half-year a few great novels, probably selected from the works of Tolstoy, Dostoievsky, Turgeniev, Balzac, and Stendhal, will be studied thoroughly. No one should elect the course who is not able to read a novel of average length each week. Open to Juniors. M-W-F at 3. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR ScoFIELD. *English 50. Reading Course. *English 53 2 hf. Reading Course. MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT. *t English 60. Theses for Honors. *t English 63 2 hf. Theses for Honors. MEMBERS OF-THE DEPARTMENT. French 1. Beginning French. ( xvr) Elements necessary for acquiring the language: grammar, pronunciation, conversation, reading of simple texts, composition. M-W-F at 11. (v) 9 FRENCH .I A general course with little emphasis on technical problems. In the first half-year the student will read about twenty plays, and make some study of social and cultural backgrounds. In the second half-year there will be a detailed examination of Tr·oilus and Oressida, Measure for JJfeasiire, and the five great tragedies. Special attention will be given to Shakespeare's theory of tragedy and to the ·philosophical and religious views contained in his principal plays. [English 49. OF COURSES French 2. PROFESSOR ELLIOTT. Intermediate French. (xrn) Review of basic principles: grammar and composition, conversation, reading from the works of nineteenth-century and contemporary authors. Pre-requisite: French 1 or two years of high-school French. Section A; M-W-F at 9. PROFESSOR ELLIOTT. Section B; M-W-F at 10. PROFESSOR ELLIOTT. French 11. Advanced French Prose. (rv) Rapid reading from representative works· of nineteenth-century prose; comprehensive collateral reading; reports .. Pre-requisite: French 2, or three years of high-school French. M-W-F at 11. PROFESSOR SEGALL. French 13. French Composition and Conversation. (xnr) Comprehensive outside reading of modern prose ; reports in French. Required of French Majors. Pre-requisite: French 1, or two years of high-school French. Th from 2 to 5. PROFESSOR ELLIOTT. ; French 17. History of French Literature and Civilization. (III) From the origins to the present time. Lectures: comprehensive outside reading in English; weekly reports. No knowledge of French is required. Open only to men who stand in the first three groups of the rank list, and not open to. Freshmen. May not !Je counted toward the major in French. M-W-F at 10. PROFESSOR SEGALL. �I', I ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 10 French 20. Survey of French Literature. (v) A summary of French literature illustrated by readings from representative works of the more important periods. Outside reading; reports .. A good knowledge of French is required. .. Pre-requisite: 'French. M-W-F at 1. [French 31. French 11, or four years of high-school 1 (vr) ', The literary movements of the Age of Reason and the;ir relations to the social and political conditions of the period. Outstanding authors, such as Lesage, .Marivaux, Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot,.:: Rosseau, will be studied in some of their representative works. ' Comprehensive outside reading; theses. Students takin.g this', course should be able to read French with ease. Pre-requisite: French 11, or four years of high-school ' French. M-W-F at 2. Omitted in 1983-34.PROFESSOR SEGALL. French 41. Nineteenth-Century and Contemporary French Literature. (vr)· A study of the literary tendencies of the age and ·the social and . political conditions underlying them. The eighteenth-century p·re-. •Cursors, 1the literature of the Empire, 'L·omanticism, realism, .' naturalism, symbolism, and neo-romanticism will be considered;, Students taking this course should be able to read French with. ease. Pre-requisite: French. M-W-F at 2. French 11, or four, years of high-school .. PROFESSOR SEGALL. *French 50. Reading Course. Subject to be arranged. Pre-requisite: French 20. PROFESSOR SEGALL. Theses for Honors. Pr~requisite: French 20. First half-year. PROFESSOR SEGALL. *tFrench 62 1 hf. GERMAN ;: German 1. Beginning German. ( xvr) Elements necessary for acquiling the language: grammar, pronunciation, conversation, reading of simple texts, compos·ition. Section A; M-W-:E' at 8.· PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. Section B; M-W-F at 11. PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. PROFESSOR SEGALL. Eighteenth-Century French Literature.] 11 Inte~me~ia~e German. (n) Review of basic prmc1ples: grammar and composition; conversation ; reading from works of nineteenth-century and contemporary authors. · -German _10. Pre-requisite: German 1, or two years of high-school German. M-W-F at 9. PROFESSOR KuEHNEll~UND. ' erman 20. Modern Literatu~e. ( r) Training to enable the student to translate German rapidly. ~·al and written reports on prepared translation; sight translation. Pre-requisite: German 10, or three years of high-school German. M-W-F at 2. PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. erman 21. Scientific German. Intended for students specializing in the sciences•. (rx) Pre-requisite: German 10, or three years of high-school German. T-Th-S at 9. PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. '*German 33. Advanced Composition and Conversation.] (vu) Primarily for students who wish to acquire a better facility in writing and s1~a'king German. Required of German Majors. Pre"requisite: Two years of college German or the equivalent. M-F' from 3 to 4: 30. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR GROPP. i �12 ANNOUNCEMENT OF C0URSES BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE German 35. Introduction to the History of German Civilization. GREEK (v)i Greek 1. Beginning Greek. A lecture course in English, with outside reading and written• reports. Open to Juniors and Seniors who want an op1)ortunity. to become acquainted ·with German life, thought, and art up to' .the end of the eighteenth century. · · Pre-requisite: better. M-W-F at 1. M-W-F at 11 . MR. KIEFFER. ~ Greek 22 1 hf. Homer, the Iliad. Pre-requisite: Greek 1 or its equivalent. M-W-F at 9. Fir13t half-year. · [German 36. Histo;y of German Civilization during the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries.] !,. *Greek 23 1 hf. History of Classical Mythology. (:i:;:) Study of the Myths as they appear in ancient and mod!'!rn literature With discussion Of the light they throw on early, history and on social conditions. Knowledge of Greek and Latin not required. T-Th-S at 10. First half-year. the instmctor. M-W-F at 1. Omitted in 1933-34. MR. KIEFFE.R. Homer, the Odyssey. Pre-requisite: Greek 1 or its equivalent. M-W-F at 9. Second half-year. PROFESSOR KuERNEMUND. [German 40. Problems of Current German Life and Thought.] T at 7 :30 p. m. Omitted in 1933-34. {Greek 31. · *German 50. Readings in German Literature and History. Pre-requisite: A fluent reading knowledge of German. : This ·course is to be taken in connection with either German 40 or· German '50. The work consists in the writing of a thesis in som. special field chosen ·by the student with the approval of the instruc: tor. PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. (rn) MR. KIEFFER. PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. . Plato; Greek Tragedy.] Plato; Apology and Orito. Two 'Greek Tragedies. Pre~requisite: Greek 1. M-W-F at 10. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. . (rr) MR. KIEFFER. Open only to men majoring in German. Thesis for Honors. . (rr) MR. KIEFFER. A lecture course in English, with outside reading and written , reports. The course offers· to any student au opportunity to be~.' come acquainted with German life, thought, and art during the· nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Some account of the Germans.· in America will be included. Pre-requisite: German 35, or History 21 with consent o 1(-tGerman 60. (rv) Elements of grammar and composition; readings in Greek prose. Special emphasis upon the Greek element in the English language. H' IStory 1 passed wi'th grade of "C" PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. 13 reek 33. Herodotus; Greek Comedy; Greek Lyric Poets. ( rn) In addition to the reading and study of Herodotus, the course will include study of Greek Comedy and Aristophanes and reading of two representative plays. Reading and study of poets from Tyrtaeus to Simonides of Ceos, including Archilochus, Sappho, and Anacreon. M-W-F at 10. MR. KIEFFER. lj 1, �14 ANNOUNCEMENT· OF COURSES BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Greek 34 2 hf. History of Greek Tragedy. 1 (x) A study of the extant Greek tragedies. A study of the development of the tragic form and of its influence on later literature and on the modern theatre. No knowledge of Greek is required. T-Th-S at 10. 'Second half-year. Beginning Latin.] Spanish 1. Elementary Spanish. (I) Elements necessary for acquiring the language: grammar, pronunciation, conversation, reading of simple texts., composition. at 8. PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. Spanish 2. LATIN [Latin 1. SPANISH. M-W-F MR. KIEFFER. 15 (xI) Intermediate Spanish. · (II) Review of basic principles: grammar and composition; conversation; reading from the works of nineteenth-century and contemporary authors. Elements of grammar and composition; readings in Latin-prose• authors. For students who have had little or no Latin. May not .~ be taken by students who have had any college Latin. Pre-requie~te: Spanish 1, or two years of high-school Spanish. T-Th-S at 11. r):nitt.ed in 1933-34. M-W-F PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. MR. KIEFFER. ·*Latin 15. Roman I~aw. (Ix); Readings principally from the Institittes of Justinian. Study of the development of legal procedure and the Homan constitution.. ', For prospective law students. T-Th-S at 9. MR. KIEFFER. Reading, under the direction of the instructor, in Greek and Latin' literature and antiquities. Open to approved candidates for' ' honors in the Classics, and to Juniors and Seniors generally. *t.Olassics 60. Classical Philology. *tOlassics 61 hf. Classical Philology. Laboratory courses in thesis writing. MR. KIEFFER. Pre~requisite: Spanish 2, or three years of high-school PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. (xi)'.'. Pre-requisite: Latin 1, or three years of high-school Latin;·;. T-Th-S at 11. . MR. KIEFFER. (Iv) A general view of Spanish literature, illustrated by reading from representative works of the more important pel'iods. Collateral reading and reports. M-W-F Studies of Roman civilization as portrayed by these authors.;' Collateral readings in English. · *Classics 50. Classical Philology. *Classics 51 hf. Classical Philology. Spanish 11. Introduction to Spanish Literature. Spanish. at 11. MR. KIEFFER. Latin 23. Latin Comedy; Letters of Cicero and Pliny. at 9. Spanish 13. Spanish Composition and Conversation. (VII) A study of Spanish syntax; original compositions; practice in speaking Spanish. Required of all men majoring in Spanish. Pre-requisite: Spanish 2, or the consent of the instructor. M-W-F at 3. PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. [Spanish 25. Spanish Life and Culture.] A study of the cultural background of Spanish civilization as seen in the literature, and to some extent in the art and architecture, of the Spanish people. No kno·wledge of Spanish required. Lectures, readfngs, discussions, reports. Not open to Freshmen. Hours ·to be arranged. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. �I: I 16 BULLETIN OF ST .•JOHN'S COLLEGE [Spanish 31. ANNOUNCEMENT 01!' COURSES Modern Spanish Novel.] Economics 21. A study of the development of the Spanish novel from the nineteenth century on. Reading of novels from the more important authors; reports and discussions; individual collateral reading and reports .. Section A; M-W-F at 10. PROFESSOR WYCKOFF. Section B, for students majoring in Economics; M-W-F at 10. DR. DUNCAN. Economics 23 1 hf. Pre-requisite: Spanish 11, or four years of high-school Spanish. M-W-F at 3. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. *Spanish 50. The Romantic Movement in Spain. *Spanish 51 hf. The Romantic Movement in Spain. , The ability to read Spanish fluently is necessary to these reading courses. Pre-requisite: Spanish 11, or its equivalent. PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. *tSpanish 60. Honors Thesis Course. *tSpanish 61 hf. Honors Thesis Course. Subject to be chosen after conference between student and instructor. Students must be able to read Spanish fluently PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. II.. DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES AND PHILOSOPHY PROFESSORS KINGSBURY ( Ohairman)' ALI.IDS, HUNTER, McLAREN, PENROSE, AND WYCKOFF, DR. DUNCAN, AND MESSRS. JOHNSON, RODGERS AND SMITH. ECONOMICS • See also Mathematics 25 hf (The Mathematics of Finance), and Mathematics 26 2 hf (Statistics). 1 Accounting. (v) · 'I'he purpose of the course is to explain the fundamentals of accounting statements, and the principles of analysis. M-W-F at 1. First half-year. Spanish Drama.] Lectures on the literary movements affecting the drama. Reading of representative plays from the Golden Age to the present; discussion; collateral reading; reports. (ur) A study of the economics of living and an analysis of economic laws. Pre-requisite: Spanish 11, or four years of high-school Spanish. M-W-F at 3. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. [Spanish 41. General Principles. 17 ' J "· [Economics 32. MR. SMI'.l'H. Financial Problems.] The aim of this course is to make the student familiar with our banking system and its relationr-to business needs. - The position of the private investor is also .considered. Pre-requisite: Economics 21. T-Th-S at 10. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR WYCKOFF. ::.[*Economics 35. International Economic Problems.] (xI) This course will consist of discussions, readings, reports, and papers on selected problems in international economics including international business cycles, war debts, international control of raw materials, and economic imperialism. Pre-requisite: Economics 21 (Mathematics 26 2 hf is advised, in addition). T-Th-S at 11. Omitted in 1933-34. DR. DUNCAN. conomics 37. Government and Industry. (vn) The course will center its attention on the problem of government regulation of economic activity. It will begin with a consideration of that portion of industry where government supervision is now most extensive, namely, public utilities; the second half will be devoted to the study of the increasing social control of all activities of business . Pre-requisite: Economics 21. M-W-F at 3. DR. DuNCAN. �I :1 i 18 BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Economics 38 1 hf. Introduction to Business. (x) Pre-iequisite: Economics 21. T-Th-S at 10. First half-year. PROFESSOR WYCKOFF. Economics 39 2 h1. Forms of Social Organization. (x) (Iv) 1 Readings in Economics. A conference course open to Juniors and Seniors who are interested in economics and are willing to read extensively. Pre-requisite: Economics 21. Hours to be arranged. PROFESSOR WYCKOFF. Theses for Honors. PROFESSOR WYCKOFF. American Government. (n) The introductory course required of all students majoring in gov-~ ernment. Origins and development of the American form of gov-.: ernment: federal, state, and local. About two-thirds of the year.~ will be devoted to the federal government; one-third to state and'. local government. Emphasis on present day problems of government, and on the rights, duties, and responsibilities of citizens. Section, A; M-vV at 9, PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. MR. SMITH. (Ix) State and I~oc.al Government.] ( rv) A more detailed study of the organization and functioning of state, municipal, and local governments for the student who may go into public life in this country. Problems of the electorate, of political parties, of legislative organization and procedure, and of state and local administration, including the administration of justice, will be studied, with special reference to the State oI Maryland. P:ce~requisite: Government 11. M-W-F' at 11. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. Government 30. ment. Principles and Problems of Govern- (rv) A study of some of the principles underlying the modern state and government; and selected problems in governmental organization and administration, such as the budget and financial control, the problem of personnel, law enforcement and the administratio·a d justice, public opinion and popular control of government. GOVERNMENT Government 11. Governm,ents of Europe. [Government 23. Open only to Seniors majoring in economics. M at 11, and individual conferences. PROFESSOR. WYCKOFF and DR. DuNcAN. *t Economics 60. F at 11, Pre-requisite: Government 11. T-Th-S at 9. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. A conference course in economic theory and the major subjects' of economic controversy. *Economics 50. 19 An analysis of the structure and functioning of the governments of the principal European states, and a comparison with American institutions and practices. T'he shift from monarchical to democratic forms; the rise of autocracies in Italy and Russia, and other recent developments will be studied. Pre-requisite: Economics 21. T-Th-S at 10. Second half-year. PROFESSOR WYCKOFF. Advanced Economics. Section B; M-W at 9, PROFESSOR KINGS~URY. MR. SMITH. Section C; M-W-F' at 2,_ DR. DUNCAN. Government 21. A survey wHl be made of the more important economic forms of society,-the philosophies and programs. Economics 40. II ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES A study of the principles of the organization of industrial enter- · prises. F at 9," Pre-requisite: Government 11. M-W-F at 11. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. Government 41 1 hf. International Relations. I (xn) A survey of the present-day factors affecting international n•lations: nationalism, imperialism, exploitation of backward nations, racial minorities, militarism a~d armaments, tariff wars, etc. Pre-requisite: (1) Government 11; (2) Government 21, or Government 30, or History 22. , T-Th from 1 to 2 :30. First. half-year. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY AND DR. DUNCAN. �20 ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES BULLETIN OF ST..JOHN'S COLLEGE Government 42 2 hf. International Organization. (xn) The development of international co-operation, and the pea<.eful settlement of international disputes, with particular reference to the work of the League of Nations and the. World Court, and the evolution of a law of nations .. Pre-requisite: (1) Government 11; (2) ·Government 21, or Government 30, or History 22; (3) Government 41 1 hf. T-Th from 1 to 2 :30. Second half-year. PROFESSOR KINGJ'!BURY. [Government 43 1 hf. Political Parties.] (xn) The history, organization, functions, and methods of political parties particularly in the United States. Topics studied will include nominating and election methods, the.boss, the machine, the spoils system, campaign methods, and the problems of government by public opinion. Pre--requisite: (1) Government 11; (2) Government 23, or Government 30. T-Th from 1 to 2 :30. F'irst half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFE·~SOR KINGSBURY. [Government 44 hf. 2 Constitutional Law. J A study of the leading cases in American constitutional law illuStrating the evolution of governmental powers and the rights of individuals under the constitution. Pre-requisite: (1) Government 11; (2) Government 23, or Government 30. T-Th from 1 to 2: 30. Hours to be arranged. Second half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. *Govemment *Government *Government *Govermnent 50. Reading Course. 51 hf. Reading Course. 52 1 hf. Reading Course. 53 2 hf. Reading Course. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. *tGovernment 60. Theses for Honors. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. 21 r HISTORY History 1. European History from the Fall of Rome to the Present Time. (rn) A general survey of the political, economic, religious, and intellectual history of Europe since 476 A. D. A pre-requisite for men majoring in history. Section A; M-W-F at 10. Section B; M-W at 10, Fat 11. MR. RODGERS. [History 11. History of Greece and Rome.] (x) Outline of the political history of ancient times and a study of classical society. T-Th-S at 10. Omitted in 1933-34. Mediawal European History.] (xI) A course in the foundations of modern Europe from the breakdown of the Roman Empire in the west to the establishment of the national state. T-Th-S at 11. Omitted in 1933-34. History 22. Modern European History. (I) An outline of the history of Europe from the emergence of the national state to the present. M-W-F at 8. PROFESSOR HUNTER. History 23. English History. A survey of English history. (rn) M-W-F at 10. PROFESSOR HUNTER. History 25. The History of the United States. (v) A survey of United States history from colonial times to the present. M-W-F at 1. PROFESSOR HUNTER. [History 34. American Economic History.] ' I 'I MR. KIEFFER. [History 21. ii ,j The study of the development of American economic life from the colonial beginnings .to the present. �22 BULLETIN OF ST..JOHN'S COLLEGE ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES Pre-requisite: History 25 or its equivalent. Conference hours arranged with each student. Omitted in 1933-34. PH~LOSOPHY Philosophy 11 1 hf. PROFESSOR HUNTER. MR. JOHNSON. History of American Life. This course will deal with a selected. phase of the history of American life approached from the point of view of the common man. Pre-requisite: History 25 or its equivalent. Hours to be arranged. (vi) The course will commence with a s~udy of the political theories underlying the Civil War, and will conclude with a study of the military strategy of the War. Pre-requisite: History 25. M-W-F at 2. First half-yea11. The Modern Republic. MR. RODGERS. *History 50. Reading Course. *History 51 hf. Reading Course. Oral and written reports. MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT. *tHistory 60. Theses for Honors. *tHistory 61 hf. Theses for Honors. Jli1:EMBERS OF Tffli: DEPARTMENT. PROFESSOR ALLES. Philosophy 12 2 hf. Introduction to Philosophy. (xi) Open to qualified Freshmen after consultation with the instructor. T-Th-S at 11. Second half-year. Philosophy 15. Ethics. (vi) The course will commence with the conclusion of the Civil -War, embracing the main course of events down to 1920. Emphasis will be laid upon the political history covered by the McKinley, Roose- • velt, and Taft administrations. Pre-requisite: History 25. M-W-F at 2. Second half-year. Open to qualified Freshmen after consultation with the instructor. T-Th-S at 11. First half-year. PROFESSOR ALLES. MR. RODGERS. History 46 2 hf. (xi) . The course deals with such problems in philosophy as the origin and nature of· human knowledge; the origin and development of life; the problem of matter and of mind and their relation; God; freedom ; and immortality. PROFESSOR lh,NrER. History 45 1hf. Military and Political History of the Civil War. Logic. The course is chiefly concerned with the study of valid and invalid forms of reasoning in deductive and inductive logic. History 3 7. History of the Renaissance. Hours to be arranged. History 42. 23 (ix) A study of the moral development of mankind from primitive man to the present, with special emphasis on such outstanding ethical systems as Buddhism, Christianity, Greek Ethics (Plato and Aristotle), Stoicism, Kant, etc. Open to qualified Freshmen after consultation with the instructor. T-Th-S at 9. PROFESSOR ALLES. Philosophy 31. History of Philosophy. (x) A study of philosophic speculation from the early Greeks to modern times. T-Th~S at 10. PROFESSOR ALLES., Philosophy 34 2hf. Locke; Berkley; Hume. (vi) An interpretation of their philosophy based on the reading of their works. Pre-requisite: Philosophy 12 2 hf or 31, or the permission of the instructor. �24 BULLETIN OJJ' ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES M-W-F at2. Second half-year. First half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. P1WFESSOR ALLES. Philosophy 35 1 hf. History of Religion. PROFESSOR ALLES. · (vu) A study of the development of religion including primitive religion (Mana, Fetiches, Magic), Buddhism, Zoroastrianism, Judaism, ; Mohammedanism, and Christianity. M-W-F at 3. First half-year. PROFESSOR ALLES. Philosophy 36 2 hf. Psychology and Philosophy of Religion. [Philosophy 42 2 hf. (vu) Pre-requisite: A half-course in Philosophy or Psychology, :~( or the permission of the instructor. , M-W-F at 3. Second half-year. *Philosophy 50. Reading in Philosophy. *Philosophy 51 hf. Reading in Philosophy. Field or subject to ·be determined after consultation with the student. Pn,oFESSOR ALLES. *t Philosophy 60. Theses for Honors. *tPhilosophy 61 hf. Theses for Honors. The work consists in the writing of a thesis· in some field or on a subject chosen by the student after consultation with the in:structor. PROFESSOR ALLES. Pre-requisite: Philosophy 12 2 hf, or 31, or 35 1 hf, or the, consent of the instructor. M-W at 2. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR ALLES. (vu)' An interpretation of Plato's philosophy based on the reading ot· · his dialogues including the REPUBLIC. Pre-·requisite: Philosophy 31. M-W-F at 3. PSYCHOLOGY (vr) ' A study of different conceptions of immortality covering primitive, . Babylonian, Egyptian, Hebrew, early Christian, and Greek con- ' ceptions as well as those of outstanding western thinkers (phil- .· osophers and scientists) down to the present. [Philosophy 41 1 hf. Plato.] ( vn) Pre-requisite: Philosophy 31. McW-F at 3. Second half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR ALLES. Conceptions of Jmmortality.] Schopenhauer.] An interpretation of Schopenhauer's philosophy based on the :reading of THE WORLD AS WILL AND IDEA. PROFESSOR ALLES. The course falls into two parts : 1. The psychology of religion, in which are studied the contributions of modern psychology toward an understanding of religion and the different types of religious experience. 2. The philosophy of religion, which tests. the valid\ty of the , claim which religion makes, i. e., it wants to know whether that which religion claims is true. [Philosophy 38. 25 *Note concerning Educational Psychology: Any student who wishes to take a year's work in educational psychology should, after securing permission from the instructor, register in Psychology 50. [Psychology 19 2 hf. Educational Theory.] (x, xr) A study of the bearing of modern psychological theories and data upon educational theories and practices. The meaning of education as understood by progressive educators will be discussed and emphasized. Not open to first-year students. Section A; T-Th-S at 10. Section B; T-Th-S at 11. Second half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. PRoFE.SSOR McLAREN. �26 BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Psychology 20. Schools of Psychology. ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES (rx, xr) This course is designed to serve as a basis for further work in psychology. All of the modern schools of psychology-structuralism, functionalism, behaviorism, purposivism, gestaltism, psychoanalysis-will be analyzed and discussed ; and throughout the course an attempt wil be made to discover a biological foundation for the study of human behavior. Not open to first-year students, to Sophomores who at the time of registration are not on the Hank List, or to Seniors. Open to qualified Sophomores and to all Juniors. Section A; T-Th-S at 9. Section B; T-Th-S at 11. PRoF:IDssoR McLAREN. Psychology 27. Social Psychology. (n) A study of the integration and development of the human personality and character within a society. Emphasis will be placed upon the postulate that man is a socialized animal; and social psychology will be considered to be integral with biological psychology. The different schools of social psychology will be examined and discussed. Open to any Sophomore or Junior who is on the Rank List. Open, with the permission of the isntructor, in any Senior, regardless of pre-requisite requirements. Pre-requisite: Psychology 19 2 hf, or 20, or 29, or one year of biology, or one year of philosophy. M-W-F at 9. Open only to Juniors and Seniors who have already had one full year of psychology in S.t. Joh.n's College. M-W-FI at 9.. Second half~year. Omitted in 1933-34. PRoFE1ssoR McLAREN. *Psychology 50. Reading Course. *Psychology 51 hf. Reading Course. *Psychology 52 1 hf. Reading Course. *Psychology 53 2hf. Reading Course. These courses are intended for students who are in earnest about reading extensively ~nd intensively in the field of psychology. Conferences, and assigned papers which must be turned in when due. Pre-requisite: Two full years of psychology, or one of psychology and one of biology, or one of psychology and 0 one of philosophy. PRoFE1ssoR McLAREN. ;. *tPsychology 60. Advanced Psychology. (rv) A technical and scientific studs of the biological and social phenomena underlying human behavior. Open, with the permission of the instructor, to any Senior, regardless of pre-requisite requirements.. Pre-requisite: Psychology 19 2 hf, or 20, or 27, or one year of biology, or one year of philosophy: M'-W-F at 11. PRoFErssoR McLAREN. [Psychology 35 hf. Mental Hygiene and Abnormal Psychology.] 2 (n) In discusisng behavior deviations, an attempt will be made te get at social causes and to steer a realistic course among numerous metaphysical and romantic theories. The course should be of especial value to pre-medical students and to students of literature. Theses for Honors. PRoFEtSSOR McLAREN. III. PR0FE1SSOR McLAREN. Psychology 29. 27 PROFESSORS DIVISION OF THE SCIENCES· AND MATHEMATICS EASON (Ohairrnan), B'INGLEY, MCFARLIN, ALLEN, APPEL, RIDGELY, BAYLIFF, BERNHARD, AND VEDOVA. BIOLOGY Biology ~1. Beginning Zoology. An mtroduction to animal biology. (rv vr) General principles of 'morphology, physiology, ecology, histology, genetics, embryology, etc., and a survey of the common groups of animals. Two hours of recitation and six hours of laboratory. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per half-year. Section A; Recitation, M-F at 11. Laboratory, W-F from 1 to 4. PROFESSOR RIDGELY. Section B; (Pre-medical students). Recitation, W-F' at 2. Laboratory, T-Th from 1 to 4. PROFESSOR BAYLIFF. ·. i �I ·----:r::i I!, I' ' 29 ANNOUNCEMENT. OF COURSES 28 BULLETIN 01!' ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Biology 14 1 hf. Readings in Biology. . This course is intended for students who are not majoring in th.e sciences, but who wish some cultural !knowledge of them. It will not be credited for distribution as a laboratory science. The course will cover biological literature which is of a general rather than a technical interest. The content of the course will vary from year to year: Three hours weekly. Open only to students who have had no biology. Not open to freshmen. T-Th from 1 to 2: 30. F'irst, half-year. PROFESSOR RIDGELY. [Biology 15 2 hf. Field Zoology.] Observation of local animals in their native habitats, both land and water. Animals collected may be brought to the laboratory for further study and classification. ·' Hours to be arranged (eight hours a week). Second half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR APPEL. Biology 16 2 hf. Physiology. A general study of vital processes. relationship to the environment. The nature of life and its Laboratory fee, $10.00. Hours to be arranged (eight. hours a week). Second half-year. PROFESSOR APPEL. Biology 19 2 hf. History of the Germ Cells. A study of the mechanism of early development, and of the regu· lation of development by environmental and hereditary factors. Pre-requisite: One year of college biology. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Hours to be arranged (eight hours a week). Second half-year. . PROFESSOR APPEL. Biology 20 1hf. Invertebrate Zoology. Pre-requisite: Biology 11 or the equivalent. 2 hf advised. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Hours to be arranged. First half-year. (xn) The morphology and evolution of the invertebrates. Some atten· tion to larvre, to extinct groups, a:r;id to groups of uncertain phylogenetic position. A course parallel to Biology 21 1hf. Two hours of recitation and six hours of laboratory. "· ' , I Biology 19 PROFESSOR BAYLIFF. ,{ .' I Biology A ~1 1 hf. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. (nr) of the successive types of structure found in the higher am~al~. An introduction to human biology. Two hours of rec1tat1on and six hours of laboratory. · ~1story Pre-requisite: One year of college biology. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Recitation, W-F at 10. Laboratory, T-Th from 9 to 12. First half-year. PROFESSOR APPEL. Biology 22 2hf. Embryology of the V ertehrates. (III) A further study of the higher types of animal structure as seen in cle~elo~ment. An introduction to human biology. Two hours of rec1tat10n and six hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: One year of college biology. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Recitation, W-F at 10. Laboratory, T-Th from 9 to 12. Second half-year. PROFESSOR RIDGELY. Biology 30 1 hf. Histology. Microscopic study of normal cells and tissues recitation and six hours of laboratory. . Two hours of Pre-requisites: Biology 21 1hf and 22 2hf. Laboratory fee, $10.00. • Hours to be arranged. First half-year. PROFESSOR APPEL. *Biology 33 2 hf. Microscopical Technique. Training in laboratory methods, especially the use of the microscope. T':o. hours of recitation and six hours of laboratory. Pre-reqms1te: Biology 30 1 hf. i' ! �30 ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSER BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE To encourage and assist worthy biology and pre-medical students ·to attend such laboratories, the College offers annually a scholarship applicable either at the Biological Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, New York, or at the Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts. See "Awards and Aids." Laboratory fee, $10.00. HoltrS to be arranged. Second half-year. PROFESSOR APPEL. Biology 34 2 hf. Genetics. *Biology 52 1 hf. Readings for Advanced Students. A study of the principles of heredity and variation, and of the relation of these two phenomena to each other and to evolution. Laboratory work to consist of breeding experiments with different strains of Drosophila and of calculations in practical breeding problems. Two hours of recitation and six hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Biology 11 or the equivalent. 2.hf is recommended. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Hours to be arranged. Second half-year. Parasitology.] PROFESSORS RIDGELY, APPEL, AND BAYLIFF. ·.; (vm) Advanced students, particularly biology majors, are urged to take at least one summer course at some marine biological laboratory. The season of the year and the diversity of animals available at such institutions combine to give the student opportunities for study which cannot be duplicated during the regular school year. With the approval of the department courses taken at a marine laboratory may be counted toward the fulfillment of the requirements for a biology major, or the requirements for the degree. 2 hf. Theses for Honors. Imlividual problems involving laboratory work and reading equivalent in amount to the work of an eight-hour laboratory course. A short thesis will be required of each student, summarizing the · results of his work. Pre-requisite: Three years of college biology. PROFESSO~S RIDGELY, APPEL, AND BAYLIFF. CHEMISTRY Biology 20 PROFESSOR BAYLIFF. Marine Biology. First half-year. Hours to be arranged. *t Biology 63 A study of the morphology and of the life histories of the internal parasites .of vertebrates, particularly birds and mammals. Two hours of recitation and six hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Biology 11 or the equivalent. 1 hf. is recommended. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Recitation, T-Th at 9. Laboratory, Section A, M-W from 1 to 4; Section B, M from 1 to 4, W from 9 to 12. First half-year. A three-hour course of independent reading. Conferences weekly. Intended especially for students who wish to prepare for Biology 63 2hf. Biology 19 PROFESSOR BAYLIFF. [Biology 37 1 hf. 31 Chemistry 1. General Chemistry. (III) An introductory course in which phenomena of chemistry and the underlying principle& are studied. Lectures are given with experiments on the elements and their compounds. This is a cultural course intended for students who will not take their major in the sciences. Two hours of lectures, one hour of recitation, and four hours of laboratory. An extra hour will be required of all students having difficulties with the course. Laboratory fee, $25.00' and breakage. Section A; Recitation, M-W-F at 10. Laboratory, T-Th from 10 to 12. Section B; Recitation, M-W-F at 10. Laboratory, T-Th from 2 to 4. Make-up for both sectiOns, M at 1. PROFESSORS ALLEN AND MoF ARLIN. Chemistry 2. General Chemistry for Science Students. (m) A more comprehensive course in General Chemistry; the same course as Chemistry 1 with the exception that a one-hour lecture replaces the one hour of recitation on Friday. The lectures and �82 BULLETIN OF ST..JOHN'S COLLEGE ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES laboratory work will include topics which are in part introductory to Qualitative Analysis. Three hours of lectures and four hours of laboratory. Required of all students majoring in Biology, Chemistry, and Physics. An extra hour will be required of all students having difficulties with the course. Students who at the beginning of their Sophomore year choose a Science as their major and have taken Chemistry 1 must take the one-hour lecture given in Chemistry 2 on Friday. Chemistry 31 1 hf. Qualitative Analysis. Chemistry 22 2 hf. Quantitative Analysis, Part I. (r) ~·. .. ' ' . Pre-requisite: Chemistry 21 1 hf and Mathematics 21. Laboratory fee, $15.00 and breakage. Recitation, M&-F' at 8. Laboratory, W 1 to 5. Second half-year. PROFESSOR. ALLEN. Chemistry 33. Organic: Chemistry. (rv) An introductory course in the chemistry of carbon compounds. The lectures and laboratory are designed to give a fundamental knowledge of the representative compounds and their reactions in the aliphatic and aromatic series. Two hours of lectures and recitation and six hours of laboratory, ( v) The theory of volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Exercises in acidimetry and alkalimetry, and gravimetric determination of simple compounds. One hour lecture and eight hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Chemistry 21 1 hf. I,aboratory fee, $15.00 and breakage. R.ecitation, M at 1. Laboratory, M from 2 to 4, W-F from 1 to 4. Second half-year. PRoFE.ssoRs ALLEN AND MoFARLIN. Physical Chemistry, Part I. Substances in the gaseous, liquid, and solid states; the structure of matter; energy changes; chemical equilibria; and substances in dilute solution form the basis of study. The laboratory work includes determinations of molecular weights, measurements of physical properties, etc. Three hours of lectures and four hours of laboratory. (r) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 2 and Mathematics 11. Laboratory fee, $15.00 and breakage. R.ecitation, W-F at 8. Laboratory, W-F from 1 to 4. F'irst half-year. PROFESSOR MoF'AR.LIN. (v) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 22 2 hf. Laboratory fee, $15.00 and breakage. M-W-F from 1 to 4. F'irst half-year. PROFEHSOR. ALLEN. Chemistry 32 2 hf. The aim of this course is to give to the student a thorough grounding in the principles involved in th,e detection of unknown substances. In the lectures and recitations special emphasis is given to the theoretical foundations of analytical chemistry. The laboratory work is devoted to the qualitative analysis of "unknowns" and to the separation and identification of the metals and acid radicals usually met with in Inorganic Chemistry. T~o hours of lectures and recitations and six hours of laboratory. Quantitative Analysis, Part II.· Continuation of Part I, including volumetric and gravimetric methods for the determination of salts, minerals, and alloys. One hour lecture and eight hours of laboratory. Laboratory fee, $25.00 and breakage. Section A; Recitation, M-W-F' at 10. Laboratory, T-Th from 10 to 12. Section B; Recitation, M-W-F at 10. Laboratory, T-Th from 2 to 4. Make-up for both sections, M at 1. PROFESSOR.S BERNHARD, ALLEN AND MoF'ARLIN. Chemistry 21 1 hf. 33 Pre-requisite: Chemistry 1 or 2. Laboratory fee, $25.00 and breakage. Recitation, M-W at 11. L,aboratory, T-Th from 1 to 4. PROFE.SSOR BER.NH.A.RD. Chemistry 42. Advanced Organic Chemistry. ( vrn) Selected topics of Organic Chemistry are discussed in greater detail. Readings in the original literature are assigned. The laboratory work in the first half-year includes Quantitative Organic Analysis ancl the preparation of organic compounds. During the second half year students majoring in chemistry are expected to concentrate on some small research problem. Two hours of lectures and six hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Chemistry 33. ! : �--:f I· 'I I• i ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 34 M-W-F at 8. Second half-year. PROFESSOR V EDOVA. Laboratory fee, $25.00 and breakage. Recitation, T-Th at 8. Laboratory, T-Th from 9 to 12. PR,OFESSOR. ,BEH.NHARD. Chemistry 43 1 hf. Physical Chemistry, Mathematics 11. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. (xn) ~art II. _ (Iv) The' topics treated include electrochemistry,. theo.y of strong electrolytes, colloid chemistry, and photochemistry. Th:ee .hours of lectures and recitations with reports on assigned reacting m the original literature. Pre~requisite: Cheilllistry 32 2 hf; ability to read F'rench ancl German: M-W-F' 'at 11. First half-year. Readings in Chen:istry. ~ A reading and seminar course in the history OI -- . , chemistry. Three hours. Pre-requisite: Chemistry 21 1 hf ancl 33. Hours to be arranged. First half-year. PROFESSOR BERNHARD. ·X-tChemistry 60. Thesis and Laboratory Work. ·X-tChemistry 61 hf. Thesis and Laboratory Work: Laboratory fee, $25.00 for the full course (eight hours) ; $15.00· for the half-course (four hours). PROFESSOHS BERNHARD AND ALLEN. Algebra. . (I) This course is required of students who have failed to present sufficient algebra for admission. The subject matt.er of sec.ondar_y school algebra through the solution of quadratic equations is thoroughly reviewed. No credit toward the degree. M-W-F: at 8. First half-year. l\d:athematics 2 2 hf. Section A; M-W-F at 9. Section B; T~Th-S at 9. Section C; T-Th-S at 11. The Mathematics of Finance. (I) This course is required of all students who have not offered Plane Geometry for admission. No credit toward the degree. (Iv) Derivation and application of general formulas for the value of single sums of money, annuities certain, life annuities, and life insurance. M-W-F at 11. First half-year. PROFESSOR BINGLEY. Statistical Methods. A study of the classical and recent statistical methods. PROFESSOR VEDOVA. (rn) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 11. M-W-F at 10. PROFESSOR BINGLEY. Mathematics 26 2 hf. Plane Geometry. PROFESSOR VEDOVA. PROFESSOR BINGLEY. PROFESSOR BINGLEY. Plane :;inalytic geometry, the straight line, circle, parabola, ellipse, and hyperbola, with a short introduction to analytic geometry of three dimensions. Methods of differentiation, series, indeterminate forms, etc., with the simpler applications to mechanics and the higher plane curves. Formulas of integration, with applications to the determination of length, areas, volumes, centers of gravity, pressures, and moments of inertia. Beginning with the year 1934-35" this course will deal exclusively with the elements of the differential and integral calculus, the part now devoted to analytic geometry being made a part of the pre-requisite course, Mathematics 11. Mathematics 25 1 hf. MATHEMATICS Mathematics 1 1 hf. This course aims to give a survey of the essentials of trigonometry, college algebra, and analytic geometry. The two-fold 11Urpose of mathematical study is emphasized; to enable the student to use 'mathematical processes as a tool in his scientific · studies, and to enable him to recognize the cultural value of rigorous thinking. Mathematics 21. Analytic Geometry and the Calculus. PrwFE,ssoR. ALLEN. -x-chemistry 52 1 hf. 35 M-W-F at 11. Second half-year. PROFESSOR BINGLEY. (Iv) l �36 ANNOUNCEJ.VIENT OF COURSES BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEG~ d~x) Mathematics 31. Mathematical Analysis, Part. I. . *Mathematics 50. Reading Course. An advanced course in the calculus with an introduction t_o 1 erential geometry. The applications of mat~ematical analysis to the physical sciences are stressed. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 21. T-Th-S at 9. The subject or subjects will be determined in consultation with the instructor. Conference hours to he arranged. ·1.· :,, PROFESSOR VEDOVA. Mathematics 33. Higher Algebra. . · \xI) . In this course sueh topi"cs as matrices , lmear transformations, . f orms, et c., are studied with a view to preparing the student for further work in pure mathematics. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 21. · T-Th-S at 11. hf. Selected Topics m the History of PROFESSOR BINGLEY. *t Mathematics 63 2 hf. Theses for Honors. The subject of each thesis will be decided upon after consultation with the instructor, and will be based, if possible, upon the reading done in Mathematics 50. (x) Conference hours to be arranged. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 21. T-Th-S at 10. PROFESSOR PROFESSOR BINGLEY. Mathematics 41. Mathematical Analysis, Part II. . Physics 21. Elements of Physics. PROFESSOR V EDOVA. ,' PROFESSOR V EDOVA. . . ( vm) Intended primarily for the student of physics or engi~eermg, ~his course emphasizes applications to geometry and physics and aims to equip the student with some of the m:ans used for the re~dy solution of the commoner types of equations, rathe: than to impart to him any extensive knowledge of the underlymg theo_ry. (vm) This course covers the elements of mechanics, heat, electricity, magnetism, sound, and light. It is designed to give the student an acquaintance with, and au explanation of, the natural phenomena which envelop his daily life. Three hours of recitation and four hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 31. T-Th-S at 11. Mathematics 43. Introduction to Modern Geometry. Pre-requisite: :Mathematics 33. Hours to be arranged. vEDOVA. PHYSICS ~XI) A continuation of Ma.thematics 31 with an introduction to diff~r­ ential equations and functions of a complex variable. The partial differential equations of physics are studied. PROFESSOR V EDOVA. 2 Conference hours to he arranged. The principles of statics and dynamics, with applications to particles and rigid bodies. T-Th-S at 8. *Mathematics 53 Science. A reading course in topics selected from the history of the natural sciences and mathematics of the Greek period, the Renaissance, and the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries in Europe. < ... Mathematics 35. The Elements of Mechanics. . . . :Mathematics 45. Di:fferential Equations. PROFESSOR VEDOVA. ''•' PROFESSOR VEDOVA. 37 ~· Pre-requisite: Mathematics 11. Laboratory fee, $20.00 and breakage. Section A; Recitation, T-Th-S at 8. Laboratory, T-Th from 2 to 4. Section B; Recitation, T-Th-S at 8. Laboratory, W-F from 2 to 4. PROFESSOR EASON. Physics 31. Electricity and Magnetism. (I) Beginning with the fl:indamental ideas underlying electrical science, this course explains how such principles rnay be applied in industry, the arts, and to the problems of everyday life. Three hours of recitation and four hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Physics 21 and Mathematics 21. Mathematics 21 may be taken concurrently: I! '' '' �--,, I !1 BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 38. Laboratory fee, $20.00 and breakao·e. Recitation, M-W-F at 9. b Laboratory, W-F from 2 to 4. Laboratory fee, $20.00 and breakage. Recitation, M-W-F at 8. Laboratory, T-Th from 2 to 4. Physical Optics.] (u) This course deals with the subject of light very thoroughly, both from the physical and mathematical points of view and terminates with a short study of the theory of relativity. The student must . realize that the subject C!f light is a broad one and requires thorough preparation in mathematics and chemistry. He will be expected to read much from the available literature and to do considerable laboratory work. Pre-requisite: Physics 21; Mathematics 31; Chemistry 2. Laboratory ree, $20.00 and breakage. Recitation, M-W-JT at 9. Laboratory, T-Th from 2 to 4. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR EASON. [Physics 42. Theory of Heat.] An attempt is made to acquaint the student with the modern theory regarding the nature of heat and its practical application. The course will be carried on both by text-book readings and lectures. Much parallel reading will be assigned throughout the year and extensive la,boratory work done. Pre-requisite: Physics 21; Mathematics 31; Chemistry 2. Laboratory fee, $20.00 and breakage. Recitation, M-W-F at 8. Laboratory, W-F from 2 to 4. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR EASON. Physics 43. Electricity. (u) This is an advanced course in electricity. The treatment is largely mathematical supplemented with appropriate laboratory experiments. ·The historical development of the subject is followed . closely. Some account of positive ray analysis, isotopes, and the modern theory of the atom is included. The latter part of the course is devoted to the study of the theory and practice of wireless telegraphy and telephony. Three hours of recitation and four hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Physics 31; Mathematics 21. It is strongly advised that Mathematics 31 be taken concurrently. (xrv) Independent reading of books and current periodicals covering some particular field of physics. l!'requent conferences. Pre-requisite: Physics 21. Tat 3. PROFESSOR EASON. Theses for Honors. PROFESSOR EASON. Hygiene 1. General Principles of Hygiene. Lectures o~ ~he ~cience of health. Biology; the supply of oxygen and the ehmmat10n of carbon dioxide; food and the digestion of foods; heat regulation of the body; removal of waste material fro~ the ~ody; physical exercise; the nervous system; mental hygiene; diseases in general ; particular diseases. One lecture each week for ten weeks, beginning with the first Monday in Octoper. · Required of all freshmen. Mat 4. DR. MuRPHY. Physical Training 1. a week required of all freshmen. A thorough vhysical exammat10n by the College Physician is required of all entering men: All men competing for freshman teams are excused from t~kmg regular cla~s work while reporting regularly for any varsity sports. Required physical training consists of outdo . _ t"t" , or com pe i ive games in the fall; apparatus work, hand ball, indoor baseball, c~ge ball, basketball, and other competitive sports in the winter; with outdoor competitive sports again in the spring Thre~ ho~us Section A; M-W-F at 3. Section B; M-W-F at ~- MR. NovAK. ji I *Physics 50. Reading Course. *t Physics 60. ! i PROFESSOR EASON. PROFESSOR EASON. [Physics 41. 39 ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES . �ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 40 Physical Training 2. in th~ c~se of men who are returning to College early with the perm1ss10n of the President. Rooms in.the halls of residence may not be occupied durin()" the Christmas or the Easter recess. b . Advanced course in physical training. Two years of physical training are required of all students. Students who fail to fulfill the requirements in physical training will not be allowed to graduate. Assignment of Rooms. . ~efore ~ay ~rst of each year the student may, if he wishes, rndicate his desire concerning his rooming arrangement for the next year. For this purpose application blanks will be distributed by the Auditor's Office. Men who wish to room together must file their applications concurrently. Assignments are usually announced before May fifteenth. Open only to those men who have passed satisfactorily in Physical Training 1. · T-Th from 3 to 4.30. MR. NovAK. GENERAL REGULATIONS The regulations and provisions contained in this Catalogue and constituting the basis for the governance of the College are subject at all times to the right of the Visitors and Governors and to the right of the Faculty to repeal, change, or add to any Change of Rooms. · No st~dent living in the dormitories may change his room except with the approval of the room-assignmeint officer. of them. I. HONOR REGULATIONS St. John's College aims to develop in its students a sense of responsibility to the community as well as a h:l:gh standard of scholarship. To this end student self-government is encouraged. Each student is expected to conduct himself as a gentleman. Any student who is guilty of any dishonesty will be required to withdraw from the College. The Student Council cooperates with the Advisory Council of the Faculty in enforcing the honor regulations. The Student Council has power, accordingly, to take disciplinary action in any case of misconduct by any student. Any student who is unable to cooperate with the Student Council may be required to withdraw from the College. ' .... II. RESIDENCE REGULATIONS All students not living with parents or guardians are required to live in College buildings and to take their meals in the College dining hall. Occupancy of Rooms.. · Rooms in the halls of residence may not be occupied before noon of the Saturday preceding the opening of College except 41 ·i. College Rules for Dormitories. 1. No radios, vicirolas, or other ins.truments may be played, nor may any loud noise be made, in the College dormi~ories aft.ecr 10.00 P. :M. (Saturdays, 11.30 P. M.). Band rnstruments may be played in the dormitories only between 2.00 P. M. and the time when supper is served in the College dining room. 2. Intentional damage to College property is a. serious offense against discipline, and is forbidden. 3. Any damage to College property will be charged to the occupant or occup~nts of the room, or to the occupants of the hall, in which the damage occurs, or to· the person o·r persons whom the dormitory committee or the Student Council shall determine to have been responsible therefor. 4. The Student Council shall directly and through the dormitory committees enforce the abmre rules by disciplinary action takern at executive meetings to be attended only by those summoned by the Council. Such action shall be announced concurrently by the Student Council and by the College Office. 5. Any student who has been the obj,ect of such disciplinary action may appealto his Dean for a change in the action taken. The College reserves the right to repair completely, at the �42 BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES expense of the occupant or occupants, any dormitory room, if any tacks have been driven into the walls, or if any ma.tter has been pasted upon the walls, or if the walls are damaged in any other way. si~ed to an Adviser who teaches in the department of the maJor. The major Adviser takes. the place of the Freshman Adviser; with his. help the student plans his. duties for the rem~ining years, and selects the courses he will take during the ensmng ye·ar. Dining Hall. The dining hall may be closed at any time when College is not in session, except for a holiday of only one day. Only breakfast and luncheon will be served on the Wednesday preceding Thanksgiving recess and only supper ·on the Sunday preceding the resumption o{ classes after Thanksgiving. Only breakfast. will be served on the morning of the first day of the Christmas recess, and only supper will 9,e served on the day jus.t preceding the resumption of classes. A similar schedule will be maintained before and after the Easter recess. ·~ .. ;.t. ·, Infirmary Service. Any illness must be reported to the Infirmary promptly by the student. Students suffering from contagious or infectious diseiases must reside in the Infirmary until discharged by the College Physician, or until sent home. The College Physician maintains office hours each day at the Infirmary. During these hours his services are available without charge, since a medical fee covering this service is paid by all students. III. SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS Advisers. Each new student is assigned to a member of the faculty who acts as his Adviser. The Adviser helps the student at registration times, and confers with him occasionally throughout the year. The student should c.all upon his Adviser freely for a.ss.istance at any time. In: assigning Advisers to new students, the Registrar considers the information which is furnished on the application for admission. Each student shoulci g-ive as much information about himself as possible, so that he may have sympathetic guidance. Before May first in his first year each Freshman chooses one subject in which he will do his major work. He is then as- 1.· 43 Deans. In addition to the Advisers there are four class Deans who aSct .as ooCunsellors to the· Freshman, Sophomore, Junior and enrnr lasses, res.pectively. These Deans carry out the O'eneral regulations of the College, and ac.t, jointly, as an Advi:ory Council to the President. Registration. All students, both new and old, are required to re(J'ister at fixed t~mes. The registration clay for the first half-yea: is indicated m the College Calendar. At mid-years there is a re~s­ tration for the second half-year, and in the spring there is0 an early registra.tion for the year following. The times. for these registrations are announced by special notices. Each time, when a student is ready to make a choice of studies, he should go to his assigned Faculty Adviser. A Stud:v Oard, approved and signed by the Adviser, mus.t be returned to the ?:ffice1 and filed be.fore 4 P. M. on the day of registration. . Durmg May each student is required to fill out not only a hs.t of the courses he will take during the next college year but also a comprehensive plan of the studies he will pursue toward the degree. A Plan of Study sheet a.s well as an Early Registratitm card should be filed by all students who have not previously filed one. . Late registration, unless excused by the student's Dean, may mvolve the payment of $5.00. Failure to file a. Study Oard on time, whern there is no valid excuse, will involve the payment of a charge of $2.00. Change o·f Program. During :the first two weeks in either half-year students may d1:op or add courses with the permission of the Registrar and with the approval of the Adviser. After this two~week period the student will be required to pay a charge of $2.00 if any change is made. �44 BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES After N ove:mber 1, no course may be dropped until midyears, and 'after M a,rch 1 no further change may be made. Tuition will be charged for courses abandoned after these da.tes -tuition at the half-course rate for all half-courses and for full courses abandoned after November 1, and tuition at the fullcours.e rate for full courses abandoned after M a.rch 1. A special form must be filed at the Registrar's Office for any change of program. . T~ the Sop~omore Class: A student must have vassed. in at least foui courses, .m two of which his grades must be a or higher. To the. Jumor Olass: A student must have passed in at least nille courses, 111 five of which his grades must be a or higher. ~o the Senior Class: A student must have passed in at least thirteen courses, in ~even of which his grades must be a or higher. (The consequences of failing to satisfy vromotion requirements arc described under "Probation".) ' Requirements for promotion of all students entering before September 1931, are as follows : ' To the Sophomore Class : Four Courses (in addition to Physical Trainin"') To the Junior Class : "' . Nine Courses (in addition' to t wo years of Physical Training). T·o the Senior Class : Thirteen Courses. Courses Required of Freshman. The cours.e in prescribed English composition is required of every Freshman unless he satisfies the Department of English by examination that the prescription is not necessary in his .case. In addition, every Freshman should register for hygiene and for physical training. The student's o·ther courses may be elected from any of the courses regularly open to Freshmen. An examination for exemption from the prescribed course in English composition is required of all nerw students on the day of the formal opening of College. Students who originally register for only four courses, and who gain exemption from English 1, will be required to register for an addttional course, since no student may take fewer than four courses. At the encl of the year credit for one full course in English will be entered on the records of exempted Freshmen. Physical Training Requirements. Two years of physical training are required for the degree. These should be completed during the first two years of college work. Amount of Work Required. No regular student in any year may take fewer than four courses. If the number of courses needed for promotion to ·the next higher class exceeds four, the student will be required to carry the requisite number for promotion, except by special dispensation from his Dean. Requirements for Promotion. For all students entering College for the first time in September, 1931, or thereafter, the requirements for promotion are as follows: 45 Amount of Work Permitted. No student will be permitted to take more than five courses in any one year except by special permission of his Dean. In 110 case may more. than six courses be taken . The De an may a t . ~ny tu::ie reqm~e .that a student's program be lightened, even if special perm1ss10n to take additional courses has previously been granted. ·· · ' 1 Attendance at College Exercises. . Atte~dance at all classes and at all otlrnr academic exercises is r~qmrecl. Each Dean will exercise his~ discretion in summonmg men who ignore this rule, in warnino· them aO'ainst fu.~ther absences, and in placing on probation ~en who f~il to cooperate. i I I ~Jnexcu~ed absence from classes either immediately before I or i.mmediately after holidays or recesses will at all times be subJect to discipline. Excused Absences. Abs.ence from classes because of illness or because of some unavmdable occurrence may be excused by the class Dean. Absence be:ause of illness is excused by the Dean only on the recommendation of the Colleo·e Physician · See th e sec t' " .. a 10n on Infirmary Service,'' under "Residenc~ Regulations." Examinations. Informal hour examma tions, covermg the work of approxi· · · !i: I I ,.i I, !I ., ,1 �46 ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 'I· Group III. Satisfactory. A minimum of three grades of C and one of D Group IV. Passing. · A minimum which will satisfy promotion requirements but not high , enough to fulfill the requirements of a higher group. aminations. Final examinations for full courses, and for half-courses which begin at mid-years, are held at the end of the year. Grades. Students are graded by letter grades as, follows: A, Excellent; B, Very good; 0, Satisfactory; 'D, Passing, but unsatisfactory; F, Failure; I, Incomplete. An incomplete grade is automatically changed. to F in case. the work is not completed within the following prescribed periods: at mid-years, within four weeks; at finals, within the · :first six weeks of the following academic year. Good Standing. In order to remain in good standing, a student muet maintain at all times a record which, if it were final, would entitle him to promotion to the next higher class, or in the case of a Senior, to the degree. The Rank List. After the mid-year examinations and after the final examina- · tions each student whose record is not unsatisfactory is assigned to one of the four groups of a Rank List on the basis of the work he has accomplished in the preceding half~year. Each student is ranked according to the grades attained in his best four courses except those men whose requirement fur the Sophomore year is five courses. Grades required for standing in each of the groups follow: ,. ' Group I. Excellence. A minimum of three grades of A and one of B (with no failures in entire record). Group II. Distinction. A minimum of three grades of B and one of c (with d in best four courses). no gra es of D mately the first seven weeks of each half-year, are held in all courses in November and in March. Mid-year examinations are held at the end of the first halfyear. For courses which end at mid-years, these are final ex- Reports. Reports are sent to each student, to his parents, and to his Adviser after each grade period; that is, after the November hour-examinations, after the mid-year examinations, after the March hour-examinations, and at the end of the year. Reports of grades are not given out at the end of t)le school year, however, until the student's College bills are paid. 47 ''' !.- : The Deans' List. The D~arn~' List consists of the names of all students who have attamed places in Groups I or II of the Rank List. Men?~ ~he Deans'. List ~re trusted by the Deans with greater respo~sibihty and discret10n in the ordering of their college work' .they are allowed to observe as they may wish the rules regarchng attendance, and are not subject to discipline because of absences. Abuse of these privileges over an extended time may brino· about the removal of any man's name from the Deans' Lis; Any ma~ on the List who for any reason is placed on probation automatically loses the aforesaid privileges. Probation because ~f Unsatisfactory Scholarship. . A student wh<? fails to make at mid-years a record which if it were fi~al, would entitle him to promotion, may be pla~ed ·~n probation and warned by his Dean that unless his record improves, his probation may be clos.ed. A student whose record is unsatisfactory as a result of the November .ho1~r-examinations ordinarily is warned by his Dean. Howe~er, ~f his record is exceedingly low, he may b~ placed on probat10n m November. · ~ stude:1t wh~ at the end of the year fails to make a record which entitles him to promotion is dropped to the next lowe class and placed on probation. r 'I Continued Failure to Satisfy Promotion Requirements Any stud~nt ~ho has been dropped to the next lo;er class because o.f his ~ailure to satisfy his promotion requirements, and who durmg his second year in the same class again fails to i,, 1 cl i ! i �1 1 1 I l I~ 48 BULLETIN OF S'l'. JOHN'S COLLEGE ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES satisfy requirements for promotion to the next higher class, will have his connection with the College finally severed. Transfer of Course Credits from 0ther CO·IIeges.. St d u ents who_ take work at summfi:r schools may etition for tra~sfer of credits on the basis of the work taken atpth . . t" tu ti c cl· · c ose ms .ions. re it is not automatically transferred, but is sub "ect to the approval of the Faculty member at St. John's h t Jh the most 1 · w o eac es . near y simi1ar subject. In order to be certain th t g~ven credit will be transferable, the student should confer ~it~ t e proper Faculty members and with the Reo·istrar bef . . . to sum h 1 U b ore gorno 1_11er sc _oo . pon his return the student must sub;_it : transcript of his ~ummer school record. Inasmuch as the formal appr~val _of credit ~ay take some time, the student is ur"ed to s~bmithhis trans?npt an~ his petition for credit immediately a ter t e conclusions of his summer course. I~ controversial cases examinations may be required before credit can be granted. Men on Probation. Men who are placed on probation are expected to exert every effort to regain good standing at the earliest possible moment. .A student on probation for any cause will be required to maintain a perfect record in attendance. He may not participate in any athletic contest as a member of a varsity or Freshman team. If the student is reported for any matter of discipline while on probation, his probation will, in most cases, be closed without further warning. Probation as Dis.cipline. A student may be placed on probation for failure to maintain a satisfactory attendance record. Unsatisfactory conduct or neglect of any summons from a College officer may also bring the penalty of probation. Relief from Probation. A student who has been placed on probation for disciplinary reasons is relieved from probation promptly when he has demonstrated that he no longer should be on probation. A student who has been placed on probation because of unsatisfactory scholarship will, in most cases, be relieved from probation at the next grade period if a satisfactory record is then achieved. Repeating Courses., A course which has been passed may not be taken again in order to raise a grade. If a student has received the grade of F in any course, he may repeat the course, or he may substitute another course. If the course failed is one required for the degree or for the fulfillment of the major requirements, it must be repeated. Continuation of Work in Prescribed English Composition. A student who has passed English 1 but who still needs training in writing English may, at any time during his Sophomore or Junior year, be required by any instructor, with the consent of the class Dean, to return to the English Department for supplementary work, and may be required to continue this work without credit until excused by the English Department or by the Dean. 49 J j } 1y. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE A student must have passed seventeen (17) full the· · 1 · f courses or ir eqmva ent 111 u 1 and half courses in order to b 1 ' H . ' e .recommended for th l o· cl f e c_egree.. e must, 111 addition, have attained bra es o C or higher 111 at least nine ( 9) of these seventeen courkse~. Further, h~ must. have secured credit for satisfactory wo: . i~ t(he course m hygiene and in the courses in phvsicaJ t rammg two years of work). " Course_s Required for the Degree. Durmg the four years of the work for the Bachelor of A ·t degree, the student must include in his prooTam the f II , ·1 ~ courses,: b o o1nng 1. English 1. ~· Required courses fo: fulfilling the prescription of his maJor department (approximately six courses). , i~· 3. Any language courses prescribed by the major department. 4. Three courses for di.stri"b11ti"on (S ee C ourses for Distribution.) ··· · 5. In addition to the above, elective courses sufficient to make ; a t?t~l of seventeen courses, exclusive of hyaiene and physical trammg. b 1 6.. The c?urse in hygiene, and two full courses or the equivaent m physical training. I I! I I ,1 ,11 I·, 1' I I'. �50 BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE ANNOUNCEMENT 0:1!' COURSES Major Courses. . . At the end of his Freshman year each 'student is required to desi<rnate his major subject. He will have an instructor in that subj~ct assigned as his Adviser for th_e res~ of his_ College cour_se. Each student is required to plan, with his Adviser, a tentative program for the Sophomore, Junior, and Seni~r years,_ incl~d­ ing all of the courses required for the chosen maJor. It is advisable for the student to take in the Sophomore year any elementary courses which are reqU!ired. Language Requirements. . . . . Language requirements (if any) are prescribed by the mchv1dual major departments. Since the stud~nt does not announce the choice of his major until the end of his first year, Freshmen are advised to consider the matter of languages very carefully before finally submitting their study cards for the first year. Courses for Distribution. . . . . All courses offered are grouped in three Divis10ns =. (_1 The Division of Languages, Literature, and Art, (2) th~ ?:vlSlon of the Social Sciences and Ph,ilosophy, and ( 3) the Div1s10n of the Sciences and Mathematics. The student's major subject falls in one 0 £ these three divisions. The student must pass three courses divided between the other two divisions, in not less than two departments which are not represented by courses ~aken or to be taken in fulfillment of the requirements of the maJor. Unless the student has passed in his preparatory school a course in laboratory science approved by the C?llege, he must pass at least one college course in a laboratory science. . ! Major Courses Counting for Distribu~ion. . N 0 course taken to satisfy the requirements of the maJor may be used for distribution unless the major includes more than six full courses. Two courses in chemistry: Chemistry 2 (Comprehensive Gen. eral Chemistry) and Chemistry 33 (Organic Chemistry); The language requirements are two years of college French or their equivalent, and two years of college German or their equivalent. (Courses taken in satisfaction of these language requirements may be counted toward distribution.) Chemistry. Chemistry 2 (Comprehensive General Chemistry) ; Chemistry 21 1hf ( Qualita tive Analysis) ; Chemistry 22 2hf (Quantitative Analysis, Part I); Chemistry 31 1hf (Quantitative Analysis, Part II); Chemistry 32 2 hf (Physical Chemistry, Part I); Chemistry 33 (Organic Chemistry) ; Chemistry 42 (Advanced Organic Chemistry) ; Physics 21 (Elements of Physics; The language requirements are two years of college French or their equivalent and two years of college German or their equivalent. It is strongly urged that the German requirement be fulfilled before the end of the Junior year. (Courses taken in satisfaction of these language requirements may be counted toward distribution.) NoTE.-Mathematics 11 (Introduction to Mathematical Analysis) is a pre-requisite for Chemistry 21 lhf. Mathematics 21 (Analytic Geometry and the Calculus) is a pre-requisite for Chemistry 32 2hf. Classics. Three full courses (or their equivalent) in Latin, above Latin 1; Two full courses (or their equivalent) in Greek, above Greek 1; A full course (or its equivalent) in ancient history. Two electives selected with the approval of the Adviser. c£ V. REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS Biology. . · b" 1 · · 1 cl" " Four full courses or their eqmvalent m 10 ogy, me u mb Biolo"y 11 (Beginning Zoology), Biology 21 1 hf (Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates), and Biology 22 2 hf (Embryology of Vertebrates) ; 51 Economics. Economics 21 (General Principles of Economics); Two of the Junior courses in economics (two full courses, or the equivalent) ; Economics 40 (Advanced Economics); Mathematics 26 2hf (Statistics) (This should be taken in the Sophemore year) ; �BULLETIN OE' ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 52 One foll course in psychology or in philosophy; Government 11 (American Government). Students who major in economics will be required to take a comprehensive written examination at the end of the Senior year. The courses of concentration will be stressed, but familiarity with adjoining fields of knowledge will be expected. English. English 21 (Survey of English Literature); , English 45 (Shakespeare) ; · Four other full courses in the Department of English, exclusive of English 1. It is urged that students majoring in English elect HistQry 23 (English History), preferably in their Sophomore year. By the encl of their Junior year, students who major in English must have a reading knowledge of either French or German. At the end of the Senior year, they will be required to take a comprehensive written examination cover~ng the entire field of English literature. Papers will be set in the history of English literature, and in the appreciation of literature. Some works and tendencies of modern literature will be included in the latter paper, and some of the questions will be set in French or German. English 41 (Chaucer) must be taken by students who wish the recommendation of the Department for graduate study. French. See Romance Languages. German. Four full courses in German beyond German 10 (Intermediate German), including German 40 (Problems of Current German Life and Thought) ; History 21 (Mediaeval European History) and History 22 (Modern European History). · NoTE.-German 21 (Scientific G€rman) does not count toward the major. Government. Government 11 (American Government) ; Government 21 (Governments of Europe); ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES 58 Government 30 (Principles and Problems 6£ Government) · or Government 50 (Reading Cou;se); Government 41 1 hf (International Relations) and Government 42 2 hf (International Organization) or Government 43 1 hf. (Political Parties) and Government 44 2 hf. (Constitutional Law) ; Economics 21 (General Principles of Economics) or a full year of psychology; History 22 (Modern European History) or· History 23 (English History) or History 25 (History of the United States). History. History 1 (Historical Survey) ; History 21 (Mediaeval European History) or History 2 3 (English History) ; H~story 22 (Modern European History) ; History. 2 5 (The History of the Uni tecl States) ; Economics 21 (General Principles of Economics) or Government 11 (American Government) or one full course in psychology exclusive of Educational Psychology (Social Psychology) recommended. Englis~ 21 (Survey of English Literature) or Art 21 (Introduction ,to Art) or Philosophy 31 (History of Philosophy). Mathematics. Mathematics 11 (Introduction to Mathematical Analvsis) · Mathemat~cs 21 (Analytical Geometry and the Calculus).;' Mathematics 31 (Mathematical Analysis, Part I); Mathematics 35 (The Elements of Mechanics); Mathematics 41 (Mathematical Analysis, Part II) · Physics 21 (Elements of Physics). c£ • ' Or: Mathematics 11 (Introduction to Mathematical Analysis) · , Mathematics 21 (Analytical Geometry and the Calc1~lus) ;' Mathematics 33 (Higher Algebra) ; . Mathematics 35 (The Elements of Mechanics); Math~matics 43 (Introduction to Modern Geometry); Physics 21 (Elements of Physics). A reading knowledge of French or German is advised. '• I I I �.1 1 'I 54 BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Philosophy. Philosophy 11 1 hf (Logie) ; Philosophy 15 (Ethics); Philosophy 31 (History of Philosophy).; Philosophy 34 2 hf (Locke, Berkeley, Hume); Philosophy 35 1 h.f (History of Religion); · Philosophy 36 2 hf (Psychology and Philosophy of Religion); Philosophy 41 1 hf (Plato); Philosophy 42 2 hf (Schopenhauer); One full course or its equivalent in psychology or in history. Physics. Physics 21 (Elements of Physics) ; Physics 31 (Electricity and Magnertism); Physics 41 (Physical Optics) ; Physics 42 (Theory of Heat) M Physics 43 (Electricity) ; Mathematics 21 (Analytical Geometry and the Calculus) ; Chemistry 2 (Comprehensive General Chemistry). Reading knowledge of French and German. Pre-Medical Sciences. Each student who wishes to study medicine is advised to take the six essential courses of the pre,medieal major, whetherr he selects this major or some other. These a.re the courses stipulated by the Council on Medical Education of the American Medic.al Association as the minimal requirements for admission to the medical schools. Two full1 courses in bio1ogy: Biology 11 (Beginning Zoology), Biology 21 1 hf (Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates), Biology 22 2hf (Embryology of V eirtebra.tes) ; Two full courses in chemistry: Chemistry 2 ( Comprehens.ive General Chemistry), Chemistry 33 (Organic. Chemistry); One full course in physics.: Physics12il (Elements of Physics); NoTE.-Mathematic 11 (Introduction to Mathematical Analysis) is pre-requisite to Physics 21. One full course in English, which must be actually taken in college. . In addition to the six courses of the major two years of college German or their equivalent and two years of college French or their equivalent, are required. Courses ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES 55 taken in fulfillment of these language requirements may be counted toward distribution. Additional courses, advised: Chemistry 21 1 hf (Qualitative Analysis), Chemis.try 22 2 hf (Quantitative Analysis), Chemistry 32 2 hf (Physical Chemistry, Part I); enough German and French to satisfy proficiently examinations in the medic:al school, that is, "a reading knowledge" of scientific material. Psychology. Three full courses, or their equivalent, in psychology; Biology 11, either section A or section B; Philosophy 31. One additional full course, or the equivalent, in philosophy, or in biology, or in psychology; or a full course in physics; One additional. full course or two half-courses to be elected from the following list: · Any philosophy course; Any psychology course; Biology 16 2 hf; Biology 21 1 hf; Biology 22 2 hf; Biology 30 1 hf; Biology 33 2 hf; Biology 34 :.ihf; Chemistry 1 or Chemistry 2 ; Physics 21; .Mathematics 26 2 hf; . Economics 38 1 hf and 39 2 hf; Economics 40; Greek 22 1 hf; Greek 23 1 hf; Greek 24 2 hf; English 24 2 hf; English 49; English 50. Any student who intends to do graduate work in psychology should learn to read botl;t German and French. He should also take at least two full science courses or their equivalent. Two· full years of biology and one o.f some: other sc.ience, preferably physics, are recommended. The stu· dent should make as thorough a study as possible of physiology, especially the physiology of the n:errvous system and the ductless glands. Romance Languages.. Four full cmtrses in one Romance language ahove French 2 or Spanish 2 (intermediate courses). One of these four must be a course in composition and conversation. �56 BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES 57 In a.clclition, two full courses in another Romance language. French 17 does not count toward the ~~["~ candidate for honors, and must have therefor the approval of his Adviser and 0:£ the department of his major. Social Sciences. One course in each department. The courses prescribed are: Economics 21 (General Principles.); Government 11 (American Government); History 1 (European History from the Fall of Rome to the Present Time) ; Philosophy 31 (History of Philosophy); One full course in psychology, exclusive of Educational Psychology (Social Psychology recommended) ; Three additional courses in the social sciences. These three courses must be distributed over three departments and must have the approval of the departments concerned. b. He shall obtain a general average of at least 80 for the four years, and an average in his major subject of at least 85.* Spanish. See Romance Languages. VI. DEGREES WITH HONOR AND DISTINCTION In order to encourage high scholarship and serious interest in learning, the college in 1927 established degrees "with honor" and "with distinction". Degrees with Honor. Highest honor will be awarded to those students who have ptusued during their last two years a course of study in some measure independent o;f regular courses and leading to a comprehensive examination in one field of knowledge. Opportunity will be given to acquire a more complete mastery of one subject than has ordinarily been done under the course system. In some departments there will be opportunity for original research and the writing of a thesis. The examination may be conducted not only by the major department and other members of the Faculty, but also by competent persons outside the College. The requirements for the degree "with honor" or "cum honore" are as follows : a. The candidate shall, at some time bef()re the end of the Junior year, make application to his Dean for acceptance as a c. He shall, either during his Junior and Senior years, or ~urmg one of them, accomplish special work in his major subJect, the type and amount, of which shall be decided in conference between him and the instructors in his major department. d. H~ shall, towards the end of his Senior year, pass a comprehensive oral and written examination in his major subject before a board composed of the instructors of the major group, ?ther members of the Faculty, and a't least one visiting exam1ne-r. Degrees with Distinction. A degree "with distinction" or "cum laude" will be granted to any student who has clone especially good work in all the cou~ses which he has taken. A student to win this degree must . durmg a regularly required residence in the College, obtai~ ' an average of 85 or above.* Degrees "with great distinction " ' ?r " magna cum 1au de, " w1·11 be granted by vote of the Faculty m rare cases to altogether exceptional students. A student may win a dem·ee both "with distinct1'on" in geno~ eral studies and "with honor" in.his major subject. * Fo~ determinin~ comparable averages the mid-point of each graderange m the follow:mg scale is used: A=l00-90 B=89-80 0=79-70 a D=69-60. ' ' , an I �58 BULLETIN OF ST..JOHN'S COLLEGE ROOM ASSIGNMENTS, 1933-34 NoTE.-Courses bearing the announcement, "Hours to be arranged" will, meet, times and places designated by the instructor in consultation with the Registrar. ; Course Hall and Room Art 21 ..................... McDowell 24 Art 33-lhf, 34-2hf ........... McDowell 24 Biology, cill coiirses . .... Biology Building Chemistry, all coiirses ... Humphreys Hall Economics 21 A ............ McDowell 33 Economics 21 B ............ McDowell 21 Economics 23-lhf .......... McDowell 21 Economics 37 .............. McDowell 21 Economics 38-lhf, 39-2hf .... McDowell 21 Economics 40 .............. McDowell 24 English 1 A ................ McDowell 36 English 1 B ................ McDowell 36 English 1 C ................ McDowell 22 English 1 D ...... : ......... McDowell 31 English 1 E ................ McDowell 22 English 21 ................ McDowell 32 English 23 ................ McDowell 32 English 31.1-lhf, 31.2-2hf ... McDowell 22 English 37 ................ McDowell 23 English 45 ................ McDowell 23. French 1 .................. McDowell 36 French 2 A ................ McDowell 34 French 2 B ................ McDowell 36, French 11 ................. McDowell 22 French 13 ................. McDowell 32 French 17 ...•............. McDowell 22 French 20 ................. McDowell 22 French 41 ................. McDowell 22 German 1 A ................ McDowell 31 German 1 B ................ McDowell 31 German 10 ................ McDowell 21 German 20 ................ McDowell 23 German 21 ................ McDowell 34 German 35 ................ McDowell 32 Government 11 A, Humphrey's Lecture Room Government 11 BMon., Wed ... Humphrey's Lecture Room Friday .................. McDowell 21 Gover=ent 11 C ........... McDowell 32 Course Hall and Ro' Government 21 ............ McDowell Government 30 ............ McDowell Government 4~-lhf, 42-2hf .. McDowell Greek 1 ................... McDowell Greek 22-lhf, 24-2hf ........ McDowell Greek 23-lhf, 34-2hf ........ McDowell Greek 33 .................. McDowell History 1 ................. McDowell History 22 ................ McDowell :History 23 ................ McDowell History 25 ................ McDowell History 45-lhf, 46-2hf ...... McDowell Hygiene 1 .... Humphrey's Lecture Ro Latin 15 .................. McDowell Latin 23 .................. McDowell Mathematics 1-lhf, 2-2hf .... McDowell Mathematics 11 A .......... McDowell Mathematics 11 B .......... McDowell Mathematics 11 C .......... McDowell Mathematics 21 ........... McDowell Mathematics 25-lhf, 26-2hf .. McDowell Mathematics 31 Mathematics 33 Mathematics 35 Mathematics 41 Mathematics 45 ........... McDowell Philosophy 11-lhf, 12-2hf ... McDowell Philosophy 15 ............. McDowell Philosophy 31 ............. McDowell Philosophy 34-2hf ......... McDowell Philosophy 35-lhf, 36-2hf ... McDowell Physics, all courses . ... Humphrey's Psychology 20 A ........... McDowell Psychology 20 B ............ McDowell Psychology 27 ............. McDowell' Psychology 29 ........... : . McDowell Spanish 1 ................. McDowell Spanish 2 ................. McDowell. Spanish 11 ................ McDowell Spanish 13 ............. , .. M~Dowell � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bulletin of St. John's College in Annapolis: Announcements for 1933-34 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource College Catalogs and Statements of the Program Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource St. John's College Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Description An account of the resource Statements of the Program are published each Academic Year. They provide an overview of the program and historical information about the college.  <br /><br />The titles of these publications have changed over the course of the College's history. From the 19th century through 1971 they were titled Catalogue. During this period, some Catalogues were distributed as issues of <em>The Bulletin of St. John's College</em>. The title changed from Catalogues to Statement of the Program with the 1972-1973 publication. <br /><br />Also included in this collection are Graduate Institute catalogs and promotional publications about the St. John's program.  <br /><br />Click on <strong><a title="College Catalogues" href="https://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?tags=College+catalog&amp;sort_field=Dublin+Core%2CDate">Items in the College Catalogs and Statements of the Program Collection</a></strong> to view and sort all items in the collection. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context collegecatalogs Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 58 pages Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource St. John's College Title A name given to the resource Bulletin of St. John's College in Annapolis: Announcements for 1933-34 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-09 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource text Language A language of the resource English Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Bulletin of St. John's College: Volume III, Number 4 Description An account of the resource Insert as part of the college catalog for the years 1933-1934 Bulletin Catalog Catalogue College catalog https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/f05bb5b652f148c58a08ac978c8e3ef9.pdf bfd1afcca41566c7c0fb212408d73771 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_09_28_1933 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, September 28, 1933 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-09-28 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLIV, No. 16 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on September 28, 1933. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Davis, Edwin P., (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/bf5df8d1d1c54c7823ab3855aff4695f.pdf 12f40eea05a7fb6df0d6441da447d81a Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_10_05_1933 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, October 5, 1933 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-10-05 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLIV, No. 17 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on October 5, 1933. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Davis, Edwin P., (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/1000b41f8b92427be55431e15527508f.pdf f1d1967746200ae108af1ce6b32f41ed Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_10_12_1933 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, October 12, 1933 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-10-12 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLIV, No. 18 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on October 12, 1933. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Davis, Edwin P., (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/452df3e216af279e6b8db8f33f47308b.pdf e4a487c2793fe98c55925a9aef9f136e Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_10_19_1933 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, October 19, 1933 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-10-19 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLIV, No. 19 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on October 19, 1933. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Davis, Edwin P., (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/65982e51ac74f808a9e57a008702375b.pdf e4c2d6f683c4b9319d5ab6810b99fcfe Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_10_26_1933 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, October 26, 1933 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-10-26 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLIV, No. 20 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on October 26, 1933. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Davis, Edwin P., (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/1a06c11dca7b32ac51649d28fce2913d.pdf 392cf61284fad99372a0fcc2afe0f47c Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_11_02_1933 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, November 2, 1933 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1933-11-02 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLIV, No. 21 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on November 2, 1933. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Davis, Edwin P., (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/d7a45742657b0a71bfed2498f8aed88c.pdf 029dbcf79202273f7feff265999af20f PDF Text Text <fV**'* ,.^."*-^*."**?i- • /-•%•- ":>^~ . *? "v •$' -««A-.\ r>'> " " iF\~: �THE 1934 RAT-TAT OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE PUBLISHED BY THE JUNIOR CLASS DALTON M. WELTY Editor RICHARD S. WOODMAN . Business Manager VOLUME THIRTY-SIX Printed by H. G. R O E B U C K & BALTIMORE, MD, SON �ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS THE STAFF of the 1934 RAT-TAT acknowledges with gratitude the fine spirit of advice and cooperation shown by Dr. Douglas Huntly Gordon, President of the College; Dr. Ford K. Brown of the faculty; and Mr. Sidney C. Schultz of H. G. Roebuck and Son. �CONTENTS CHAPTER I—ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CHAPTER II—CLASSES CHAPTER III—SOCIAL FRATERNITIES CHAPTER IV—COLLEGE ORGANIZATIONS CHAPTER V—ATHLETICS CHAPTER VI—FEATURES , �THE 1934 RAT-TAT �FOREWORD T HIS IS the book that I was responsible for producing. I hope you like it, for if you don't, I shall have violated the trust that my class-mates had in me when they elected me as its editor. Chiefly do I hope that you who are graduating like it because this book has been published primarily for you. We who remain will have still more of St. John's fellowship, but you who are leaving may have only this book to recall to you the memories of the years that, I am sure, will grow more dear to you as they recede farther into the past. I think that I have succeeded in making this yearbook different from others. Whether it is an improvement or not is a point that all of you will soon decide. I spent a great part of last summer planning for a RAT-TAT that I wanted to be better than its predecessors. After I returned to St. John's last fall I took a sudden dislike to all the plans that I had made and abandoned them, thus destroying at a blow the work of a whole summer. My first plans would have developed into a good book, I believe, but it would have been a book built upon the same ideas that have been used again and again—so many times, indeed, that they have become tiresome. I wanted something entirely new. It is my hope that the book which lies before you reflects the freedom of thought that most liberal arts colleges try to instil. Because it is new, this book is bound to run the gauntlet of criticism and some of it, I trust not all of it, will be harsh. Don't let what others say about it swa;y you too much. The world is full of conservatives who oppose and hate all changes and therefore unwittingly hinder progress. There is no reason why the methods that were worked out years ago by editors of annuals and the publishers of them should be used forever. I have tried to make this annual more like a book than a yearbook and less stereotyped. The changes in it were made only after long consideration and with due regard to their compatibility with the general plan of the book. I hope that you, too, will see how the additions and subtractions contribute to the individuality of this book. A little while ago I said that this book was unique in its plan—the first of its kind—but now I am going to qualify the statement somewhat. After I had completed my dummy and when I was deciding upon the kind of paper to use, the printer of this book sent me another annual which was called "The History of the Class of 1933." I was to observe the kind of paper and consider it as a possibility for my yearbook. I didn't examine the paper very carefully, I confess. What I did notice and with great astonishment was that parts of the book were startlingly �like the RAT-TAT which was almost ready to go to the press. It was quite a coincidence and certainly a disappointment to me at the time. This book does differ from "The History of the Class of 1933" in many details, however, and the incident may prove to you, if proof is needed, that the ideas which this book exemplifies have already been favorably accepted by others. CHAPTER ONE I HAVE TAKEN particular care to supervise the material in this book in such a way that it would be a simple and straightforward representation of fact. I did not wish to cast a spurious glamor over St. John's. There is glamor here, all right, but it is the sedate and simple and unforgettable glamor of a colonial atmosphere for which St. John's is so famous. I have included a rather long history of St. John's as the first chapter of this book. It was written excellently by Mr. Robert Lampee, a member of the staff. You may not care to read all of it now, but I believe you will want to at some future date when the passage of time will have made this book more valuable to you. It has been a great privilege and pleasure for us, the staff of the 1934 RAT-TAT, to plan and work toward a memory book for the senior class and for all St. Johnnies. Again, we hope you like the book. It is for you to make it a success or a failure now. The staff of the RAT-TAT wishes all the graduates of 1934 a happy as well as a materially successful life. Your class has been a credit to St. John's College. —THE EDITOR. ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE W ITH the most serious economic depression in the history of the Nation gariy slowly being routed through the efforts of a courageous President, St. Annapolis John's College once again emerges safely after having conquered another of the many obstacles it has experienced in its long career. Since its founding in the latter part of the seventeenth century as the King William School, it has withstood the detrimental influence of the War of the Revolution, the War of 1812, the War between the States and the World War, in addition to the numerous threats towards its charter by dissenting politicians who turned the peace of legislative sessions on State Circle into turmoil. Up to the end of the seventeenth century Annapolis was an insignificant little village whose only justification for existence was a small fishing industry. But in the late Sixteen-Nineties Governor Nicholson, the royal governor, moved the capitol of the state from St. Mary's to Annapolis, which immediately provided a stimulant for making it the social center of the colony. Slowly the town grew in importance until it reached its peak during the Revolution. It was a natural center of the state and an ideal location for the seat of the government. It grew as a seaport for fish and tobacco to the other colonies, and wealthy plantation owners built town houses there that caused it to become the center of all social and political life of the state. A contemporary of Nicholson wrote: "Col. Nicholson has done his endeavor to make a town out of that place (Annapolis). There are about forty dwellings in it, seven or eight of which can afford a good lodging and accomodations for strangers. THE WALTON HOUSE There are also a State House and Free — 15 — �A Free School, built with brick, which make a great show among a parcel of wooden houses, School anc j thg foundation of a church is laid, the only brick church in Maryland." At an early point in this growth public opinion demanded a free school to which the wealthy planters and others could send their sons. Accordingly in the July session in 1696 an act was passed that a school should be founded "for the propagation of the gospel, and the education of the youth of this province in good letters and manners". Although this effort was made to erect a school under the terms of the Free School act, nothing was really accomplished at this time. And as late as 1707 Governor Seymour could say that not one step had been taken for the encouragement of learning. The fact, however, that the school founded here was called King William School confirms the belief that the building was erected in 1701, before the King's death, though it is not unlikely that little or no progress was made in the first few years of its existence. Although not mentioned in the formal procedings in the formation of this school, behind the history of this college lies a colorful figure who made possible the transition from a iridescent dream the actual building of the school house. William Workman came to Maryland an indentured servant, and died one of the richest men in Annapolis. He was the son of a butcher who lived in Colford, in the county of Gloucester, England, and his real name was Anthony although he took his father's first name in this country. When he was freed of his indentured service of five years he became owner of land on Kent Island on the Eastern Shore where he went into the smuggling business. He thrived and with his profits bought more land. He started out in helping his sailor friends smuggle contraband into the country without paying customs. He broadened his field and became a fence for smugglers who brought in costly goods, "ingots of gold and silver and sundry rich furniture of Indian aspect, better fitted for the cabinet of the virtuoso than the trade of a new province. Then there were occasionally costly stuffs and tissues, cloth of gold, velvets of Genoa arras, tapestry and even pictures which might have been hung in churches." It was a dangerous business and although there are no accurate statistics in existence, his work must have involved plenty of bloodshed. But he had acquired an important position in the colony. He saw the potentialities of Annapolis and settled here early, opening an inn which catered to the high officials of the colonial government of that time. Probably over an ale glass one day, in his inn, Workman talked with Governor Nicholson, who told him about a sloop which had been seized for the violation of the Trade Acts. The conversation probably did not — 16 — last very long. The governor pointed out to Mr. Workman that he was very much Wm. Workmanin need of some funds to build a free school in town. Consequently the Acts of Smuggler Maryland, Lib. 11, No. 4, Fol. 120, states that a certain Anthony, alias William Workman, formerly of Kent Island but then of Annapolis, Inn-holder, advances> gives and bestows One Hundred and Fifty Pounds Sterling . .. towards the building of said house or tenement . . . " or rather the King William School. The history of St. John's then begins when a clever governor prevailed upon an equally clever pirate to pay for a small two-story brick school house, still standing today on Francis Street. To this School, which was destined in time to grow into St. Johnrs College, the financing of Benjamin Leonard the school were Calvert left a legs u b s c r i b e d by acy in 1733, and members of promfrom that date, inent Maryland under the impetus families, and memof masters and bers of the Counushers obtained cil, who paid in tofrom England, its career was prosbacco. A library perous and conof eleven hundred tinuous until the books, given to the War of the Revclergymen of the olution. The restate by Dr. Thos. KING WILLIAM'S BOOKS maining funds for B r a y , installed in the new building as the only safe depository in the state, was used by the students in the School. Four hundred of these books have found their way into the present college library. Soon the school acquired for itself a reputation for excellence in classical education and the cream of the youth from the fine families all over the state were drawn here. It was used as a preparatory school for boys from good families who later studied at Oxford and Cambridge. Among them were William Pinkney, U. S. Attorney-General, Minister to England and Minister Plenipotentiary to Russia. It was Pinkney who drew the declaration of war against England in 1812. Annapolis, during the War of the Revolution, was at the center of the struggle, and the doors of the King William School closed immediately after hostilities had begun. The original building built by Mr. Workman was turned into a gun shop and the students went off to fight for independence. This was the first set-back that — 17 — �I St. John's the college received in its long history. But the Revolution in this case was the College necessarv impetus which changed the King William School into a college. At the close of the hostilities, Maryland found that it had several preparatory schools but that now, since boys were not being sent over to England for the secondary school education, their sons could not receive the obvious benefits from such an education. The men who had created the new nation had forseen the possibilities for development and made provisions for a college. Some of them wrote in the original charter; "Institutions for the liberal education of youth . . . are of the highest benefit, in order to train up and perpetuate a succession of able and honest men for discharging the various offices and duties of life . . . Such institutions have accordingly been promoted and encouraged by the wisest and best regulated states . ." In 1784 the Legislature granted the charter for St. John's College to one of the most distinguished groups of subscribers of any college in the history of the country. In the possession of the college today, lately displayed in the cases in the Great Hall, are the original subscription lists that read like a roster of the noted families of the nation. On the lists are four signers of the Declaration of Independence: Charles Carroll of Carrollton, Samuel Chase, Thomas Stone, and William Paca. The first three served on the first Board of Visitors of the college. In addition to these men, Alexander Hamilton who came to Annapolis in 1786 as a delegate to the meeting which was the real beginning of the American Constitution and later was first secretary of the treasury was one of the subscribers. Among others on this list are: William Pinkney, Jeremiah Townley Chase, John Eager Howard, Philip Barton Key, Dr. Thomas John Claggett, first Protestant Episcopal Bishop to be ordained in the United States; Dr. John Carroll, first American Roman Catholic Archbishop, and John Hanson, first President of the Continental Congress. In the charter which the Legislature granted in 1784 are found the principles of freedom which have earned for Maryland the name of the Land of Sanctuary. A new sense of freedom permeated this country and the new founders insisted upon religious freedom above everything else. It was written in the charter that St. John's was founded on the following "fundamental and invoilable principles, namely: first, the said college shall be founded and maintained forever upon a most liberal plan, for the benefit of youth of every religious denomination, who shall freely be admitted to equal privileges and advantages of education, and to all the literary honors of the college, according to their merit . . . . " These principles have always been maintained in the entire history of the college and are important in themselves historically because they are an expression of the new feeling which was in evidence at the time. The year after the granting of the college charter, the Legislature passed an act Third Oldest that turned over the funds, property masters and students from the King William College School to the new institution. The history of St. John's College therefore dates that turned over the funds, property, masters and students from the King William of educational institutions in this country in the point of years of continuous history. The new college was moved up over the State House hill to the place of McDowell Hall which was begun as a gubernatorial mansion but fortunately was converted into a more useful building. Governor Bladen started the building for his own private use but got into a scrap with the Legislature, which refused to give sufficient funds to complete the work on the roofless structure. The building, which had been christened "Bladen's Folly", was turned over to the college and has remained in its MCDOWELL HALL IN 1739 possession to this day. Although fires have raged through it on numerous occassion, it remains almost in the same condition it was one hundred and forty-five years ago. The college formally opened its doors in 1779 with a procession from the State House and impressive exercises in the Chapel in McDowell, which has now been turned into a Great Hall. The central building was named after McDowell, the first president of the college. Three years after the opening of the college George Washington paid a visit to the new institution. He later wrote to the St. John's Faculty: GENTLEMEN: The satisfaction which I have derived from my visit to your infant seminary is expressed with much pleasure, and my wishes for its progress to perfection are proffered with sincere regard. The very promising appearance of its infancy must flatter all its friends (with whom I entreat you to class me) with the hope of an early and, at the same time, a mature manhood. You will do justice to the sentiments which your kind regard toward myself inspires, by believing that I reciprocate the good wishes contained in your address, and I sincerely hope the excellence of your seminary will be manifested in the morals and science of the youth who are favored with your care. April 17, 1791. — 18 — George Washington — 19 — �George Washington's Interest Washington gave further evidence of his interest in St. John's by sending to conege here his adopted son, George Washington Parke Custis, whose name may be found in the college records as a member of the class of 1799. The names of three other members of the Washington family stand on the early rolls of the college. Francis Scott Key, whose manuscript of the "Star-Spangled Banner" was sold this year to the Walters Gallery in Baltimore for $24,000, was a graduate of the class of 1796 and it was through his heroic effort and the eloquent appeals of Rev. Bethel Judd, rector of old St. Anne's, that the college was saved from having the Legislature withdraw its charter in 1806. Reverdy Johnson was graduated in 1812, later serving as ambassador to Great Britain. In 1824, General Lafayette, then well advanced in years, returning to receive the gratitude of the American people for his help during the War of the Revolution, was entertained in the Great Hall, which has since been restored to its original splendor. The early history of the college falls in line with the glamor and the splendor of Annapolis at the height of its glory. It had become during the Revolution the social center of the state. Fine houses like the Hammond Harwood House, the Chase House, the Scott House, the Rideout House and Carvel Hall were springing up in town and architecturally were the quintessence of the fine taste of the period. And in this the college had an active part in making the city of Annapolis the most important city in the state. The waterfront became busy and the docks were surrounded by countless inns most of which can be seen today, a slightly modernized but still a visible group HUMPHREYS HALL IN 1789 around the marketplace. Founded at a time when politics were uppermost in men's minds, the college was until the Civil War a training school for many who were prominent in state and national affairs. The war between the States brought this glory to a close and St. John's College suffered another of its obstacles which constantly through its history tested its rights for existence. The feeling in Maryland during the Civil War was torn between the love of the South and the logic of the North. An expression of the feeling was demonstrated when the union troops were fired upon in the streets of Baltimore at the outbreak of — 20 — hostilities. The college became, however, a union hospital base and remained so for Union Hospital five years throughout the entire war. The campus became a military encampment. A palisade fence surrounded the green, barracks were erected and the regular buildings turned into wards for soldiers wounded at the front. It was a crisis in the history of the college. The five-year period of non-existence almost proved fatal. But under the presidency of Dr. Henry Bernard, later United States Commissioner of Education, the college was revived and once again St. John's graduates won distinction for themselves and their college in the field of public service, although physicians and teachers began to form an important group in the alumni body. In 1886 Dr. Thomas Fell, still an active member of the Alumni Association, took over the control and made great strides in bringing St. John's back to its former glory. It was during his administration that Randall Hall, Woodward Hall and the college gymnasium were erected and the scholastic rating of the college was raised. Dr. COLLEGE GREEN DURING CIVIL WAR Fell instituted the military regime that extended until his term of office ended in 1923. The military tradition which extended back to Revolutionary days was upheld when this country entered the World War. As St. John's progressed under the presidency of Dr. Fell more and more emphasis was placed upon the military side of college life. St. John's men wore light grey uniforms, similar to those worn at West Point and with the coming of the Naval Academy the rivalry between the two institutions assumed intense proportions. Four hundred and fifty-two St. John's men saw service in the World War, 90 per cent of which were commissioned officers, half of whom held the rank of captain or above. St. John's men won thirty-five decorations and citations, American and foreign. Twenty-five died at the front. But in spite of the fine war record made by St. John's men, the college, in its fourth crisis, suffered from the military regime clamped upon it during the war years. Dr. Fell lost much of the control to the army officers who gradually shaped all the policies and placed a prohibitive emphasis upon MEMORIAL the military aspect of college existence. The disillusionment of war which was felt — 21 — �Major Enoch by the American people following the greatest and bloodiest struggle in history, Barton Carey was enough to keep students away from a college whose greatest asset was its military efficiency. Scholasticism reached a low ebb in the history of the college and the enrollment dropped until it was rated in class C among the other colleges in the East. In spite of the fact that towards the end of Dr. Fell's term as president, St. John's went in a retrograde direction, he brought the college out of its lethargy and paved the way for a younger man to take up his work and make possible the St. John's of today. Major Enoch Barton Garey, a St. John's man of the class of 1903 and a graduate of West Point, was the fortunate choice as successor to Dr. Fell. At the time of his appointment to the presidency St. John's had only a little over a hundred students, a rapidly decaying lot of college buildings and a low scholastic standing. His first moves were the abolishment of the military regime, the dismissal of all but three members of the faculty and the establishment of an entirely new Board of Visitors and Governors. The college once again became sponsored by a group of men comparable to the group which promoted it at its birth. During the six years of his administration, President Garey, who is now head of the Garey School at Aberdeen, Maryland, more than doubled the student enrollment, raised the scholastic rating of the College from "C" to "A", and gathered around him a faculty comparable to that of any other small college in the country. The financial backing which the college had acquired was expressed in the purchase of such famous colonial houses as the Hamm o n d - Harwood H o u s e , the Brice House, and the Pinkney House. The Library was greatly improved by the acquisition of an endowment from the Carnegie Foundation, and a HAMMOND-HARWOOD HOUSE ratner complete art library was added. The financial backers of the college started a huge building fund campaign and made ambitious plans for future development of the college equip— 22 — THE LIBERTY TREE �Bacon- ment. But in the midst of all this activity Major Garey resigned and precipitated Gordon another great crisis in the history of the college. The Board of Visitors and Governors fortunately decided not to pick a new president the same year and until 1932 the administration was handled by Dean Robert Bacon who assumed the powers of the president and ran the college in an efficient manner. The work of improving went ahead steadily as it was started by Major Garey and the year saw the creation of the student union social rooms in the basement of McDowell Hall, the conversion of Humphreys Hall from a dormitory into new science laboratories and a much-needed auditorium, the restoration of the Great Hall, which was formerly the chapel, and the purchase of several other buildings which have been turned into an infirmary and fraternity houses. In addition faculty offices were constructed in Woodward Hall and the library facilities were greatly improved. Dean Bacon did much to raise the scholastic standing of the college. In an efficient manner he took over the duties which were handled by the president and succeeded in organizing a staff of workers that was able to handle the college affairs in a capable fashion during his entire term of control. However, the period was trying without a president. Dean Bacon handled the administrative work efficiently but St. John's needed a definite leader who could carry the burden of the college in an official capacity. The Board of Visitors and Governors searched two years for a man to take the place of Major Garey. The financial position of the college was very strained at the time and it was a big risk for a man to assume the heavy responsibility of the presidency without definite financial support. Many men were suggested but either they were incapable of handling the job or else they refused. Finally the Board voted on Douglas Huntly Gordon, a successful young lawyer from an old Baltimore and Virginia family who seemed extremely fitted for the job. He had wealthy connections, intellectual and educational interests and the youth and vitality to handle the difficult job of finances, which were at a critical point at the time he assumed office. President Gordon came to the college a stranger. He found his first few months rather difficult, caused by the fact that he was a little hard to understand. He did not gain the sympathy of the student body at first because he was difficult to get to know and his administration failed in some respects. But before the Hopkins' football game that year, the greatest riot in all time took place on the St. John's campus and the incidents which followed this fracas enabled the president to break the ice that gradually brought to him the respect and admiration of the entire student body and members of the faculty. The pre-game rivalry between Hopkins has always been as intense as the game itself. The long tradition of thrilling games has built around itself a glamor and a St. John'sthrill that has expressed itself on the part of the undergraduate in various demon- Hopkins Rivalry strations. According to the custom which grew up, each college made itself into a fortress during the week preceding the big game and the idea was instituted to commit as much damage on the enemy's campus as possible and at the same time protect the home grounds. At St. John's the annual bonfire and snake dance were established as regular pre-game features and the goal of the Hopkins undergraduates became to light the bonfire before the scheduled time. However, this attitude was not aroused by any such idealistic reasons in the fall of 1932. Several enthusiastic but misdirected freshmen from St. John's raided the Hopkins campus one dark night and painted up as many buildings as possible with black and orange paint. Then on Thursday night before the game Hopkins men stormed the college campus one hundred and fifty strong, but the St. John's men were ready for them. All during the week, as has been the annual custom, members of the freshmen class were on guard at strategic points around the campus. At the moment the Hopkins men burst hundred and fifty Hopkins' into town, the famous old bell in McDowell Hall tolled men who were quickly driven forth and the entire student back to the Church Circle. body were called onto the On returning to college, the St. John's men found the campus. Three hundred St. members of the Water Witch John's men gathered like one Fire Company calmly conto repell the attack of the innecting the hoses to their efvaders. Although the offense ficient piece of apparatus and was perfectly planned and exdirecting it upon the victorecuted the St. John's men did CANNON ious Johnnies. The first short work of the brave one stream of water sent the student body back to the high spot on the campus but, the shock of the first attack having worn off, the absurdity of the local firemen in interfering in a fair scrap suddenly inspired one brave St. John's man, who in his shirt sleeves gave a war whoop and followed by the entire student body charged the firemen. The next few minutes were the most amusing in the entire history of St. John's. The members of the fire brigade were scattered all over town, their hoses taken from them and they were drenched with the high pressure streams of water which they had been directing towards the student body a few minutes before. The Water Witch fire truck came into the possession of St. John's temporarily at least and bedlam broke loose. Annapolis police in all their majesty drove up and began to pick up every student they saw on the streets. They even picked them up coming out ffi — 24 — — 25 — �French the local emporiums and herded them into four small cells in the antiquated police Monument station on the Duke of Gloucester Street. In all thirty-three men were taken, of which about ten were Hopkins men. In small cells, in which they were not even able to sit down, the prisoners were kept all night, where they received abominable treatment from the officers in charge. The next day charges were preferred against them and President Gordon took the matter in his own hands and in two days had the fines returned and justice established. The matter thus had a less serious ending than it might have had for the students under arrest. Although it may be slightly retrogressing, a few facts should be mentioned here in regard to the French monument, the picture of which appears below. It has the unique distinction of being the first monument erected in the United States in memory of the French soldiers who gave their lives for our country in the War of the Revolution. Beneath it are buried the remains of some of the soldiers. In the fall of 1931 Marshal Petain of World War fame visited the monument and placed upon it a wreath in honor of his countrymen who had died while serving under Lafayette The Marshal was greeted by Governor Ritchie and finally escorted to the steps of the Great Hall where President Gordon presented him with the degree of Doctor of Science. The day was an FRENCH MONUMENT auspicious one because it called back strongly ^ memory Q£ thos£ unknown French soldiers who lay buried on the St. John's campus. Suddenly on one Saturday last February came the news that Dr. Gordon had been dismissed by the Board of Visitors and Governors and his place taken by Amos W. W. Woodcock, '03, the former Director of National Prohibition, then serving as assistant to the Attorney-General of the United States. The news came as a distinct shock to the student body which was unaware that any friction had existed between Dr. Gordon and the Board of Visitors and Governors. The choice of Dr. Gordon's successor however was considered fortunate, as Mr. Woodcock, who was a national figure and had received commendation for his work in the difficult job as Dry Administrator, is an alumnus of St. John's and a former faculty member. Mr. Woodcock will take his office in July and the following term will open a new period in the history of St. John's College. Mr. Woodcock is a man who is experienced in the science of education—one who will not permit financial considerations to wrongly influence educational policy. Under the new administration it is — 26 — THE CENTRAL WALK �W. W. Woodcock expected that closer cooperation will be had than in any previous administrations President Amos and that St john>s will continue to progress. Professor Reginald Heber Ridgely was made temporary president of St. John's College last Spring after Douglas Huntly Gordon received his leave of absence. Professor Ridgely will remain president until July first when Amos W. W. Woodcock will assume control. C a p t a i n Douglas FRONT CAMPUS IN WINTER Howard, '03, was appointed assistant to the president and will serve in that capacity until July first. He is a retired captain in the United States Navy. His chief duty consisted in controlling the business administration of the college. HIS EXCELLENCY, Albert C. Ritchie, Governor of Maryland, is president ex-officio of the St. John's College Board of Visitors and Governors. Mr. Walter J. Mitchell, President of the Senate of the Maryland General Assembly; Mr. T. Barton Harrington, Speaker of the House of Delegates of the Maryland General Assembly, and the Judges of the Maryland Court of Appeals are also ex-officio members of the board. The active members of the board are Messrs. Herbert Noble, attorney-at-law in New York City, chairman; Walter H. Buck, attorney, vice-chairman; Edwin Warfield, editor, secretary; I. Dawkins, Associate Judge Supreme Bench of Baltimore City; Ridgley P. Melvin, attorney; Frank R. Kent, vice-president A. S. Abell Publishing Company, member of the staff of the Baltimore Sun; J. Vincent Jamison, — 28 — FRONT CAMPUS IN SPRING �BoardFaculty Jr., President of the Jamison Cold Storage Door Company; Dr. Charles C. Marbury, Physician; Lewis W. Baldwin, President Missouri Pacific Railroad; Dr. Amos F. Hutchins, Surgeon; Elmer G. Parsley, Parsley Bros. & Company, bankers; Dr. James Bordley, Jr., Physician; Dr. Raymond Pearl, Director Institute for Biological Research, Johns Hopkins University; Charles B. Gillet, the Baltimore Gillet Company, investment bankers; Richard F. Cleveland, attorney; Douglas H. Gordon, ex-President of the College; William H. Stay ton, Captain, U. S. N, (retired); Charles A. Litt.B., M.A.; John Spangler Kieffer, A.B., Alumni ^ fyj Association The department of social sciences and philosophy is composed of Joseph Bush Kingsbury, B.A., Ph.D., chairman; Adam Alles, B.A., B.D., M.A., Ph.D.; Myron McLaren, A.B., LL.B.; Julian Smith Duncan, B.A,. M.A, B.D., Ph.D.; Louis Clair Hunter, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.; Vertrees Judson Wyckoff, B.A., Ph.D.; John Thomas Rodgers, B.A., M.A.; Reginald Clyde Smith, A,B.; Howard Palmer Johnson, A.B. The department of sciences and mathe- GOV. ALBERT C. RITCHIE Ex-Officio President of the Board Cummins, Vice President Consolidated Engineering Company. The faculty of St. John's College of today is divided into three principal departments' each of which is concerned with one of the fundamental branches of knowledge. The three departments are of the division of the languages, literature and art; the division of the social sciences and philosophy; and the division of the sciences and mathematics. In addition there is a department of hygiene and physical training. The department of languages, literature and art is composed of Ford Keeler Brown, A.B., D.Phil., chairman; Jacob Bernard Segall, B.L., B.Sc., Ph.D.; Thomas Austin Fitzgerald, Ped.B., A.B., A.M.; Nathan Comfort Starr, A.B., A.M., Ph.D.; Richard Scofield, B.A., M.A.; Richard Kuehnemund, Ph.D.; John Thomas Rodgers, B.A., M.A.; Paul Eugene Gropp, B.A., M.A.; Robert Wallace Elliott, Jr., — 30 — DOUGLAS H. GORDON Ex-President HERBERT NOBLE Chairman of the Board of and Governors Visitors matics is composed of Marion Alonzo Eason, E.E., chairman; Reginald Heber Ridgely, B.S., A.M., D.Sc.; George Althoff Bingley, B.A., M.A.; Herman Bernhard, Ph.D.; George Clarence Vedova, B.A., A.M.; Paul Allen, Jr., A.B., A.M., Ph.D.; Frederick Whipple Appel, Ph.B., Ph.D.; William Henry Bayliff, B.A., M.S.; George Harold McFarlin, A.B., A.M. Dr. James Murphy lectures in hygiene and Joseph Novak, B.S., is instructor in physical training. The Alumni Association was recently reorganized. Its present officers are Messrs. Luther S. Tall, '21, president; Roland Miller Wegner, '24, secretary; Claxton Joseph O'Connor, '31, assistant secretary; William F. Stromeyer, '16, treasurer. Headquarters of the Association are at St. John's College but local associations are organized through— 31 — AMOS W. W. WOODCOCK President, St. John's College �Alumni Fund; out tne country, the Awards chief one of which is in Baltimore, where meetings are h e l d bi - monthly. There is an alumni fund that is used for the financing of needy and deserving students a t St. John's College whether he be an athlete or a good student. Several of the alum- ni have also been active in providing a new series of awards for excellence in various fields. The awards will be presented for -the first time at the graduation ceremonies next week. Major Evelyn A. Harrison, '06, has been the most active alumnus in this respect. LUTHER S. TALL President Alumni Association — 32 — CHAPTER TWO CLASSES A HISTORIAN it is my duty to write about our class. Its attempts and accomplishments, its significant features, if any at all should be mentioned. It is my duty to portray my class as I actually see it and not to adorn it with hypocritical flattery. As freshmen we obeyed all the rat rules when necessary, we wore the usual caps and suffered the traditional results of the fact that we were just beginning our college career. Like all other freshman classes we gave little evidence of ability, although we did study a bit between building bon-fires, attending rat meetings and football, basketball and lacrosse games. The outstanding feature of our freshman year was the well remembered polit i c a 1 organization which pulled all the "big time" tricks. Remember the campaign ballots? When we entered SENIOR CLASS the college for the second year, we set out to be tougher than the former sophomores who took their daily workout by swinging paddles. We did not succeed because we had no Jim Parks or John Joh. The freshmen had it easy. One of the outsanding features this year was the inauguration of the new president of the college. Another was the coming of Hopkins. What a fight! If you don't believe me, ask the Annapolis police, the Annapolis firemen or the jail keeper. As for politics, we no longer indulged in 33 — Senior Class �Senior Class class politics, but fraternity politics became more absorbing. In addition our gridiron History neroes continued to go out and win moral victories for St. John's, but an element had now entered into their college life that made scholastic pursuits also important. It was the elegibility rule. In the fall of 1932, those of us who had not been eliminated came back as juniors. By this time we had forgotten most of our high school and prep school training and were beginning to realize that it takes a smart man to admit there is plenty he doesn't know. Therefore we began to take advantage of those facilities which the school offered. We admired the library for the books in it and not for its architecture and its interior decoration. We no longer considered the professors as mere pedagogues, instructing by force, but as good fellows ready to help us and direct us on the right road. History repeats itself, the same men went out for athletics, the same writers wrote for the college publications, the same actors acted in the plays and the same scholars held their own on the Dean's list. Now the Historian comes to the last chapter of his story. The members of the class of '34 as seniors were sophisticated, maybe in the eyes of others, but natural to those who knew them. They were the acting heads of the student body and most of the college organizations. Now even that leadership is over and we are ready to graduate. Each one of us came here with ideals and aims, some of us have done things we set out to do, others have done more, others have met with disappointments. Most of us brought little to St. John's with us. The amount of knowledge and the number of friends we take away with us depends on the individual. Everything the school could offer us was placed at our feet. Who picked it up and who trampled it is another question. Although the inward feeling of each fellow classman towards his class and college eludes the historian, the outward and visible signs of the class at large meet him at every turn. As a class we have cooperated with each other and have tried hard to cooperate and offer SENIOR CLASS OFFICERS — 34 — our services to the faculty, the administration and our fellow college men. If this means anything to our after-graduate days, I feel that each of us can stand the unpleasant blows that will meet us all through out life. The present class officers are: President, Harold Conn; Vice-President, Norman Stevens; Secretary and Treasurer, James Leslie; Historian, Herbert Griffith, Jr.; Sergeant-at-Arms, Bernard Cassassa. JESSE BAPTISTA graduated from the New Bedford High School before enrolling at St. John's four years ago. In his freshman year Jess became a trap-drummer in the band, a position he held for four years. In addition he played in the college concert orchestra last year and became a member of the St. John's Collegians. Jess was also a member of the Osier Pre-medical Club for four years and was chosen vice-president of the organization last year. Through his efforts in his junior year a reorganization of the monitor system in the dormitories was brought about. Jess played on the varsity football squad during his sophomore and junior years and also played on numerous intramural teams for Pinkney Hall. In his senior year he was chosen intramural house manager of Pinkney Hall. Jess is a biology major and has been on the Dean's List since his freshJESSE BAPTISTA ... ,. . , . man year. He will enter medical school next fall. His mailing address is 125 Clartmont St., New Bedford, Massachusetts. EUGENE PAUL BELCHER was born in Richmond, Virginia. He is the son of Mr. and Mrs. Robert Lee Belcher whose ancestors were numbered among the first settlers in Virginia. His paternal grandfather, an officer in the Confederate Army, was killed in action after fighting around Richmond. His maternal uncles were all active supporters of the Confederacy in the Civil War. After leaving elementary school Eugene was instructed by private tutors. His early training was principally in music. He is a graduate of the Gunn Music School in Chicago, where his courses included organ, piano, voice and harmony. At present he is the organist at St. Mary's Church in Annapolis. At St. John's Eugene majored in Latin and Greek distinguishing himself as a scholar throughout his career. At the end of his — 35 — emor l°8raP ' �Senior junior year he was elected to Delta Kappa Phi, honorary scholastic fraternity. Biographies Eugene also found time to develop quite an efficiency on the handball court and to improve himself as a wrestler. After graduate work leading toward a Ph. D. he plans to teach. He will also carry on his work leading toward a doctor's degree in music. BERNARD JOSEPH CASASSA came to St. John's four years ago as a graduate of the Central High School of Washington, D. C. He was one of those unusual men who are outstanding both in athletics and in scholastic pursuits. In his freshman year he played football, basketball, and lacrosse, receiving his numerals in all three sports. He continued his athletic career after his freshman year and won his varsity monogram in football, basketball and laEUGENE PAUL BELCHER crosse. He is one of the few St. John's men having varsity monograms in three sports. Bunny was a history major and was on the Dean's List during his entire four years at St. John's. He is a member of the Beta Mu Chapter of Kappa Alpha Fraternity where he was historian in his junior year. He held the class office of sergeant-at-arms for four years. His home address is 1446 Irving St. N. W., Washington, D.C. CHARLES PATTON CLARK, JR., is another member of Phi Sigma Kappa who refers to New Jersey as the state of his birth. Clark was born in the town of Summit, N. J., in 1911 and graduated from the Summit High School there about nineteen years later. At St. John's Clark's chief prominence has resulted from his fraternity in which he served as secretary during his junior and senior years. In his sophomore BERNARD JOSEPH CASASSA year he was elected to the office of historian by his class. He worked on the business staff of the Collegian for two years serving as circulation manager in his freshman year. Clark was a member of the Osier Pre36 — Medical Club during his freshman and sophomore years and a member of the Ger- Senior man club during his junior and senior years. He served in the Intramural Council Bl°graP"tes during his sophomore year which was the year when intramurals began to show such marked improvement at St. John's. Clark played for Phi Sigma Kappa in the volley-ball, soccer, and baseball tournaments. Clark has majored in economics and is one of the graduates who knows definitely what he will do. He will enter the insurance business immediately following graduation. His home address is 1123 Beechwood Road, Summit, N. J. HAROLD WAY CONN was born in Philadelphia and before coming to St. John's prepped at the Frankfort High School and Brown College Preparatory School. In his freshman CHARLES PATTON CLARK, JR. year here he played lacrosse and became a member of the varsity team every year since his first year. He showed the qualities of a real football player last year and his graduation means a big loss to next year's team. Conn also held a position on the boxing team during his freshman and sophomore years at St. John's. His greatest prominence at St. John's has come from the fact that he has served as president of his class for three years being re-elected each time after his sophomore year. Last year Conn was one of the men responsible for the organization of the Varsity Club on the St. John's campus and took an active part in its functionings. Conn served as an assistant to Dr. Murphy in the infirmary for three years, rooming with Harry Stevens at the infirmary during that time. Conn is an economics major and will enter business immediately upon graduHAROLD WAY CONN atiot1' His h°me addfess is 4713 Vankirk St., Phiadelphia, Pa. HENRY MERRYMAN COOPER, JR. came to St. John's as a graduate of — 37 — �Senior Biographies Baltimore City College. In his freshman year here he became a member of the Collegian staff as a reporter in sports. When basketball season came around he became a member of the basketball squad. He pledged to Theta Psi fraternity and speedily became a member. Cooper was one of the most outstanding all-around intramural athletes in the college not only participating in every sport but also serving as Theta Psi's intramural house manager for two years and being therefore partly responsible for Theta Psi's repeated winning of the intramural championship plaque. Cooper also was a member of the Intramural Council during his sophomore, junior and senior years. While Cooper wrote for the Collegian he made rapid progress becoming sports editor in his sophomore year and associate editor in his junior year at which point he resigned. HENRY MERRYMAN COOPER, JR. Cooper was one of the college cheer leaders in his sophomore year. As a reward for his numerous extra-curricular activities he received the King William Silver Award in his junior year. Besides his work in college extra-curricular work he served as master-of-ceremonies in Theta Psi Fraternity. He is an economics major and will do post-graduate work at Johns Hopkins University. He ives at 1206 Light Street, Baltimore, Md. ROBERT CLIFFORD CRAWFORD was born in Waukon, Iowa, July 30, 1913. At present he is living at 3161 Raven wood Avenue, Baltimore, Md. After propping at Baltimore City College he entered St. John's. Since first arriving at St. John's, Bob has been one of the most vauable supports of musical activities at the college. He has played clarinet in the orchestra for four years, was a member of the ROBERT CLIFFORD CRAWFORD band for three years, and plays with the newlyformed jazz band. In his freshman year he went out for the boxing squad, continuing this interest in his next two years to become a member of the team when a — 38 — junior. In his junior year Bob also was made an associate editor of the RAT-TAT, Senior capping his work of the previous year when he first began to devote his energies to Biographies that publication. He has been a member of the German Club for four years, where he has found ready welcome for his musical talent and affable personality. He was also a member of the Erlenmeyer and Osier Clubs for two years. In his junior year his class elected him to the office of Historian. In recognition of his extensive extracurricular activities Bob was elected to Delta Omicron Fraternity at the end of last year. While at St. John's he has fulfilled requirements for both a pre-medical and a biology major. Last year his scholarship and intellectual attitude were recognized by the faculty and board by his being elected to hold a Senior Fellowship for the rest of his college career. After receiving his degree he will study medicine. This past January he was notified of his admission to the medical school of the Johns Hopkins University. In addition to his broad interest in extra-curricular activities and his maintenance of a high scholastic standing Bob managed to carry on the work of laboratory assistant in the chemistry department for two years. He is a member of the Phi chapter of Alpha Kappa Pi Fraternity, where he has held the office of president during the past year. EDWIN POUNTNEY DAVIS was born in Elizabeth, New Jersey, the son of Lester Alfred Davis and Ethel Bolton Davis of Westfield, New Jersey. He is a graduate of the Westfield High School. He entered St. John's four years ago and has majored in history. He has always been found among those foremost in extra-curricular activities at St. John's. A member of the staff of the Collegian he became editor in October of his junior year in which capacity he served until November of his senior year, having held the position longer than any previous editor. He was a member also of the King William Players throughout his college career and became president of that organization in December, 1932. He has held the presidency since. In his freshman and sophomore years he was on the business staff of the RAT-TAT and in his junior year he was EDWIN POUNTNEY DAVIS activities editor of the same publication. As a result of these extensive extra-curricular activities he was elected to membership in Delta Omicron Fraternity last June. Ed is a member of the Delta Psi Omega Fraternity where he held the office of vice-president for a year. — 39 — �•Senior CHARLES E. DEARING, II. now lives in Newton Centre, Massachusetts. He Biographies prepped at the DeWitt Cinton Hebbard School of Massachusetts and the Huntington School of Boston. He spent his first years in college at the University of Maine and afterwards transferred to St. John's. When the Catalyst was organized last year Ched was made business manager and has served in that capacity on the staff of the magazine since that time. Aside from his position as manager of the tennis team and his membership in numerous clubs he is one of the most prominent figures in the social life of St. John's. When the Colonial Club, one of the most socially inclined organizations on the campus, received a new stimulus to activity this year Ched was among those who were most responsible for its success. CHARLES E. DEARING, II He WaS Ukewise ^^ instrumental in the formation of the Glee Club. At St. John's he has majored in economics and after graduation will study at the Sorbonne in Paris. He finally hopes to enter the diplomatic service. He is a member of the Delta Tau Delta Fraternity and an affiliate to the Phi chapter of Alpha Kappa Pi. SAMUEL BUSEY DOVE, JR., graduated from the Annapolis High School four years ago. Immediately upon graduation he decided to attend St. John's College and spent the entire four years of his college life as a day student here. Because of the fact that he has been a day student he is not widely known on the campus. He was quite a good student to the extent that he made the Dean's List for two years. His major course is philosophy. Samuel is particularly interested in music as is evidenced by the fact that he was a constant member of the concert orchestra during his entire four years at St. John's College. He played the violin. Samuel has not definitely decided upon his work after graduation. His present address is 42l/2 Southgate Avenue, Annapolis. — 40 — SAMUEL BUSEY DOVE, JR. PAUL CHARLES DUNLEAVY was born in Philadelphia. His family later Senior moved to Annapolis where he attended the Annapolis High School. After leaving Biograpnies that institution he entered St. John's and from the beginning of his life as a college student distinguished himself as a runner. He was a member of the cross-country team for four years and at the end of his third year, in recognition of his value to the squad he was elected captain of the cross-country team. Paul is well known in the East as an athlete of great endurance. He is the South Atlantic Swimming champion for the mile. In addition to his other activities Paul also played on the freshman basketball team. He is a pledge of Delta Psi Omega Fraternity where he was known for his dry humor and repartee. He will receive his degree cum honore as an English major. After pAUL CHARLEg DUNLEAVy St. John s Paul will enter graduate school for further work in English, a course to which he is particularly suited. HARRISON GOLSHAN DYAR is a graduate of the Central High School of Washington, D. C. He was an excellent student at St. John's whose name appeared on the Dean's List on its every publication since his freshman year. At the commencement exercises last Spring Dyar was the recipient of the Philo Sherman Bennett Prize in the division of social sciences and philosophy. Dyar was also a member of the Collegian staff for four years. He won the Prince William Key and the King William Gold Awards for his participation in extracurricular activities. He is a government major and will study law upon graduation from St. John's. If he is as successful in the pursuit HARRISON GOLSHAN DYAR of law as he was at St. John's, great things may be expected of Harry. His address is 4600 13th St., N. W., Washington, D. C. — 41 — �Senior CHARLES JOSEPH EASTMAN was born in Laurel, Maryland, the son of Dr. Biographies j g. Eastman and Minnie Brown of Ridgeville, Indiana. His home is now in Laurel, Md. He is a graduate of the Laurel High School. Upon coming to St. John's he gained a position on the freshman cross-country team and later gained some fame as a skillful fencer. Charley wrote for the Collegian for two years and was also a member of the staff of the RATTAT for one year. He was a member of the King William Players where he put his knowledge of electricity to good use in the arrangement of striking lighting effects for the plays. As a chemistry major he was an active supporter of both Erlenmeyer and the Lentz Clubs during their existence. As a result of his extra-curricular activities he received the King William Gold Award at the end of his junior year. He is a CHARLES JOSEPH EASTMAN member of Delta Psi Omega Fraternity in which he gained the reputation of an artist from his intricate illumination of his room. HERBERT JOSEPH FLORESTANO attended St. John's as day student since he lives at 102 Prince George St., Annapolis, Md. For three and one-half years Herbie was a member of the Dean's List as a major in the premedical sciences. His chief extra-curricular interest was in the band and the concert orchestra in both of which he played for four years. In his sophomore year he served as manager of the band. Last year he was manager of the concert orchestra in addition to playing the violin in it. Last year the St. John's Collegians, a jazz orchestra, was re-organized by Professor E. Clyde Smith and Herbie was probably the most outstanding trumpet player in it. Herbie was a member of the Osier Pre-Medical Club during his junior and senior years. He was a pledge to HERBERT JOSEPH FLORESTANO the Phi Delta Sigma Fraternity before its failure last fall. He will study medicine, but he is not sure where as yet. — 42 — JOSEPH MICHAEL FLORESTANO spent his four years at St. John's as a day Senior student since he is a resident of Annapolis. He lives at 134 Prince George St. and was Biographies a graduate of the Annapolis High School before coming to St. John's. In contrast to most day students Joe has become widely known on the campus as a result of his active participation in the musical organizations. With the exception of his freshman year he was a member of both the band and the concert orchestra during his entire stay at St. John's. During the past two years he attended the Peabody Conservatory of Music in Baltimore where he studied voice and has developed into a tenor of promise. At a concert of the college symphony orchestra held last fall in the Great Hall Joe sang the following numbers excellently: "Nina"—Pergolesi; "Auf Flugeln des Gesanges" — Mendelsohn; "La JOSEPH MICHAEL FLORESTANO Maison Grise"—Messager; "Twilight"—Katherine Glen; "La Danza, Tarantella"—Rossini; an encore, "Long, Long Ago"—Old English Song. In April Joe was part of a joint piano and vocal recital held in the Great Hall in which he sang "Tu Lo Sai"— Torelli; "Nur Ver die Sehnsucht Kennt"— Tschaikowsky; "Apres un Reve"—Faure. Joe has also studied piano for eight years part of which time he spent at Peabody Conservatory. He will continue his musical career studying at Peabody or in New York City. FIORINO PETER FROIO was born in the town of Pittsfield, Massachusetts on December 21, 1911. He graduated from the Pittsfield High School. Froio was a biology major and a member of the Osier Pre-Medical Club for four years. In his junior year he was elected vicepresident of the club and in his senior year beFIORINO PETER FROIO came president. The Osier Club improved during his administration. Froio was intramural house manager of Randall Hall during his junior year. He was also a member of the college basketball squad for — 43 — �Senior three years and earned his numerals in his freshman year. Froio was a member of Biographies of tne Phi Delta Sigma Fraternity until its failure last fall. Froio's present address is 376 Fenn St., Pittsfield, Massachusetts. graduate work at the Johns Hopkins School of Engineering. He held a State Sena- Senior torial Scholarship for four years and his name has not yet failed to appear on the Biographies Dean's List. Ed was a member of the crosscountry team for four years and won his letter in that sport. Besides being a member of the indoor track team during his freshman and sophomore years he played in all the intramural athletics. Last year he was circulation manager of the Collegian and member of the King William Players. In his junior and senior years he was also a member of the Intramural Council and a member of the now extinct Erlenmeyer Chemical Club in his freshman and sophomore years. He is a member of the Delta Psi Omega Fraternity in which he held the offices of historian and marshall during his senior year. JEROME DANIEL GOODMAN was born in Annapoli, Md., where he still resides. He entered St. John's after completing his course at the Annapolis High School. At the end of his freshman year at St. John's he received the Prince William Award for RAT-TAT as an assistactivities as a result of ant activities editor his work in the concert and became feature orchestra and band, editor of the same as an assistant footpubication in his ujnball manager, as a ior year. He became member of the debata member of the Coling team, and for his legian Staff in the high caliber as a stusame year that he dent.. During his rejoined the RAT-TAT maining years at St. and served on the CoyJohn's he continued legian as advertising his work in the orchesmanager at first and tra and band. In his later as assistant busisophomore year he ness manager. In addiJEROME DANIEL GOODMAN joined the staff of the tion to receiving the King William Award he was elected at the end of his junior year to membership in Delta Omicron, honorary extra-curricular fraternity. Goodman's record as a student is enviable. Already he has received the highest awards for it that the college grants. He was awarded both the freshman and the sophomore merit scholarships and at the end of his junior year was elected to Delta Kappa Phi, honorary scholastic fraternity. At last year's commencement exercises it was announced that Goodman had been awarded the Senior Fellowship which is the greatest honor that a St. John's student can win. In his sophomore year he was also awarded the Philo Sherman Bennett Prize. Goodman will take his degree as a major in government and plans to devote the next several years to the study of law. He is a member of the Key Society of St. John's College. LEWIS HERBERT GRIFFITH, JR. was born in Easton, Md. in October 1912. He competed his pre-college work at the Easton High School. While Herbie has been active in many EDWARD EDGECOMB GRAY is the son of J. C. Gray of the Naval Academy Faculty and a former professor at St. John's. He now resides at 141 Monticello Ave., Annapolis, Md. While at St. John's he majored in chemistry and intends to do fields his finest work has been done in the intraCHARLES GARDNER GRANNIS mural department of athletics. His is an enviable record there. He became an intramural manager when he was a freshman and has served there ever since, last year becoming senior manager of all the intramural EDWARD EDGECOMB GRAY " ^ ^ GARDNER GRANN][S ^ only one year at St. John's. He attended the Williston Academy and Weslyan Universtiy before transferring to St. John's last fall. While at Weslyan Charlie was a member of the Delta Kappa Epsilon Fraternity, of the freshman track team and of the varsity baseball squad for two years. Charlie was also sports editor of the Weslyan Argus. After his arrival at St. John's he immediately began writing sports for the Collegian. Charlie will enter the journalistic profession after graduation in June. His address is Boston Post Road, Saybrook, Connecticut. — 45 — �Senior managers. Herbie entered the intramural department when it was in its infancy and Biographies tne cnjef credit for its remarkable growth goes to he and Mr. Novak. Mr. Novak conceived the plans and Herbie did his best to carry them out. In addition to his work as an intramural manager he has personally participated in numerous intramural sports. Herbie is Theta Psi where he served as secretary during his sophomore and junior years. Herbie's other extracurricular activities include fencing in his freshman year, a basketball manager in his freshman and sophomore years, a member of the Orange and Black Society last year, historian of the senior class, and assistant photographic editor of the RAT-TAT in his junior year. His major is economics. His hobby is sailing. He roomed with Donohue at the Theta Psi house last year. Mail will reach Herbie if addressed to him at Easton, Maryland. LEWIS HERBERT GRIFFITH, JR. college work at Trinity and part of it at St. Steven's College of Columbia University. Senior At Trinity he was manager of the track team. At St. Steven's he was sports editor Biographies of the Lyre Tree, manager of the hockey team, and a member of the jazz orchestra. He immediately became a member of the concert orchestra at St. John's. His major is philosophy and he will enter the ministry at the General Seminary of New York. At Trinity he was a member of the Psi Upsilon Fraternity and at St. Steven's a member of the Eulexia Fraternity. His home address is 80 Wetherfield Ave., Hartford, Conn. MILTON AARON KATZ was born in Har- ROBERT L. JONES spent only a half year at St. John's but even in that short time became BRYAN HANCOCK fairly well known on the campus especially by the residents of Randall Hall. He completed his prep school work at the Mount Hermon School in Massachusetts. Before coming to St. John's he did part of his risburg, Pennsylvania but at present he lives at 96 West Main St., Westminster, Md. After completing his secondary school education he entered Western Maryland College at WestROBERT L. JONES minster. There he was an outstanding supporter of the Jester Organization as well as the Webster Irving Literary Society. He also player with the concert orchestra. He became assistant business manager of the Goldburg staff after spending his freshman year on that staff. Along with his other activities at Western Maryland he was a member of the debating team and of the German Club. At the end of his sophomore year he transferred to St. John's. When the Key Society, a social fraternity, was organized last year Milt was among its most enthusiastic advocates. In recognition of his work he was elected to the position of vicepresident by the members at their first election of officers. Although his activities at St. John's have not been extensive as at Western Maryland he has found time to assume active membership in both the German Club and the Osier Premedical Club. In the latter he has been particuMILTON AARON KATZ larly interested since he is a major in biology and expects to study medicine after receiving his degree. Last year he was selected to fill a position on the RAT-TAT staff. — 46 — — 47 — BRYAN HANCOCK was born twenty-two years ago in the little town of Crossroads, Md. His family later moved to Indian Head where he graduated from the Lackey High School. He attended Charlotte Hall for a year before enrolling at St. John's as a freshman in 1930. In his freshman year Hancock was on the boxing squad and in his sophomore year in cross-country. In intramurals Hancock was one of the mainstays of Pinkney Hall's championship soccer teams. In his junior year he served as manager of the college band. He has been a chemistry major. Mail will reach him if addressed to Indian Head, Md. �Senior Biographies GRAHAM KENT was born in Fitchburg, Massachusetts. His present address is 1700 Lament St., Washington, D. C. Kent had done work in many schools before he came to St. John's. He had prepped at the Lake Forest Academy, Upper Canada College, Goshen High School, and Goshen College Academy. In addition he had completed a year of college work at Antioch College before he transferred to St. John's at the beginning of his sophomore year. In his junior year here he was successful in originating a liberal literary quarterly which he named the Catalyst, a magazine devoted to creative and critical writing. Through this venture Kent made himself widely known as an exponent of progressive thought. Kent was also a charter member of the LiberalClub founded in his junior year by a group of students searching for a better environment to express its ideas. GRAHAM KENT When the Literary Club was formed last year he was one of the five men selected to serve on its board. Kent was a member of the boxing team one year and also played on the tennis team during both of his two years at Annapolis. He will take his degree as a major in English. He plans to devote the next several years to an intensive study of oriental mysticism and astrology. JOHN HAROLD KILMORE will graduate as one of the college's most outstanding athletes. He began his career as an athlete in his freshman year when he starred in all three of the major sports here—lacrosse, football and basketball. Unfortunately a leg injury in his sophomore year prevented him from playing in any other sport with the exception of football. In his junior year he returned to college fully recovered and became a member of the varsity JOHN HAROLD KILMORE football, basketball and lacrosse teams. He was elected vice-president of his class and became a charter member of the Varsity Club. Last year saw Mike at his best as an athlete. He was captain and quarterback of a — 48 — victorious St. John's football team. He was a star member of a winning basketball Senior team and in addition played good lacrosse in the Spring. Mike is one of the men Biographies Tody Riggs hates to see graduated. He is a history major. His home address is 604 E. Biddle St., Baltimore, Md. GERALD INDEPENDENCE KURTZ is one of the few men who completed the entire college course at St. John's in three years. He came to St. John's in 1931 as a graduate of the Central High School of Paterson, N. J. and enrolled as a major in the pre-medical sciences. He was a member of the Dean's List in his sophomore year in spite of his greater amount of work. In his freshman year he was a member of the King William Players and took a leading role in one of the plays produced that year. GERALD INDEPENDENCE KURTZ During his freshman and sophomore years he was a member of the Lentz Club. He was also a member of the German Club for three years. Kurtz participated in intramural athletics especially in baseball and volleyball. He will study dermatology at the University of Southern California after graduation. He was a member of the Phi Delta Sigma Fraternity and is a pledge of the Phi Chapter of Alpha Kappi Pi. His address during the summer will be 97 Jefferson St., Paterson N. J. ANGUS LAMOND was born in Washington, D. C. His present mailing address is 7221 Blair Road, Washington. He came to St. John's after prepping at Central High School. Angie is a nationally known athlete holding a position as an All-American lacrosse payer. He began his athletic career at St. John's by winning his numerals in freshman football and lacrosse, and ANGUS LAMOND playing frosh basketball. After his first year he played varsity basketball only one season, but continued his work in the other sports throughout his college life, playing varsity football and lacrosse a full three 49 — �Senior years. In his sophomore year Angle's sterling play with the lacrosse team gained Biographies }jjm a pjace on fa seconc} All-American team. Last year he capped this triumph by a most unusual display of ability with the stick, and was made a member of the first Ail-American lacrosse team. Athletic recognition was carried on into his last year when he made the All-Maryland football team. At St. John's Angie has majored in government. He is one of the more eminent members of the Varsity Club. His talents were early recognized by the Kappa Alpha Order and he is now a member of their Beta Mu Chapter. After graduation he plans to enter the coaching field, either in football or lacrosse. ON ENTERING St. John's four years ago Francis Gibbs LaMotte, Jr. began the course of activity that has led in his case to a careful balancing of the elements of a. liberal education with a full program of extra-curricular activities. As an athlete Gibby was a member Club. In recognition of the boxing team in of his services to Kaphis freshman year and pa Alpha Gibby was played lacrosse during elected president of his first three years the fraternity during His freshman year alhis last year. He also so saw him a member served on the Panof the debating team. Hellenic Council as a In his third year he representative f r o m was elected to memberKappa Alpha. Howship in the Varsity ever Gibby is most Club. His interests in noted for his work on the social affairs of the the Student Council campus is proven by on which he served as his being a mema member for four FRANCIS GIBBS LAMOTTE, JR. ber of the Colonial years being elected president during his senior year. Gibby is an economics major. During the past winter he was an applicant for a Rhodes Scholarship. Mail will reach him if addressed to 609 W. 38th St., Baltimore Md. coming to St. John's he spent two years at Christ Church, Oxford. In the mean- Senior time he had put in an additional two years traveling about all Europe and a fairly Biographies large portion of the Orient. While at Oxford he contributed drawings chiefly of Garbo, to the University magazines. At St. John's he has become one of the most important members of the King William Players. His experience with and knowledge of the theater enabled him to give a decidedly professional touch to the role of "Nicholas" in "The Dover Road", that of "Tom Prior" in "Outward Bound", and the part of the young poet lecturer in "Good-bye Again". After graduation from St. John's, Crane expects to continue his theatrical endeavors and write. He is a member of Delta Psi Omega Fraternity. He will take his degree as a major in English. ROBERT CRANE LEATHERBEE HOWARD ARCHIBALD LEGG came to St. John's after graduating for the Stevensville High School of Stevensville, Md. Last year Legg was elected as a representative to the Student Council by members of his class. He has majored in physics and succeeded in making the Dean's List in both his sophomore and junior years. As a result of his interest in the science of physics he was both a member and secretary of the Lentz Club during sophomore and junior years. Legg was interested in intramural athletics and was a member of the Pinkney Hall championship soccer team of last year. He will study electrical engineering after graduation preferably at Johns Hopkins University. Legg's mailing address is Stevensville, Md. ROBERT CRANE LEATHERBEE is the son of R. W. Leatherbee and Mrs. Frances A. Crane, and the grandson of Mr. Charles R. Crane, the former ambassador to China. He resides at 655 Park Avenue., New York City, and Woods Hole, Massachusetts. He prepped at Milton Academy, Milton Massachusetts. Before JAMES FREDERICK LESLIE was born in New York City, the son of Dr. and Mrs. E. J. Leslie. His present address is 108 Linden Terrace, Towson, Md. Jim entered St. John's after graduating from the Towson High School. In his freshman year he — 50 — — 51 — HOWARD ARCHIBALD LEGG �Senior appeared in one of the major productions of the King William Players. That year Biographies also saw him as a member of the freshman lacrosse team. He became an intramural manager in his sophomore year and at the same time found time enough to go out for varsity basketball. Aa a junior Jim was a member of the varsity cross-country team. Last fall he was elected to the office of secretary-treasurer of the senior class. In his junior year he served on the editorial board of the RAT-TAT and at present is one of the Collegian staff. Aside from his participation in varsity athletics he has always engaged actively in intramural sports and is rated as one of the best soccer players in the college. Jim majored in history at St. John's and next year intends to enter the graduate school of the Johns Hopkins University to take JAMES FREDERICK LESLIE UP wofk leading to a master's degree. He is a member of the Delta Psi Omega Fraternity in which he has held the position of secretary for the past year. WILLIAM THETFORD LeVINESS attended Oak Ridge Military Institute, Oak Ridge, N. C, before coming to St. John's. In spite of his tremendous physical handicap Ted has had an enjoyable and a successful college career. He has attended more out-of-town games than any other St. Johnnie who is not a member of the team. His Ford and chauffeur John are familiar sights on the campus. Ted's hobby is postal card collection and he boasts of over six hundred from all parts of the world. Ted is an English major. His home address is 302 N. division St., Salisbury, Md. ber of the Intramural Council during his freshman and sophomore years which were Senior the years in which the intramural program began to assume a position of such Biographies importance at St. John's. But Lyon's contribution to St. John's has been his excellent management of the Social Committee of which he was chairman last year. During the whole of last year he arranged for the presentation of a number of dances that were superior in every respect to any held at St. John's before he assumed the controlling responsibility. Lyon did a great service to the alumni of St. John's College when he made Homecoming Day last fall such a success and offered the alumni the muchneeded chance of re-organization. He did a great deal toward the promotion of better interfraternal fellowship when he first suggested and then carried out plans for the InterfraternEARNEST CARL LYON ity Ball held in the Spring. Lyon is Theta Psi. Most of the credit for the series of successful social functions that Theta Psi held last year is owed to him as chairman of the Theta Psi social committee. Particularly profitable and enjoyable was the sixth anniversary banquet of Theta Psi that he arranged for last January 6th. In recognition of his unusual ability as an executive Lyon was elected president of Theta Psi in December, 1933, and has filled his position excellently ever since. Lyon was also one of Theta Psi's representatives to the Pan-Hellenic Council last year. He is a government major and made the Dean's List several times. His permanent address will be Indian Head, Md. as a graduate of the Lackey High School of Indian Head, Md. He is twenty-one years old. In his freshman year Lyon took part in the Nativity Play presented by the King William Players. Lyon was also a mem- CARL CHARLES MAC CARTEE received his preparatory education at the McKinley High School in Washington, D. C. At St. John's he CARL CHARLES MacCARTEE became one of its few three-letter men having won his varsity monogram in football, basketball, and lacrosse. He was a member of the varsity teams of all three sports for three years. Last year he was — 52 — 53 EARNEST CARL LYON came to St. John's WILLIAM THETFORD LeVINESS �Senior unanimously elected captain of the basketball team on which he had so many Biographies tmies distinguished himself as one of the most brilliant forwards in the state. In addition to his prominence in active athletics he was a member of the Varsity Club. Carl also participated to a great extent in the social activities of the campus. He is a member of the Beta Mu Chapter of Kappa Alpha and has been a member since his freshman year at St. John's. Economics is his major. If a word of editorial comment be permitted here we would say that Carl was one of the finest athletes and cleanest sportsmen ever to wear the Orange and Black colors. The address of his home is 1312 15th St., N. W. Washington, D. C. RAYMOND T. MALLEY was born in Terryville, Connecticut and his present address is RAYMOND T. MALLBY 9 Union St., Terryville, Connecticut. After graduating from the Terryville High School he spent a year as sales representative of a large New England clothing company followed by another year as a reporter on the Waterbury Evening Telegraph. Having thus collected a little knowledge of the world and its ways he entered Trinity College at Hartford. At Trinity he was a member of the Common's Club and one of the outstanding supporters of the Political Science Club. Aa Trinity he participated in athletics also, playing soccer, varsity baseball and served on the swimming and squash teams. At the end of his sophomore year he came to St. John's. At St. John's Ray was instrumental in the formation of the Randall House Committee that was organized last year to take the place of the inefficient proctor system in the dormitories. As an intramural manager and also as an active participant in all of the intramural sports, he has materially assisted in the growth of the St. John's intramural program which is now such a vital part of the college activities. Ray will take his degree as a history major. In addition to his work at Trinity and at St. John's he spent last summer in the educational school at Yale. He plans to devote some time to prep school teaching before going into graduate work. WILLIAM BERNARD MATTHEWS, JR. was a graduate of the Forest Park High School when he came to St. John's. He became one of the most outstanding _ 54 _ figures on the campus during his four years here. In his freshman year he played on Senior the freshman football team and was elected to the presidency of a class that recog- Biographies nized his merit. He also became a member of the Beta Mu Chapter of Kappa Alpha Fraternity where he has worked continously and earnestly for the promotion and advancement of his fraternity on the St. John's campus. He was last year elected to the vice-presidency of Kappa Alpha and to a seat in the Pan-Hellenic Council. During his first three years at college he was an assistant basketball manager and last year he became undergraduate manager of athletics. During his sophomore and junior years Hippo was also a member of the Intramural Council. He was prominent in a social way also as is evidenced by the fact that he belonged to the Colonial Club for three years and is now its president. Hippo was a member of the Social WILLIAM BERNARD MATTHEWS, JR. Committee for three years. In his sophomore and junior years he was business manager of the Collegian and conducted his job in a most efficient manner. In his junior year he was selected as fraternity editor of the RAT-TAT. As a result of all of his activities he was elected to Delta Omicron at the end of his junior year. Because of his great interest in athletics in general and because of his connection with the basketball squad he was elected also to membership in the Orange and Black Society. Hippo is a government major and will enter business after graduation. His address will then be 5004 Denmore Ave., Baltimore, Md. VINCENT EDWARD MAYER was born in Rockville Centre, New York, the son of Mr. and Mrs. Louis Mayer. After graduating from the Southside High School of Rockville CenVINCENT EDWARD MAYER tre he decided to continue his education at St. John's. He made his only appearance as an athlete in his freshman year when he was a member of the cross-country squad. However he was a well-known campus fig_ 55 — �Senior ure in non-athletic activities. He was a member of the King William Players, the Biographies dramatic organization of the college. In his sophomore year he also belonged to the German Club. Last year Vinnie was selected as one of the members of the Colonial Club in which organization he has been conspicuous as an exponent of the social life of St. John's. In his junior year he was elected secretary-treasurer of his class and last year he was elected to a post on the Student Council. He also became a member of the Interfraternity Council last year. Vinnie will take his degree as a major in economics and will enter the motion picture industry after graduation with an eye on a directorial position. He is a member of the Phi Chapter of Alpha Kappa Pi in which fraternity he held the office of secretary-treasurer during his junior ear. His hobbies are swimming, fishing and JOSEPH NOVAK boating. JOSEPH NOVAK received his B.S. degree in education from the University of Illinois in 1929. His greatest fame there came as a result of his participation in track. He became captain of the track team there and in 1928 was the intercollegiate champion of the mile run. Joey was enrolled at St. John's as a special student and at the same time is director of itnramural sports and physical education. The great success of the intramural program here has come as a result of his continued work along that line. Joey is also coach of boxing and crosscountry. In addition to his work at St. John's as a special student and coach he is attending the University of Maryland Law School at night. Joey has completed a psychology major. He is a member of the Sigma Alpha Epsilon ROBERT LEUTZE ORVIS Fraternity, Illinois Beta Chapter, and of the Adelphi Literary Society. His address is St. John's College, or 250 Prince George St., Annapolis, Md. _ 56 _. ROBERT LEUTZE ORVIS was born on October 29, 1913 in the town of Bald- Senior winsville, New York. Before coming to St. John's he graduated from the Baldwins- Biographies ville High School. He was not long enrolled at St. John's until the fraternities saw his value as a fraternity man and began rushing him. After mid-term of his freshman year Bob became a pledge of Phi Sigma Kappa. Besides his activivities in his fraternity he has served as a member of the Student Council for two years. Bob participated in the minor college sports during his first three years here with cross-country as the choice of his freshman year and boxing the choice of his sophomore and junior years. As a result of more conscientious work as a student in his last two years he has succeeded in making the Dean's List for two successive times. Last year Orvis was also a member of Kappa Beta OTTO RONALD PETERSON Phi, a national honorary fraternity which had a brief existence at St. John's. He is an economics major. Mail will reach him if addressed to Baldwinsville, New York. OTTO RONALD PETERSON received his preparatory education at the Peddie School. He completed part of his college work at Bucknell University but later transferred to St. John's. Here he majored in the social sciences. Pete is a member of the Kappa Sigma Fraternity. When he came to St. John's he became an affiliate of the Phi Delta Sigma Fraternity which became non-existent last fall. Pete is now an affiliate of the Phi Chapter of the Alpha Kappa Pi Fraternity. His home is in Manasquan, New Jersey. WILLIAM SELBY PURNELL WILLIAM SELBY PURNELL entered St. John's in the fall of 1930 after graduating from the Berlin High School of Berlin, Md. Bill became manager of the varsity tennis team in his junior year. When the Liberal Club was formed he was one of the first — 57 — �Senior to answer the call for interested members. Bill was a member of the dormitory and Biographies t^e student union committees when they held such important positions on the campus. He participated in intramural athletics for four years and is one of the most outstanding volleyball players. He is an economics major. After June mail will reach him at 24 Broad St., Berlin, Md. JESSE OLIVER PURVIS, JR. was born in Annapolis, Md., the son of Dr. and Mrs. J. O. Purvis. His present mailing address is 40 Franklin St., Annapolis, Md. He entered St. John's four years ago after completing the preparatory course at the Severn School. Prior to his work at Severn he had been a student at the Annapolis High School. While at St. John's he has stuck faithfully to his favorite sport, laJESSE OLIVER PURVIS, JR. crosse, this marking his fourth season as a Johnny stickman. Jesse is a member of the Beta Mu chapter of Kappa Alpha order. Although a town resident he has not allowed this status to be a handicap to him, but rather has always engaged actively in the social life of the college. At St. John's he has majored in the social sciences in preparation for a career in the life insurance business. JOHN DOUGLAS RAMSAY was born on June 9, 1913. He graduated from City College of Baltimore before coming to St. John's. In his freshman year he became a member of Theta Psi Fraternity and served as treasurer of the fraternity during his sophomore, junior and senior years. Doug has majored in government and succeeded in making the Dean's List in his senior year. He also spent a great deal of his time studying the classics. In his freshman year JOHN DOUGLAS RAMSAY he was a member of the freshman football squad and also played on the varsity squad in his sophomore year. Doug won his letter in lacrosse in which he was a real asset to the team especially during his junior — 58 — year. His position was 'in home". He was particularly valuable in the game with Senior City College of New York last year in which he scored five goals himself. Doug was Biographies. an important factor in Theta Psi's winning repeatedly in the intramural playground baseball championship. While at St. John's Doug has made a hobby of eating "hot dogs" and of quarrelling with Henry Cooper. Mail will reach Doug if addressed to the Ambassador Apartments, Baltimore, Md. WILLIAM E. REESE entered St. John's from Forest Park High School of Baltimore, Md. He was a prominent biology major at St John's and in his junior year received the scholarship to the Marine Biological Laboratories at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. He was a member of the German Club for three years and is now presWILLIAM E. REESE ident of that organization. In his freshman year Bill wrote sports for the Collegian. Bill also was a member of the band for two years and after giving up that activity he became cheer leader to freshmen. Last year Bill was elected to a position on the Student Council and also became secretary of the newly formed Black and Orange Society. Bill is a member of Beta Mu Chapter of Kappa Alpha Fraternity and has been one of its most valuable men during his stay at St. John's. He was corresponding secretary for Kappa Alpha for two years. Bill will work for his doctor's degree in biology after which he intends to teach and conduct some individual research in the science. Mail will reach him after graduation at 3312 W. North Ave., Baltimore, Md. ROBERT H. SANDER, JR. was a graduate of the Rutherford High School in Rutherford, ROBERT H. SANDER, JR. New Jersey before coming to St. John's. Sandy has been quite prominent in extra-curricular activities during his stay at St. John's. He was manager of varsity cross-country for two years and manager of lacrosse for — 59 — �Senior Biographies One year. He became a member of the newly formed Orange and Black Society last publicity and advertising in that organization. He has year anc j servej as manager of become quite expert in his hobby, photography, and has taken a great number of excellent action photos for Coach Lentz. In his junior year he was photography editor of the RAT-TAT. He also wrote for the Collegian for four years and served as exchange editor during his junior year. In his junior year he was elected to Delta Omicron Fraternity, honorary extra-curricular group. He is a member of Delta Psi Omega Fraternity of which he has been treasurer for three years. Sandy majored in history at St. John's. Mail will reach him after graduation at Rutherford, New Jersey. MICHAEL JOHN SCELSI spent his freshman year at St. John's Colege but later transferred to Williams College where he completed his sophomore and junior years. However he returned to St. John's last fall to finish his college work. At William's Scelsi was a prominent member of the wrestling team for two years. Here he was a member of the boxing team during his freshman and senior years. He was also a member of the Osier Premedical Club and of the German Club. He is a major in the pre-medical sciences and will enter medical school next fall. His address will be 56 N. John St., Pittsfield, Massachusetts. MICHAEL JOHN SCELSI LEWIS EMIL SCHEFFENACKER prepped at the Baltimore Polytechnic Institute, the Army and Navy Prep School, and Marstons School. Four years ago in his first months at St. John's, Shifty attracted attention to himself by his work on the freshman football team. In the Spring LEWIS EMIL SCHEFFENACKER of the same year he once more proved his athletic ability by his work on the freshman lacrosse team. Since that time he has been one of St. John's most brilliant football and lacrosse stars and played with the — 60 — varsity teams a full three years. His interest in athletics is further demonstrated by Senior his membership in the Varsity Club. Besides his interest in college he is a skillful Biographies swimmer and spends many of his summer hours in the water. He is a member of the Beta Mu Chapter of the Kappa Alpha order. At St. John's he has competed the requirements for a major in the social sciences. After graduation in June he plans to enter the Tennessee Valley reclamation projects. His present address is 2807 Guilford Ave., Baltimore, Md. ROBERT ALLISON SINDALL, JR. came to St. John's College during the second half of his freshman year after spending the first semester at the University of Virginia. His preparatory school days were spent at the Polytechnic Institute in Baltimore and at the Army-Navy ROBERT ALLISON SINDALL, JR. Preparatory School in the same city. While at the University of Virginia Bob was a member of the Zeta Psi Fraternity. At. St. John's he has enjoyed an active social life and we cannot prevent mentioning his LaSalle and racoon coat. He was a steady member of the Vulture's Club and at one time held the office of vice-president. Bob is a government major and plans to study law next year at the University of Virginia. His home address is 202 Tunbridge Road, Baltimore, Md. GUST SKORDAS was born in Washington, D. C, the son of Mr. and Mrs. John D. Skordas. He is now living at 88 Franklin St., Annapolis, Md. After completing his secondary education at the Annapolis High School he entered St. John's and early distinguished himself as an athlete of no little merit. He played both football and basketball during his entire college GUST SKORDAS career and developed in his junior year to the best passer on the football team. Gus is historian of the Varsity Club and a charter member of the Literary Club. He is an economics major and will go into business — 61 — �Senior immediately after graduation. He is a pledge of the Beta Mu Chapter of Kappa Biographies Alpha Fraternity. HENRY CLAY SMITH, JR. came to St. John's from the Catonsville High School. His home address is now 2 Bloomsbury Ave., Baltimore, Md. During his first two years at St. John's Smitty engaged in various varsity sports and, to quote the gentleman himself "was a success at none." Since that time he has confined his activities to intramural sports becoming a sort of hurtling comet on the soccer field. He served in executive capacities on both the staffs of the Collegian and RAT-TAT. Along with his journalistic activities he has put his commanding personality to good use in the service of the debating team and in the porHENRY CLAY SMITH, JR. trayal of numerous parts in the productions of the King William Players. Last year he became a member of the Student Council. In recognition of his participation in many extra-curricular activities he was elected to membership in Delta Omicron Fraternity at the end of his junior year. While at St. John's Smitty majored in mathematics and in spite of the difficulty of his major won the Senior Fellowship last Spring as a reward for his well-rounded ability especially in his studies. After graduation Smitty will enter engineering school. He is a member of Delta Psi Omega Fraternity and has been a big asset to the chapter in recognition of which his brothers elected him to the presdency last year. HARRY WELLINGTON STEVENS, JR. was born in Winchester, Massachusetts and HARRY WELLINGTON STEVENS, JR. entered St. John's after graduating from the Winchester High School. Throughout his career at St. John's Steve has stood out because of his great activity in extra-curricular activities of the college. He served — 62 — on the editorial board of the RAT-TAT for four years and became editor-in-chief Senior in his junior year. As editor of the RAT-TAT he was able to produce an attractive ° " yearbook although he was forced to labor under the handicap of a materially reduced budget. His journalistic interest also carried him into the Collegian staff of which he was a member for two years. During his entire stay at St. John's Steve played in both the band and in the concert orchestra and was elected student director of the band in both his junior and senior years. He was one of the mainstays of the Osier Pre-Medical Club. In his freshman year he was assistant manager of freshman lacrosse becoming manager in his sophomore year. As a result of his many extracurricular activities he was elected to membership in the honorary Delta Omicron Fraternity at the end of his junior year. Steve is a charter member of the Phi chapter of the Alpha Kappa Pi Fraternity. Aside from his other work Steve has been employed in the capacity of infirmary assistant for two years and has lived at the infirmary. He majored in pre-medical work at St. John's and will enter Tuft's Medical School next fall. His summer address is Winchester, Massachusetts. NORMAN VEITCH STEVENS finished his prep school work at the McKinley High School in Washington, D. C. He was one of St. John's most prominent athletes and played both football and lacrosse during his entire four years at St. John's. He was a member of the Phi Delta Sigma Fraternity and at the beginning of his senior year became a pledge of the Phi Chapter of Alpha Kappa Pi Fraternity. Steve will take his degree as a major in economics. After graduation mail will reach him at 1814 Jackson St., N. E., Washington, D. C. EDWARD MAURICE SULLIVAN came to St. John's as a graduate of the Hartford PubNORMAN VEITCH STEVENS lie High School of Hartford, Connecticut. In his freshman year here he was a member of the freshman football squad. He has been a steady participant in intramural sports during his entire stay at St. John's. He starred in baseball, basketball and track for — 63 — �Senior Randall Hall. As a result of his interest in intramurals he was chosen intramural Biographies nouse manager of Randall Hall in his senior year. Sully was also chairman of the Randall house committee. He majored in physics and expects to make the science his life work. He was a member of the Lentz Club during his sophomore and junior years. His address in Hartford Connecticut is 176 Sergeant St. PAUL EDWARD WATSON was born in Salisbury, Md. on May 16th, 1913. He attended Wicomico High School and graduated with Miller White who is also graduating from St. John's this year. Watson became a pledge of Theta Psi Fraternity in his freshman year. As a member he served in the office of master-ofceremonies during his junior and senior years. Watson has been a valuable man to his fraEDWARD MAURICE SULLIVAN ternity especially in the field of intramural sports. Since the arrival of the period of stronger competition in intramurals Watson has played continually for Theta Psi. He was especially prominent in playground baseball, basketball, volleyball and horse-shoe pitching. In his freshman year Watson served as an intramural manager. He is a history major and quite a good student having made the Dean's List in both his junior and senior years. Watson will study law at the University of Maryland Law School. His home address is Salisbury, Md. chapter was admired all over the campus. Since the institution of intramural athletics at St. John's he has been one of the most ardent advocates and active participants, playing in the playground baseball tournaments, the tennis tournaments, and the foul-shooting tournament. His hobby is ping-pong and he is one of the members of the White-Wells feud over the Phi Sigma Kappa Ping-Pong Championship. Bob was a member of the Social Committee in his sophomore and junior years and boasts of attending every college dance. He is an active member of the Colonial Club and one the men who urged the giving of the dance in the Great Hall last Spring. Bob's other activities include circulation manager of the Collegian in his freshman year, manager of freshman lacrosse, sophomore representative to the Student Council, member of the RAT-TAT staff EDMUND PARKER WELLS in his junior year, and Phi Sigma Kappa representative to the Pan-Hellenic Council for three years. He has majored in the social sciences and hopes to study law. During last year he roomed with those whom he calls "the two muscle-men of Phi Sigma Kappa" —Butterworth and Eickwort. Bob's home address is 8 Serpentine Trail, Larchmont, N. J. EDMUND PARKER WELLS was born on May 8, 1911 and completed his prep-school work at Tabor Academy, Marion, Massachusetts before coming to St. John's. Bob is one of the leaders of the campus. He has been a member of Phi Sigma Kappa Fraternity since his PAUL EDWARD WATSON freshman year and has been elected to hold almost every office in the chapter during his active membership. Last year Bob was elected president of Phi Sigma Kappa and his fine leadership and service to the WALTER MILLER WHITE came to St. John's four years ago after attending the Wicomico High School in Salisbury, Md. He was one of the most outstanding participants in the social activities of the campus during his entire four years here. We do not remember a single dance that he missed. Miller was prominent also, and especially during his junior and senior years, in the social activities of Phi Sigma Kappa where he is a member. In his junior year he served as auditor of the Sigma Chapter. In recWALTER MILLER WHITE ognition of his social prominence Miller was elected to membership in the Colonial Club in his senior year. Tennis is Miller's favorite sport and he has been a member of the varsity team four years. If the weather — 64 — — 65 — Senior Biographies �Senior Joes not permit tennis he monopolizes Phi Sigma's ping-pong table and is reputed to Biographies be the house champion although there is some dispute between he and Bob Wells with regard to that point. His ability as a student has improved greatly in the last two years since he has held a place on the Dean's List during that time. He is a history major and expects to study law. Mail will reach him at Salisbury, Md. during his first three years in college. Allan is a charter member of the Phi Chapter Junior Class of Alpha Kappa Pi. He proposes to devote his time to journalism after graduation. lstory ALLAN S. WOODLE, III prepped at the Holderness Preparatory School. His home is in Ridley Park, Pennsylvania. When he came to St. John's he determined upon a mathematics major and in addition to that he held an assistantship in the physics laboratory for two years. In his freshman year Allan played on the frosh football team. He was greatly interested in nonathletic extra-curricular activities and received the King William Gold Award as a result. In ALLAN S. WOODLE, III his junior year he became business manager of the RAT-TAT after serving previously on the business staff. He was a member of the King William Players for three years and also was a member of the college band A COLLEGE MAN! That is what 105 young men thought in September 1931, as they entered St. John's College as freshmen. For the first few days we really thought we were college men, becoming thoroughly acquainted we though with upper-classmen as well as the new fellows. Then the sophomores invited us to one of the so-called 'rat meetings" and all that goes with it. Some of us thought they were only kidding at first, but the sophomores soon changed our minds. And so we went through the procedure of being "ratted", which included the usual paddle, the nightwatches, the bon-fire, and "rat rules", and on our class fell the burden and most of the blame for the historic Hopkins' riot of 1931, which took every policeman and fireman in Annapolis out of his bed to quiet the opposing forces. Some returned with cracked heads and all were drenched thoroughly. The tough men of our class went out for the freshman football team. Among the stars of that year were De Lisio, Donohue, Boucher, and Lotz. We also had a reputable basketball team, s t a r r i n g Donohue Butterworth, and Tayor; and an undefeated lacrosse team, starring Boucher, Hayes, Lotz, Donohue, and NopJUNIOR CLASS ner. Some of the class dabbled in politics. As a result, the following officers were elected: Rose, president; Butterworth, vice-president; Rowe, secretary; and Hughes, historian. The professors said we had gained a little knowledge, and thus a large number of us got through the mid-year and final exams. The ones who excelled in scholastic standing were also the leaders in the extra-curricular activities, the im- — 66 — — 67 — HORACE WILLIAM WITMAN was bom in Rising Sun, Md. and attended and graduated from the Rising Sun High School before entering St. John's last year he was a star member of the Pinkney Hall championship soccer team. In his freshman year he was an assistant football manager. In connection with his interest in physics, his major subject, Horace was HORACE WILLIAM WITMAN a member of both the Lentz and the German Clubs. He stands high scholastically in his having made the Dean's List for two consecutive years. He expects to teach after graduation and in pursuance of that purpose took several summer courses in education at the University of Virginia summer school. Witman is greatly interested in modern languages in addition to his major course. �Junior Class portant ones being Welty, Lampee, O'Connor, and Sosman. Lotz and Meredith were History elect-ecj as Freshman representatives on the Student Council. The following year a majority of our class returned to become sophomores. We then had the responsibility of "ratting", and most of us were as much relieved as the freshmen when the ratting season" ended. Eickwort was elected president of the Sophomore Council. Things did not change materially that year. The men who were the outstanding athletes in the freshmen sports of the previous year now became the outstanding ones on the varsity squads. The student who attained the Dean's List and the leaders were also essentially the sarrte as those of the previous year. The class officers, however, completely changed; the following were elected: Boucher, president; Weeks, vice-presidnt; Martin, secretary; Woodman, sergeant-at-arms; and Meredith, historian. For the second consecutive year, Lotz was elected to the Student Council, but LaMotte displaced Meredith as his co-worker. In our sophomore year we elected Welty as editor-in-chief of the RAT-TAT, and Woodman to the post of business manager of the RAT-TAT staff. In September, 1933, we returned, and, after the handshaking of old and new men, realized that we were juniors. We were now beginning to get somewhere in the college scholastically, and were out-ranked only by the seniors—the class of 1934. Slowly but surely we are striving for the goal that three years ago seemed Sophomore Class so far away. In a few History months we will be, come the senior class of 1935. It is our earnest hope that the class as a whole does not become egotistic or torpid in any of the various activities on the campus.. May we be graduated in 1935 as a class of which the JUNIOR CLASS OFFICERS college may well be proud. WE ARRIVED AT St. John's in the latter part of September, 1932. Very soon we learned that a black tie actually does mean mourning—and how we mourned! We had a little dinky cap too, which we wore wherever we thought the sophomores might see us. We pass over with a word those watches before the Hopkins' game. It doesn't take much remembering to bring back some of those cold wet nights —and those extremely warm nights afterwards in the back of the gym, where the sophomores threw on us, the wood we didn't throw on the fire. Being juniors, we tried to establish standards that our class would be pround of in the future, and ones that the juniors-to-be will have all they can do to equal. We are doing our best to establish ourselves as one of the best classes ever to attend St. John's. In this connection we are well represented in all campus activities. In the field of athletics, we have a number of men with the attitude of true sportsmaen. They are always in the ball-game, fighting for another St. John's victory. In the extracurricular field, we also have quite a number of enthusiastic representatives—on the Collegian staff, the RAT-TAT staff, the King William Society, and the various fraternities. And we still have some members of the class on the Dean's List, too. It is significant that many of our class officers were reelected for our junior year. Our present officers are: Boucher, president; Eickwort, vice-president; Weeks, secretary; Woodman, sergeant-at-arms; and Meredith, historian. Since our sophomore year the Student Council representation has been cut down to one, and Catherman was elected to that judicial position, while Lotz was elected to represent the Theta Psi Fraternity under the new method of representative student government. _^____—^^^^ SOPHOMORE CLASS"* After Thanksgiving the rat rules were discontinued and we gradually swung into the college circle. Our first political endeavor was to elect Riley, Zuhorst, Desch, Kesmodel, and Wingate to the offices of president, vice-president, secretarytreasurer, historian, and sergeant-at-arms, respectively. — 68 — 69 �Sophomore Class Our football season was not very heartening in its number of victories, but History it brought to our notice Sutton and Hodges. Basketball gave us Kemp, and lacrosse, Crane, Haas, Hodges, Kesmodel, Kibler, Sellman, and Sutton. The combined evil efforts of midyears and finals served to lessen appreciably our numbers. However, the greater part of the class survived and when we left in June with that "tried by fire and not found wanting" feeling we were all in the same frame of mind—"St. John's Forever". When we reassembled in 1933, we remembered the paddle but we used it lightly. The cannon was shot but no damage was done. A year of culture and the student council had made humanists of us. Election of officers was early this year and when the political storm died down we discovered that Kesmodel was president, Kibler vice-president, Schley secretarytreasurer, Westcot sergant-at-arms, and Callahan historian. This year we saw Joe Sutton develop into a good football man and many of the men who played freshman lacrosse last year became important cogs in the varsity machine this year. We are an unusually average class. In size we are neither great nor small. We SOPHOMORE CLASS OFFICERS gave the college the average number of good athletes, and the same quality was apparent in our scholarship. When we elect our officers we know whom we want and so we know our leaders even before voting. We plod along steadily in everything we do and we generally get what we want. We have one pride—it is the easy way we slipped into the functioning of the college. There are many of us who have made ourselves obviously useful in carrying out the program of the year. And there are those of us who have not said mu^h but have pulled together with the spirit of team work that gave us an advantage over less organized classes. It is in this that we think that we are important. 1933 BROUGHT TO St. John's a group of varying and disorganized men. They — 70 — were known srniply as the class of'37. But the "rat" rules were soon enforced. Or- Freshman Class ganization soon came about. It was natural, as we needed each other for sympathy History and consolation after the frequent beatings we took. Oh, don't worry we'll take it out on next year's freshmen even if we didn't completely rebel from the Class of 36. Now after that bitter defeat we know we shouldn't have formally petitioned a removal of "rat" rules. We should have simply and unexpectedly uprooted the '36ers without warning Besides gathering great quantities of wood for the bonfire, we guarded it faithfully through rain and cold. It was we to whom the upper classmen owe credit for the splendid celebration before the Hopkins' game. A word about guarding the woodpile—a group of us ____»_»«__,_., Sot so bored with waitFRESHMAN CLASS ing for courageous Hopkins men, who didn't show up, that one night we went out to find a few of them m Baltimore. We didn't find them, so we proceeded to paint up the town. The Baltimore police force stopped us. Before that little trip was over it had cost us about sixty dollars. We contributed greatly in the line of athletics. Luckily for us the freshman rule was dropped. Naturally we went out and did our stuff. In football Bob Snibbe, Slim Summerville, Everett Smith, As Lee, and Ernie Cory represented our class. Bob Snibbe played half-back and ran sixty-five yards against Catholic University, completely fooling that strong team with a sleeper pass which he received from Captain Mike Kilmore. The others got in plenty of playing time during the season, particularly in the American University game. We were also well represented in basketball. Outstanding men were Summerville, Backus, Brooks, and Goldstein. Three freshmen were responsible for St. John's first victory in boxing. Among the many freshmen who turned out for this sport, Kopp, Snibbe, Levin, and McDonald were the most prominent. The class of '37 is also planning to resurrect baseball after eleven years' absence at St. John's. In other extra-curricular activities John Browne and Paul Mason did well in dramatics. Browne played Dominic, the butler, in Dover Road, and Mason played — 71 �Freshman Class Henry, the "half-way", in Outward Bound. Also several freshmen are constantly History contributing to the Collegian. After we got a little settled at St. John's we were suddenly swept off our feet by a grand display of love and interest from the upperclassmen. Steadying ourselves we found that the fraternity men were out after us. The college confined this hectic rushing to one week. There wasn't a full eight hours' sleep for any of us during that time. Beer, oysters, banquets, and smokers—but no women •— occupied our time FRESHMAN CLASS OFFICERS and CHAPTER THREE SOCIAL FRATERNITIES T HE oldest and most powerful organizations on the St. John's campus are the Inter-Fraternal fraternities. There are five social fraternities: three national chapters and Relations two locals. Rivalry among the groups is keen but they usually cooperate to the extent of securing for fraternity men the most important offices open to the student body. In the past fraternity politics at St. John's were corrupt but during the last year, for the first time since the foundation of fraternities on the campus, fraternity politics declined thanks to the firm friendship that existed between the leaders of the various houses. The fact that each fraternity held social affairs to which members of other fraternities were invited made for more amicable relations. The Colonial Club did a great deal toward furthering the incipient friendly spirit. Mr. Carl Lyon of the Social Committee rendered a valuable service in behalf of better fraternity relations when he arranged for a most successful interfraternity ball held in the Spring. The time does not seem far off when the college will have assumed its rightful position in the hearts of fraternity men—the college first and the fraternity second. emotion. had! What a time we '37 thanks you, gentlemen of the fraternities, for your warm generosity. One of the events of our freshman year that we will remember longest was the class election. After it was all over Bob Snibbe had been elected president; Bud Hoover, vice-president; McDonald, secretary; Dick Layfield, historian; J. W. Holmes, sergeant-at-arms; and Jack Cooper, Student Council representative. The services rendered by the fraternities on this campus far exceed the ills. They offer a more home-like environment for the student where he is better able and encouraged to pursue his studies. The fraternities improve the general social atmosphere of the college and are the first to support the policy of the administration. > — 72 — The Pan-Hellenic Council is a council of fraternity men composed of two members from each fraternity who meet regularly to discuss any disagreements, to settle disputes and to propose legislation for the government of the fraternities on the campus. The most outstanding piece of business conducted by the council last year was the acceptance of Delta Psi Omega's petition for admission to the group of recognized fraternities on the campus. Immediately upon acceptance they were placed on the customary one year term of probation and conducted their pledging activities for the first time in the same manner as the others. Since its organiation six years ago Delta Psi Omega has been at odds with the policies of the council and both refused and were refused bids to membership. This year, however, the step was taken and for the first time in five years rush week meant the same thing for every fraternity on the campus. — 73 — �Pan-Hellenic Council In past years the Pan-Hellenic C o u ncil's most important duty has been the capacity of arbiter to any disputes between fraternities with reference to pledging new men. Last year's council was composed of the following: Phi S i g m a Kappa—Edmund P. Wells and Frank W. Connor, Jr.; Kappa Alpha—F. PAN HELLENIC COUNCIL Gibbs LaMotte and William B. Matthews; Alpha Kappa Pi—Vincent E. Mayer and Charles J. Kibler; Theta Psi—E. Carl Lyon and Calvin Lotz; Delta Psi Omega—Henry C. Smith and Edwin P. Davis. Phi Sigma Kappa fraternity is the oldest fraternity on the St. John's campus by twelve years. The Sigma Chapter of Phi Sigma Kappa was founded on this campus on May 12, 1903. Since that day the chapter has been a real asset to the college. Its members have continually striven to promote better fellowshinp among individuals and fraternities and last year their success was even more marked. Last fall the Sigma Chapter furnished a dance and invited any student on the campus to attend. Many other dances, alumni smokers and reunions pronounces the past year a distinct success for Phi Sigma Kappa. President Wells made the following statement concerning Phi Sigma Kappa: "The prevailing theme to be featured in any exposition of our fraternity for the past year must necessarily be that ever growing bond of common interests which have led to a position of prominence which we hope to strengthen into predominance. The fraternity has striven, and we think for the most part successfully, to promote a feeling of comradeship between St. John's men. Scholastic improvement has been noticeable. Phi Sigma Kappa has made a great PHI SIGMA KAPPA HOUSE" — 74 — comeback in intra-mural athletics this year. We won the trophies in volleyball, Phi Sigma tennis, and foul-shooting and have maintained a high standard in the other com- Kappa petitions. Many of our group have participated in extra-curricular activities. In the field of varsity athletics we have been represented on all major teams by letter men. Lou Eickworth was our representative on the gridiron while Ed Butterworth and King Usher were our respective contributions to basketball and lacrosse. Phi Sigma Kappa, at St. John's, has now passed its thirtieth birthday. It is gratifying to note that her alumni have been gaining prominence in their chosen fields. Moreover, the alumni and the undergraduate members have reached a new understanding, which has revived the former's interest in St. John's and assures Sigma of their cooperation and friendship in years to come. The officers of the chapter throughout the year have been: Edmund P. Wells, president; D. Kingsbury Usher, vice-president; Charles P. Clark, secretary; Donald E. McGarrow, treasurer; Miller White, auditor; and Robert L. Orvis, inductor. PRESIDENT WELLS FRATRES IN COLLEGIO: Edward J. Butterworth, Timothy A. Callahan, Burton Chance, Jr., Warren Chandlee, Charles P. Clark, Frank W. Conner, Jr., Louis B. Eickwort, III, Walter F. Evers, Robert G. Lewis, Harry P. Luz, Daniel H. Mathers, Donald E. McGarrow, Robert L. Orvis, Ralph M. Schley, David K. Usher, John H. Von Dreele, Edmund P. Wells, Walter Miller White, Waitman B. Zinn. PLEDGES: Charles Chester Atwater, John Wheelwright Browne, John Raymond CoopPHI SIGMA KAPPA CHAPTER er, Donald P. Hebb, Jesse W. Holmes, Asbury Wright Lee, III, James Frederic Lummis, Everett Paul Mason, Jr., Marcus Edward Smith. PRATER IN FACULTATE: Dr. George Bingley. — 75 — �Kappa On the 12th of December, 1865, in a small room in one of the buildings of Alpha Washington College, Lexington, Va., the Kappa Alpha Order was founded. Washington College later Since that day in became Washington December, 1865, the and Lee University Kappa Alpha Order on the death of its has grown and become president, Robert E. one of the leading fraLee. The founders ternities of the counof the Kappa Alpha try. It has chapters Order were James in universities and colWard Wood, Willeges south of the old liam Neson Scott, Mason and Dixon Stanhope M. Scott, Line, or in such other and Wm. A. Walsh. states as the officers These men were aided and members of the in their work by Roborder agree upon as ert E. Lee then presibeing distinctly southdent of the college. ern in sentiment. The Although Lee was restriction of chapters never a member of the to the South and to Kappa Alpha Order, "southern" states is he was the spiritual KAPPA ALPHA HOUSE simply a matter of founder. policy. Its members are from every state in the union. The colors of the fraternity are crimson and gold and the flowers the magnolia and red rose. . The Beta Mu Chapter was founded at St. John's College on the 16th of December, 1916. Of the charter members Bill Strohmyer will be remembered best of all by the students at St. John's. Besides Bill, who was for some time connected with the college, Dr. Ridgely of the Biology department and Dr. Murphy, the college physician are also members of Kappa Alpha. Among the outstanding offices held on the campus by Kappa Alpha are: President of the Student Council, President of the Junior Class, President of the Sophomore Class, Under-graduate Manager of Athletics, Manager of Basketball, Manager of Lacrosse, Captain of Basketball, President of the Colonial Club and President of the Varsity Club. Ten K. A. men received letters in football, six received letters in basketball and nine received letters in lacrosse. Imposing as this list is it does not PRES. LaMOTTE include the numerous other offices held by Kappa Alpha men, 76 — such as student councilmen, vice-presidents, assistant managers, etc. Kappa The Beta Mu chapter has won the Providence Efficiency Cup of the fraternity Alpha the chapter having the greatest all round efficiency. At present the chapter has twenty-one members and twenty-two pledges. FRATRES IN COLLEGIO: Carvil R. Archer, Gordon K. Boucher, Bernard J. Casassa, Edward De Lisio, Robertson Drake, James L. Hayes, Clarence Johnson, Paul L. Kesmodel, Donald D. Kneesi, Angus Lamond, A. Hungerford LaMotte, H. Gibbs LaMotte, Carl MacCartee, John R. Magruder, William B. Matthews, Jr., William B. Parsons, J. Oliver Purvis, Jr., William E. Reese, Lewis E. Scheffenacker, Joseph A. Sutton, Austin Winston. PLEDGES: Harry C. B a c k u s , Chauncey KAPPA ALPHA CHAPTER Brooks, James Bucheister, Earnest W. Cory, William Eaton, Henry H. Fahrig, Calvert Haas, John S. Hodges, George Hoover, John Hopkins, Calvin R. Horn, Richard L. Layfield, William McDonald, Cyril Murphy, John B. Owens, Charles Pease, Lee Pease, Langdon Pickering, Gust Skordas, Everett W. Smith, Robert M. Snibbe, Richard Taylor. FRATRES IN FACULTATE: Joseph J. Murphy, Reginald H. Ridgely. Sigma Tau Omicron Fraternity was founded on March 1, 1928, and at that time was recognized as an organization of students at St. John's College. On May 24, 1928, the Pan-Hellenic Council admitted Sigma Tau Omicron to probationary membership. When the summer was over the founders returned and made such a good showing that the Pan-Hellenic Council at its first regular meeting of that school year voted to admit Sigma Tau Omicron Fraternity to full membership. In September, 1928, the college assigned Sigma Tau Omicron Fraternity, a house specially converted for its use at 61 College Avenue. This was the fraternity's residence until September, 1931. At this time, because of the lack of sleeping quarters for the brothers in the house, the college authorities found it necessary to transfer the fraternity to larger accommodations at 9 Saint John's Street, a former —J7 �Alpha private residence, containing five social rooms and twelve sleeping rooms. Kappa Pi The eleven founders of Sigma Tau Omicron are as follows: William Gross, ter of Alpha Kappa President; E d w a r d Pi. Young, Vice - PresiSince the founding dent; L. Jefferson of this fraternity our Fields, Secretary and Treasurer; J o s e p h brothers have occuLingo, David Jarr, pied prominent places in every activity and Hugh McGliney, phase of student life Robert Exfore, Peter Paulmier, Herbert here at St. John's. Meyers, John BernPhi Chapter of Alpha stem, and Robert Kappa Pi has had Rudy. representation in every At the chapter organization on the house, 9 St. John's campus, and holds ofS t r e e t , Annapolis, fices in the major Maryland, on April part of the organiza2, 1932, the national tions. officers of the Alpha Phi is represented Kappa Pi Fraternity in every major sport installed Sigma Tau except basketball and ALPHA KAPPA PI HOUSE Omicron as Phi chapboasts of an AllMaryland tackle for 1933, the brother being Henry R. Weeks. Pledge Stevens also was chosen as second team All-Maryland end. Brother Woodman is the mainstay of the tennis team, while Brother Kibler was a member of the freshman lacrosse team of 1933. A Senior Fellowship, the highest scholastic and social honor a student can win, was awarded to Brother Robert C. Crawford. As a guest of the college a holder of a Senior Fellowship automatically receives his degree, and is free to follow any course of study he desires. FRATRES IN COLLEGIO: John R. Blackiston, Robert C. Crawford, Herbert H. Eccleston, Charles J. Kibler, Vincent E. Mayer, Harry Stevens, Henry R. Weeks, James C. Wilson, Allan S. Woodle, Richard S. Woodman. PLEDGES: Lewis Bevier, James P. Bradley, Harold Brooks, Frank R. Gessner, Francis G. Hurlock, George W. Kopp, Gerald I. Kurtz, Thomas Lusby, A. Robert Smith, Richard Waters, I t : """ ~ 1 Charles T. Westcott, Richard T. Williams. PRES. CRAWFORD FRATER IN FACULTATE: Dr. Paul Allen, Jr. — 78 — Theta Psi was organized early in the fall of 1927 in response to the definite Theta need of a new social group on the college campus and because of ten men who Psi valued so highly their friendship that they wanted to perpetuate it in fratern i t y brotherhood. Not being greatly attracted to any fraternity then existing they determined to found a new one and dedicated it to the purpose of promoting interest in the traditions and welfare of St. John's ALPHA KAPPA PI CHAPTER ~~ College, proper student fellowship, active interest in extra-curricular activities, and the attraction and retention of the proper type of students at St. John's. On the instance of its first petition to the Interfraternity Council Theta Psi was granted recognition in full standing with the four pre-existing fraternities. But as a result, that was almost a penalty for the honor, it was forced to conduct its first rush season under the strict rules of the Interfraternity Council on an equal basis with the other fraternities. It was a hard struggle for so young a group but Theta Psi came through successfully and won the right of existence. Since its founding Theta Psi has been most active in every line of college endeavor and has, it is hoped, carried out its original aims. The fraternity has had numerous varsity lettermen in all of the sports, many equally prominent in the field of non-athletic activities, and many who were outstanding students. The fraternity itself has secured the Intramural Athletic Championship Plaque for three times and needs only one more win to gain permanent possession of it. THETA PSI HOUSE Theta Psi remains still a local fraternity but a petition to Sigma Alpha Ep— 79 — �Theta silon which began four years ago is still continuing. Realization of the hopes of the P" men who began that petition do not seem far off. During the past year Theta Psi held its sixth anniversary banquet at the suggestion of Mr. Carl Lyon, the active president of the house. Many of Theta Psi's alumni were present as well as prominent members of Sigma Alpha Epsilon. The affair was a great success. Theta Psi's alumni association is not yet large or especially active in the affairs of the world since most of the alumni have recently graduated or are still attending professional schools. In the very near future it will be strong and immensely important to the active chapter. Alumni cooperation has already resulted in the foundation of an organization that will perpetuate the name of Theta Psi on the St. John's campus, regardless of misfortune in the active chapter. The active chapter is composed of about twenty-five men who have been selected because of their campus activities or PRES. LYON personal qualifications. It is a well-rounded group some members of which are prominent in athletics, in other student activities, or in scholarship. The officers are: E. Carl Lyon, president; Calvin Lotz, vice-president; Daiton M. Welty, secretary; John Douglas Ramsay, treasurer; and Paul E. Watson, master-of-ceremonies. FRATRES IN COLLEGIO: Henry M. Cooper, John C. Donohue, L. Herbert Griffith, David A. Harkness, Calvin E. Lotz, E. Carl Lyon, W. Robert Miller, David E. Nopper, J. Douglas Ramsay, Richard B. Sellman, Louis A. Snyder, Paul E. Watson, Dalton M. Welty, Frank K. Wilson, Charles O. Wingate. PLEDGES: James M. THETA PSI CHAPTER Brown, Harry P. Calhoim, Garnet Y. Clark, H. Keith Clayton, Charles F. Cunningham, William E. , Harman, Edward C. Hudson, Norval F. Kemp, Louis E. Kemp, L. Lee Moore, — ,80-—.- Jr., Turner R. Russell, J. Campbell Simpson, John F. Somerville, Jr., George T. Delta Psi Wingate. Omega FACULTY ADVISORS: Vertrees J. Wyckoff, Frederick W. Appel, Julian S. Duncan, John S. Kieffer, Paul E. Gropp. Delta Psi Omega was founded at St. John's College on December 7, 1928, by a group of ten students. The original group consisted of: Robert L. Akers, who was first president of the group and a member of Pi Chapter of Theta Chi at Dickenson College; E. Kenneth Albaugh, later a student at General Seminary in New York, and orHarvard; Vernon J. dained a decon in the Novicki, director of Episcopal Church at dramatics at college Baltimore in May, for the past two years, 1933; Richard F. and now studying at Blaul, a former editor the Graduate School of the Saint John's at Johns Hopkins in Collegian, and now Philosophy; Richard editor of The MontH. Pembroke, gradugomery Independent ated with honors in (published at Rockthe class of 1932, and ville, Md.); Philip I. at present working in Bowman, Senior Felthe Medical College low in the class of of the University of 1931, and now at the Maryland; Charles S. Graduate School at Reir, also in the UniPrinceton; Samuel P. versity of Maryland Chew, a Senior FelM e d i c a l College; low in the class of Henry S. Shryock, Jr., 1931, and now at the a Senior Fellow in the DELTA PSI OMEGA HOUSE Graduate School at class of 1932, and now in the Graduate School at the University of Wisconsin; and Albert J. Zimmerman, a former editor of the Collegian. Almost immediately they occupied the historic Pinkney House, which is their present residence. This house was erected about 1741 by Jonathan Pinkney, a wealthy Annapolis merchant, and was owned by the family until the death of Miss Nannie Pinkney in 1923. Shortly thereafter the college acquired the beautiful old place and placed it at the disposition of the Delta Psi Omega Fraternity. Since that time the addition of period furnishings as well as a fine collection of prints have added to the colonial spirit which St. John's does so much to preserve. The record of the members of this fraternity is enviable. Emphasis has been placed on scholarship and the more scholarly extra-curricular activities. Recogni— 81 — �Delta Psi tion has not been withheld as is evidenced by the plentiful supply of Senior FelOmega lowships, newspaper and magazine editorships, as well as a constant level of high scholastic achievement. Consistently, the post graduate record of former members is noteworthy. At present there are 15 members and 12 pledges of D. P. O. Henry Clay Smith is the president of the fraternity. FRATRES IN COLLEGIO: Roland J. Bailey, William S. Catherman, Edwin P. Davis, Chas. DELTA PSI OMEGA CHAPTER J. Eastman, Edward E. Gray, Joseph B. Gray, William L. Herson, Robert H. Lampe, Robert Crane Leatherbee, James F. Leslie, John D. Martin, Henry D. McCool, Robert H. Sander, Henry Clay Smith, Robert N. Sosman. PLEDGES: Willard O. Ash, Thomas J. Carter, Paul C. Dunleavy, Charles D. Hyson, Harold O. MacCallum, Irvin Meginnis, Robert G. Moss, Lawrence J. O'Connor, John B. O'Donnell, Oscar M. Quesada, William R. Quimby, Lester A. Wall. FRATER IN FACULTATE: Dr. Nathan Comfort Starr. CHAPTER FOUR COLLEGE ORGANIZATIONS N ON-ATHLETIC extra-curricular activities have long been just as impor- Delta tant at St. John's as athletics. Student interest in the non-athletic Omicron activities of the campus has always been just as great and certainly as great a number participated in them as in the sports. Men prominent in athletics receive letters or numerals as a reward for their achievements and for their contributions to the college and similarly a series of awards culminating in election to an honorary fraternity have been established at St. John's to recompense the men who have done so much in a non-athletic way. Most of the organizations and societies to be portrayed in the following pages receive credit leading toward the awards. Delta Omicron is the name of the honorary fraternity founded to promote interest and reward achievement in extra-curricular activities. Admission to the fraternity is based upon a series of points awards that admit the DELTA OMICRON HONORARY FRATERNITY PRES. — 82 — SMITH Student to three lower societies before Delta Omicron can be attained—the Prince William Society, the King William Silver Society, and the King William Gold Society. Only freshmen are eligible to the Prince William Award but the others may be won by any upperclassman. As each step along the way to Delta Omicron is achieved the winner is presented with a watch charm distinctive for each honor. Last year Delta Omicron had the largest membership since it was organized. More men found it possible to be elected to the fraternity because of the ever increasing number of extra-curricular activities. In view of the fact that too large 83 — �The a membership would decrease the importance and desirability of such an organizaRat-Tat tion Delta Omicron increased the number of points required for membership. The new rule was effective for the first time last year. The present members of Delta Omicron are Robert C. Crawford, Edwin P. Davis, Jerome D. Goodman, William B. Matthews, Jr., Robert H. Sander, Jr., Henry C. Smith, Jr., and Harry W. Stevens, Jr. All of these men are members of the graduating class. THE RAT-TAT is the yearbook of St. John's College, produced annually by the junior class for the graduating class. The editor-in-chief and business manager are elected by the junior class from a list of men who are eligible because of at least one year of previous service on the staff of the RAT-TAT. Each of the elected officers then appoints his own staff. Since the depression the budget of the RAT-TAT has been cut considerably and it has been impossible to make it as large or elaborate as it was four years ago. However, earnest attempts have been made to make the yearbook of St. John's compare favorably with the yearbooks of other small colleges of the nation. Last Spring Dalton Middlekauff Welty of Hagerstown, Md., and Richard Sage Woodman of Tenafly, N. J., were elected by the junior class respectively to the positions of editor and business manager of the 1934 RAT-TAT. Plans were laid immediately for the book and, indeed, all the campus views were taken and all the write-ups of spring sports were completed before June. During the summer further plans were made by both the editor and the business manager to improve their reRAT TAT STAFF spective departments and thus improve the chances for a better RAT-TAT. Woodman solicited ads during his summer vacation. In the fall Welty gave out the assignments to the staff which he appointed almost immediately after returning from the summer recess and thus got off to a flying start. It was repeatedly urged that as much work as possible be done and that much of the material be turned in before Christmas. — 84 However, many of the staff didn't cooperate or realize the value of more deliberate The and careful work and therefore put off their work until too late to do it calmly. Collegian The editor said, however, when interviewed for this article: "I feel grateful to the few members of the staff who did cooperate with both Mr. Woodman and me and made a fine job of their assignments." UNDER THE guidance of its editor, Robert Henry Lampee, the St. John's Collegian has continued to adhere to the high standards of journalism which for the last four years have made it an outstanding newspaper among college publications. T h e Intercollegiate Newspaper Association invited representatives of the Collegian to attend its meeting in Baltimore last fall which afforded several members of the staff an opportunity to hear the ideas of men outstanding in the field of journalism. COLLEGIAN STAFF The Collegian materially benefited as a result of the conference. In his first issue as editor, Lampee announced a policy to which he has adhered throughout the year. "As long as college activities justify we will print a six-page edition each Friday . . . It will be our policy to make the paper as readable as possible and still maintain the dignity of good journalism. There will perhaps be a greater emphasis upon sports . . . there will be more news from the collegiate world . . . and we shall try to make the Collegian more representative of St. John's by running more alumni and faculty notes". The six-page paper policy has been a good one and one that has given us some of the best Collegians ever published, notably the edition following the expulsion of President Douglas Huntly Gordon last February. This edition was of the highest journalistic calibre throughout, giving a variety of opinion concerning the matter and an editorial which was quoted in the Baltimore Sun in its entirety. EDITOR LAMPLE — 85 — �The Student "Along the Road to Yesterday", the regular alumni column by Don Riley, '06, Council has been a feature of consistent interest to both the alumni and the student body. The feature page has broadened out during the past year until, with nine regular original features, it is the most read portion of our paper. Athletics have been given a larger space in the Collegian to the satisfaction of participants and readers. There have been numerous cuts of our prominent athletes and the Sports Biographer, which appears at intervals, is a decided asset to the page. The men in the news department have very steadily carried the burden of gathering and writing the news necessary to make up the most prominent part of the Collegian. Indeed, the cooperation of the entire staff has been generally excellent under the leadership of Davis, former editor, and Lampee. FORMERLY A powerless, unrecognized group on the campus, the Student Council has made important advances consistently during the last few years to arrive on the _^_^^^__^^__ , highest plane of judirecognition it has ever occupied at St. John's College. From a group of men whose previous duties consisted mainly in the penalization of students for infrac- assumed its rightful position as the chief tribunal for the trial of students guilty of STUDENT COUNCIL any misdemeanor. In addition to the regular closed meetings held every Tuesday evening the council this year procured the right to call an open meeting in the Great Hall at any time and force any accused student to appear before them for trial. Each offender has the right to summon witnesses to support his case before the questioning of any member of the council. If the offender is found guilty the council has the power of probation, suspension, or expulsion. The student may then appeal to his dean who presents the case before a meeting of the Faculty Council for further consideration. Through judicious and fair ruling the council has secured the whole-hearted support of the administration in its effort to curb unwelcome disturbances that occur on the campus. For the first time freshman rat rules were supervised by a recognized authorita— 86 tive body. At the beginning of the year the council drew up a set of rules and The Social gave them to the Sophomore Council for execution. Thus any serious infraction on Committee the part of a freshman was referred to the Student Council and dealt with in a more judicious manner than had been the case in the past. Last year's president of the Student Council was F. Gibbs LaMotte, who maintained the high position of the council on the campus. UNDER THE chairmanship of E. Carl Lyon the Social Committee has had another successful year, but this time from both the financial and social point of view. There has been a dance at least once a month since college opened, the orchestras have been uniformly good (the "Townsmen" were always a welcome addition to any dance), new decorations were purchased and the decorating itself was done in good taste. The outstanding event for which the Social Committee was responsible was the elaborate Homecoming Day of last November 18 when Lyon outdid himself in extensive preparations for the entertainment of returning graduates. The tea dance, the program of events during the alumni banquet, and the informal in the evening with the Townsmen Orchestra were all evidence that tedious and accurate plans had been made and executed to the satisfaction of all. In addition to this noteworthy achievement the numerous dances that have been held during the year have all had some distinctive characteristic. Some were prominent for novelty decorations, others for unusual lighting effects. Lyon deserves congratulations for having secured the most consistently good orchestra that has played at St. John's any number of times. Lyon's executive ability, however, would have gone to waste had it not been that h i s committeemen were willing to carry out the ambitions of another. Numerous times during the past year they worked under severe handicaps and yet every dance has been presentable in the highest degree. SOCIAL COMMITTEE Because of the effici— 87 — �King William ency and the ingenuity of the committee the student body has taken a decidedly Players new slant on college functions and has given them the full support they deserve as an indispensable part of the life at St. John's. THE KING WILLIAM Players, continuing the success which they earned last year with the presentation of Galsworthy's "Old English", launched a subscription plan at the beginning of this year and offered three excellent plays, all of which were given in the Circle Theater. The first of the group was A. A. Milne's "The Dover Road" in which Robert Noble Sosman, Robert Crane Leatherbee, Miss Duer McNair, Miss Louise Platt and Robert Henry Lampee had imKING WILLIAM PLAYERS portant roles. The play was given two performances at the "Circle" on Sunday, November 19, and was favorably reviewed in the Collegian by Professor Richard Scofield. Vernon M. Novicki directed the production. Departing from the custom with the production of their second play of the year, the Players invited Dr. Nathan Comfort Starr of the English Department to direct it. The play selected was "Outward Bound", a drama about life after death written by Sutton Vane, an English clergyman. Leatherbee, Sosman, Lampee, Miss McNair and Miss Platt again played important parts, while newcomers in the cast were Miss Augusta Burwell Melvin, Roland M. Bailey, Paul Mason and Mr. John Thomas Rodgers of the faculty. The play was given in the Circle Theater for two performances on Sunday, February 11. The last of the three plays offered under the subscription plan was "Goodbye Again", a very successful comedy written by Allan Scott and George Haight, which had a long run of over six months when it was originally produced in New York last year, and which was also made into a movie. The King William Players presented it in April. Begun originally as a small dramatic group which presented plays on the stage of Humphreys' Hall, the King William Players in the last two years have grown 88 — into one of the most important and one of the finest amateur dramatic organizations The Concert ever seen in Annapolis. They have found eager response from the people of the Orchestra town as well as from the college and have done more than any other organization on the campus to reestablish a friendly relationship between the town and the college. A number of Annapolis girls have appeared with the Players at various times during the two years. UNDER THE direction of Professor Adoiph Torovsky, the St. John's College Symphony Orchestra has completed another very successful season. Three concerts were offered during the past year—one in December, another in March, and a third in May. For each succeeding concert Professor Torovsky chose increasingly more difficult music, but every time the orchestra has lived up to his expectations and has given a fine performance. Each of these concerts was extremely well received by an audience for the most part composed of townspeople, and members of the faculty and their wives. In the first concert the orchestra was assisted by Joseph Florestano, '34, tenor, and Miss Theresa Florestano, accompanist. Following two orchestra numbers by Erkel and Schubert, Florestano presented a group of five tenor solos, every one of which was a credit to his ability. His last number especially, "La Danza, Tarantella", by Rossini, displayed talent and his clear enunciation in its rapid phrases; but it took "Twilight", by Katherine Glen to bring out the full richness and quality of his CONCERT ORCHESTRA voice. The orchestra then concluded the program with selections from Schubert, Ziehrer, and Offenbach. Although the members of the orchestra and director receive Delta Omicron credit, the concert orchestra is not strictly a ollege affair. As has been the custom for a number of years, men are brought from Baltimore, Annapolis, and Washington to fill in with necessary instruments. Since the majority of these positions cannot be taken by St. John's men, but are essential to the orchestra, the custom has been accepted. Also, with each concert, the orchestra >§ecures some soloist, either vocal 89 — �The or instrumental, to add to the program between the selections of the orchestra. SomeBand times these soloists are accomplished musicians from outside the college, but often, as in the case of Joseph Florestano, the artist of the evening is a St. John's man. DURING the past year the St. John's College Band adequately fulfilled its primary purpose on the campus in playing for every home athletic contest and for several out-oftown games—notably the Hopkins' football game, the Maryland basketball game, and several important lacrosse games. In spite of the almost negligible attendance at scheduled rehearsals on Tuesday and ThursTHE BAND ^av nights the attendance for games was abnormally large, often necessitating the hiring of a bus for transportation to outof-town games. Playing away from college, the band made a consistently favorable impression and was an asset in leading songs for our rooting section. In addition to these appearance they always played for home games either in the gymnasium or on the athletic field. Without any feature opportunities such as the Cambridge trip of last year, the band's outstanding performance consisted in leading the snake-dance and pajama parade through the streets of Annapolis preparatory to the burning of the pre-Hopkins game bon-fire on the back campus. With the capable Professor Adolf Torovsky still in charge, the band has maintained the interest with which it was founded four years ago. As a reward for their energetic work of previous years the members now receive Delta Omicron recognition as a minor activity. Each member receives one point this year, and the student director two points. Harry Wellington Stevens was the student director and John R. Blackistone, business manager. ANOTHER organization with the name—The St. John's Collegians—was started again this year under the supervision of Professor R. Clyde Smith and the director- _ 90 — ship of William L. McD. Herson of the Junior Class. This year's group, however is of a slightly higher caliber than those of previous years mainly because of the fact that they have had better organized practices and the men who are playing are more familiar with music. With scheduled practices twice a week, and sometimes oftener, the Collegians have gradually increased their repertoire to include seventy-five numbers of which the greater part are up to date; but they have shown good taste also in including some of the old pieces that will never become unpopular no matter how much they are played. In addition to straight music the present Collegians vary their program occasionally by the use or any one of the four soloists, J. Florestano, Herson, Quimby, and Games — Florestano is a tenor and the others just sing. The orchestra has also sesecured amplifiers in order to facilitate playing in large halls. These were first used when the orchestra journeyed to Washington last February to make its debut. "ST. JOHN'S COLLEGIANS" The personnel of the group includes the following: Piano, O'Connor and Florestano; saxaphone, Quimby, Games, ond Crawford; violin, Kantor; trumpet, MacFarlm and C Horn; tuba Stevens; traps, Baptista; guitar, Johnson and Bailey. Throughout the late winter and spring this group played engagements in various towns and cities surrounding Annapolis. TN THE EARLY part of November, under the direction of Professor Ford K. Brown, and with the inspiration of Robert M. Snibbe, '37, the long defunct Literary Club was reorganized. A program committee composed of Snibbe, O Uonnell, Novey, Dearing, and Kent was appointed and a definite program was aid out tor the meetings which were held every other Friday in the English Room of McDowell 1 Discussion in practically all the meetings was carried on by the students themselves but in several meetings members of the faculty attended and took a large part in the arguments that frequently arose. Essays, short stories, and poems were , — 91 — �The Literary Club LITERARY CLUB and criticised in the meetings with the idea of permitting literary interest among the student body and faculty. A special shelf is maintained in the office room of the library for the books which individual members have contributed for other members of the club to use. In order to encourage further literary activity in the club, Mrs _ Ford K BrQwn has offered a prize of ten dollars to the member who writes the best short story of the adventure type. Mrs. Brown is herself a well-known writer, and has had several novels published of the mystery thriller type, which have been even more popular in England than in this country. Mrs. Brown has also offered to turn the winning manuscript over to her literary agent for possible publication. THROUGHOUT THE past few years while many old clubs were breaking up OSLER PRE-MEDICAL CLUB and many others were being founded for perhaps a year or so and then, too, ceasing to exist, the Osier PreMedical Club has assumed a position as a fixed organization on the campus. It has been the feeling of good fellowship and t h e encouragement from the achievements of past members that has made this organization a a valuable connection available for any member of the student body. The Osier PreIn the bi-monthly meetings, topics in the various fields of science are discussed Medical Club by the members. Not infrequently guest speakers address the club and occasionally the club goes to neighboring cities to visit points of interest associated with their work. In October members of the club, accompanied by Professor Fred W. Appel, visited the Army Medical Museum in Washington to obtain a view of the library of medical volumes there and to observe a variety of other exhibits relative to the field of medicine. Last January Doctor Robert S. G. Welch of Annapolis, a former St. John's man, addressed members of the club on the subject "The Eye". His talk covered the history of eye treatment from antiquity up to the more exacting methods of treatment demanded by civilization today. In February the Osier Club was the guest of Dr. Henry E. Sigerist, President of the Institute of the History of Medicine at Johns Hopkins University. Dr. Sigerist gave a short illustrated talk on "The History of Medicine", and then conducted the members of the Osier Club through the library. After this the trip was ended by a light luncheon in the social room of the Institute. On February 16th the Osier Club presented a three-reel motion picture on "Normal and Cancerous Tissue". The picture was furnished through the courtesy of Dr. Arthur H. Estarbrook of the Cancer Control Society of New York. The first reel showed the preparation of a culture from plasma and embryonic juices; the second was mainly concerned with the growth of normal tissues; the third demonstrated the growth of the cancer cells in the cultures. The Biology Department of St. John's is responsible in great part for the fact that this club is a valuable asset to the extra-curricular life of St. John's. These men have constantly given advice and proposed ideals that add to the activity of the club and serve to hold the interest of the present members and continually draw additional ones. Fiorino Peter Froio, who was president of the club last year, worked faithfully in its behalf. THE GERMAN CLUB is a fine example of the liberal education available to a student at St. John's College. Its membership included not only those who are studying the language but those whose individual interests are widely spread in other fields and yet have a common bond resulting from their interest in the civilization of Germany. The club was organized for the benefit of students who were interested in Germany; not only for its history, culture and science. At the monthly meetings held at the home of Professor Richard Kuehnemund, faculty member and professor of German at St. John's, a group of about twenty men gather for a social hour or two spent in discussing subjects relative to German life. The discussions are prefaced by a short talk by one of the members &id terminated in a general dis- — 93 — �'The German sion about his subject. Club Occasional meetings are devoted to German music. The members gather around the piano to sing many old German songs while Professor Kuehnemund plays the accompaniment. At other times Professor K u e h n emund gives short recitals for the enjoyment of the members. After each meeting refreshments are served, usually beer and pretzels, to maintain the atmosphere of old Germany. During the year Professor Karl Geiser of Oberlin College addressed the club on GERMAN CLUB r T • r «K* j the subject of "Modern Germany". This was the best attended meeting of the year and the discussion following Professor Geiser's talk offered those present a good store of critical and beneficial information relative to the subject. ORIGINALLY FOUNDED three years ago on the St. John's campus, the Varsity Club was reorganized last spring by some of the coaches, together with the outstanding athletes of the college. This past year it has gradually demanded its rightfully important position on the campus as representative of the clean sportsmanship of which St. John's has been proud. The frequent meetings in the Quiet Room have always led to the betterment of the athletic situation at St. John's and through adherence to the purposes set forth in the preamble of its constitution adopted last year they have molded a fine organization. Instead of limiting its activities exclusively to athletics the Varsity Club sponsored several dances during the past year. The first, held in Iglehart Hall following the basketball game with Elon College, was a distinct success, socially and financially, mainly for the reason that the Townsmen Orchestra was secured for the occasion. They also held a dance in Baltimore on February 28, the night of the Hopkins' basketball game; another in Iglehart Hall during the past lacrosse season; and several afternoon tea dances this past spring. The aim and purpose of the club is so well explained in the preamble to its constitution that to do full justice to its high ideals it must be quoted in its — 94 — entirety: "The 'Object' shall be to maintain the highest ideal of amateur sport in The Varsity the college; to help promote the development of physical education; to encourage Club standardization of the rules of all athletic games; to urge competition and participation of all students at St. John's in athletics. "To stand for a high sense of honor, fair play and courtesy toward our opponents and act as hosts to guests, officials and spectators; to stop to no petty technicalities to avoid rules, or to take unfair advantage of opponents. "Furthermore, we purpose to help promote and aid in directing the athletic interests of our members, to develop and strengthen a more substantial and practical relationship between its members, the various other organizations on the campus, and the Alumni; to foster Intercollegiate Athletics in every form in order that they may improve physical condition, strengthen the morale of the students and VARSITY CLUB f orm a constituent part of that education for which we were established and are maintained." UNDER AN entirely new system of organization the Colonial Club was again refounded the early part of the past year. With the primary aim of fostering and promoting good feeling between the various groups on the campus, the membership of the club has been selected from every fraternity in order to be certain of a widespread ground on which to impress the atmosphere of fellowship. The members of the club are men prominent in the social activities of the college and who strive to maintain the colonial atmosphere of St. John's. At the first meeting of the group past Colonial Clubs were condemned for the reason that they were primarily money-making organizations the members of which were interested solely in enjoying themselves at the expense of those of the student body who contributed to the receipts from the dances. The present group has presented dances at which the price of admission merely covered expenses. The outstanding function sponsored by the Colonial Club, and considered by some to be the most prominent social event of the year, was the formal reception — 95 �The Colonial held in the historic Great Hall room of McDowell Hall, in honor of Douglas Club Huntley Gordon. For many years this room has been used for nothing more than lectures and concerts, but on March the third it was the scene of true gayety for the first time, perhaps, since the Marquis de Lafayette was received there quite some time ago. After the reception a formal dance was held in Iglehart Hall. The members and officers of the club are as follows: William B. Matthews, Jr., president; Chas. S. Catherman, Jr., secretary - treasurer; COLONIAL CLUB Charles E. Dearing, II, F. Gibbs LaMotte, Edmund P. Wells, Dalton M. Welty, E. Carl Lyon, Vincent Mayer, Henry C. Smith, King Usher, Miller White, and Louis Snyder. ROBERT C. CRAWFORD, Jerome D. Goodman, and Henry C. Smith have for the past year held the most highly prized award of the college—the Senior Fellowship. Each year the Board of Visitors and Governors has the power to select not more than three men for this recognition "taking into consideration, and being guided by, not merely the academic grades attained by the students during the first three years of their course, though due weight shall be given SENIOR FELLOWS to these grades; but also, and chiefly, by the interest in, devotion to, and promise of notable achievement — 96 — in the intellectual life, as evidenced by the work and attitudes of the students during Senior the first three years of their course." Fellows The only requirement made of these men since the beginning of their senior year has been that they must have been in residence at St. John's College. These men have been free to do as they choose for the past eight months—no examinations, no fees payable to the college, and no attendance to classes. They have been placed "on their own" and have been allowed to study in any field of academic work that they chose. They have also creditably survived the only two means by which they might have been deprived of their honor—"because of the commission of a crime, as defined by the laws of the State of Maryland", or "because the Fellow becomes insane, as defined by the laws of the State of Maryland." As their senior write-ups show, all three of these men have been active in scholastic and extra-curricular activity. Throughout the past year their interest in the activities of the campus has not been relaxed and they have carried on the fine traditions set by their predecessors. ON TUESDAY evening, December 19, 1933, the Key Society was formally inaugurated on the St. John's campus by a banquet at the Blue Lantern Inn attended by former President Douglas Huntly Gordon, Professor Nathan C. Starr and charter members of the club. The society is the result of a movement on the campus that had been gradually developing since the first of the year and had been KEY SOCIETY ta}ked Qf for several years previous. Professors McLaren and Brown are members and the entire administration has given the movement enthusiastic approval. Existing throughout the past year under the handicap of newness and a consequent lack of precedent and living without the bond of a building on the campus which it could call home, the Key Society has functioned exceedingly well during its first year. Articles of Agreement which were drawn up when the club was first organized defined the word "Society" in the finest and broadest sense of the word — 97 — �The Key Society; to mean not merely an organization existing for the bettermen of its members but The Black and a constructive force in the lives of all the members of the college. Orange Society Joseph Novey, president of the society, made no rash promises concerning the future of the club, but with the fine start made this year on the basis of support of all that is for the cultural and social advancement of St. John's College. In addition to their weekly meetings the members occasionally meet for informal lecture gatherings down-town, followed by dinner. They have also met informally for dinner a number of times during the year. Last March the society sponsored a formal dance at the Southern Hotel in Baltimore as their first big social event of the year. This was followed in the Spring by several other dances that were considered by the members and those of the student body who attended to be increasingly successful. The membership of the society is as follows: Joseph Novey, president; William Gideon, vice-president first half year; Milton Katz, vice-president second half year; Max Glickman, recorder; Melville Bisgyer, Jerome Goodman, Asher Hollander, Louis Horn, Lawrence Kantor, Lewis Putzel, R. L. Rascovar, Isadore Scher, Irving Silver, E. P. Snyder. the athletic publicity of the College. It took care of the advertising of the games, Delta Kappa the gates, and the gate receipts at the games. This department also published pro- **»*' grams given out at the games and also schedules of the team in folder form. The Department of Cheer Leading was added to give more recognition to the cheer leaders and to provide for better organization of both the cheer leaders and the cheering sections. They arranged the pep meetings held from time to time and saw to it that the student body was more unified at the games. The need for some planned achievement along this line has long been needed at St. John's but no one has heretofore accepted the responsibility. That the managers, in addition to their other burdens, are carrying out the purposes of the Society in an efficient and consequential way demands nothing but the highest praise. DELTA KAPPA PHI, "WE, THE Managers and Assistant Managers of the varsity sports of St. John's College, do join together to better the system of management of sports, to advance our position in the minds of the students, faculty, and alumni, to help maintain the highest ideal of amateur sport, to promote the development of physical education, and to urge the participation of all students in some form of activity. "Furthermore, we stand for a high sense of honor, fair play, and courtesy toward our guests, officials, and spectators." This is the preamble to the constitution of the BLACK AND ORANGE SOCIETY Orange and Black Society—a new club formed during the past year. The Society is divided into nine departments with the undergraduate manager supervising all of them. The Society added to the five departments of the five recognized sports at St. John's the Departments of Intramurals, Publicity, Advertising, and Cheer Leading. The Departments of Publicity and Advertising handled all now in its fifth year of existence, is a local honorary scholastic fraternity, corresponding to Phi Beta Kappa, the national scholastic organization. It is the purpose of the group to join the national organization and for the past five years they have been petitioning for membership. Consequently, the society has maintained exceedingly high scholastic standards in order to be eligible for Phi Beta Kappa. The aim of the local group is to promote scholarship and friendship at St. John's College. To be eligible for membership seniors must have been on the first or second groups of the Dean's List at the end of their freshman, sophomore, and junior years, and midyear of their senior year. Juniors, to be eligible, must have been on the first group of the rank list at the end of their freshman and sophomore years and at midyear DELTA KAPPA PHI of their junior year. The men selected for this honor are decided upon by the faculty members of the fraternity, ex-president Douglas Huntly Gordon, Professors Elliot and McFarlin. Last June Week the selections were decided upon and of the students now in school Jerome Daniel Goodman and Eugene Paul Belcher were named. Of these two men Belcher has been outstanding in scholastic activities, while Goodman has distinguished himself in both scholastic and extra-curricular activities, having been awarded the Delta Omicron key for participation in the latter. — 98 — — 99 — �CHAPTER FIVE ATHLETICS W ITH THE exception of the 1933 lacrosse team, the records of the teams playing varsity sports at St. John's last year are such that all who are ,,. interested in St. John's may look at them with pride. The past year has Record witnessed changes for the better in the administration of athletics at St. John's. By far the most important was the abolishment of the freshman rule prior to the beginning of the football season. This change made available for use on the varsity teams many men who hitherto had been able to play only on freshman teams. As a result the records compiled by the various teams during the current season have been far above the average of those compiled in the few years that the freshman rule was in force. There have also been changes in the managerial personnel. A new department was created to take care of the publicity of the teams and this has also been created the post of undergraduate-manager of athletics. The net result has been to have the sports of the college organized upon a firmer and more concentrated foundation. The intramural department broadened its scope during the fall. It joined the the Inter-college Intramural Athletic Association, which is composed of institutions in Maryland and the District of Columbia. The purpose of this organization is to conduct intramural athletics between the schools on the same basis as varsity athletics without the publicity and pressure that constantly figure in varsity contests. The Association has been instrumental in the standardization of rules under which the intramural contests are conducted. Mostly because of the, untiring efforts of Coach Valentine Lentz the stock room has reached a new peak in efficiency and operation. It is now a proud boast of the department that each sport has at least two changes of uniform in case of emergency. The equipment is the latest and best that can be gotten. The element of personal safety is the prime consideration in outTODY RIGGS i \JLJ i H.1UVJJO . . . 1 • 1' • 1 1 11 Director of Athletics fitting each individual athlete. A new playing field is in the making on the back campus. It lies just beside the varsity field on what used to be a swamp. The Civil Works Administration — 101 — �Varsity appropriated money to cut down the brush and fill the swamp with the dirt that Lacrosse bounded the field. When this project is finished the field will be a welcome addition to the athletic campus of St. John's College. With the three National Championship teams of '29, '30 and '31 as examples, plans were laid at the end of the '32 season so that the 1933 St. John's lacrosse team could again win the national championship. The blow that blasted our championship hopes was dealt by the United States Intercollegiate Lacrosse Association when it voted in favor of a radical change in the lacrosse code which had been in use ever since that association had been organized. The change speeded up lacrosse for the benefit of the spectator by shortening the field from 100 to 80 yards and reducing the size of the teams from twelve to ten men. The slow maneuvering tactics which enabled St. John's to ascend the national throne of lacrosse for three consecutive years was no longer fitted to compete with the fast type of break that was needed under the new rules. Our lacrosse coach, William "Dinty" Moore, knew that it DINTY MOORE was a huge task to destroy the old system which the St. John's men had so ably grasped and then install a new type of play almost over night. This consideration did not seem to daunt him as he arranged one of the longest and hardest schedules ever drawn up for a St. John's team. Not only were the strongest state teams scheduled, but also the strongest teams from outside the state. It was found that of the fifteen men counted on for duty this year only ten men were available to play. This meant that Coach Moore had not only to train the sophomore men VARSITY LACROSSE TEAM varsity tactics but also to teach an altogether new system so that the powerful opponents could be battled on even terms. The green sophomore team that resulted, although unable to forget the slow break entirely, managed to brush aside obstacles and end the ; — 102 — season with a record of four wins, five losses, and one tie. Although the team as a whole was inexperienced, there were several individuals who stood out. First among these was Angus Lamond. A polished stick handler who had the ability to stop fast, twisting dodgers made "Angie" the choice of the Intercollegiate Lacrosse Association for a "point" position on the All-star American team which was to battle a Canadian team at the World's Fair in Chicago. Having played but two years of lacrosse, Johnny Donohue was named on the second team. He was quick to grasp the finesse of the game and as a result was picked with Dave Nopper from the 1932 freshman team to work with the varsity for the Olympic tryouts held in Baltimore. Nopper was mentioned for All-American in 1932 because of his sterling performance in one game of the Olympic play-off series. All of these men were picked for various All-Maryland teams at their respective positions. The Baltimore Evening Sun put Lamond on the first team and Nopper on the second; the Sunday Sun picked both Lamond and Nopper on the first team and Donohue on the second; the News put Lamond and Donohue on the first team and Nopper on the second. From this it may be seen that St. John's had its share of outstanding players. The 1933 St. John's lacrosse team faced the alumni in a practice game before attempting to gain the supremacy of the lacrosse world. The contest was held in a steady downfall of snow and Coach Moore was not able to note how his experiments with the new type of attack were progressing. The alumni were both snowed under by the weather and by the varsity. The exact score could not be ascertained at the end of the game because everyone was too thrilled by the spills to pay any strict attention to the goals scored. The intercollegiate schedule was opened on April 1st when the St. John's team trounced Washington College in a rough and tumble home battle by the score 6-1. A St. John's team composed of the first string defense and the reserve attackmen fought a surprisingly strong opposition to a standstill in the first quarter. At the beginning of the second quarter the varsity attack was sent in by Coach Moore. The fireworks started immediately. Nopper, sophomore first attack, executed a neat dodge to shoot the ball beyond the reach of Fritz Reinhold, the visiting goalie. Lou Scheffenacker used similar tactics to dent the netting for the second tally. Washington College made their first and only goal when an Eastern Shoreman flipped the ball in while Gibby LaMotte was drawn out to the edge of the crease by a scrimmage. MacCartee, Scheffenacker, and Doug Ramsay got the remaining goals. Jim Parks, captain and goal tender, and Cal Lotz snared individual honors in the remaining moments of play by comCaptain pletely rejecting all the thrusts that our guests made. —103 — All-American Selections St. John'sWashington College �St. John'sIn a mid-week engagement St. John's prevailed over the Harvard team on Harvard our athletic field, contrary to the prediction of Bobby Pool, St. John's alumnus and Harvard lacrosse coach. Nevertheless, the Johnnies were shaken up and the end saw us only on the long end of a 4-3 score. Later on in the summer the Lacrosse Association met and ruled out one of our goals which Bobby Pool had disputed, thus making the score a tie. In the goal in question Dave Nopper had just dodged his defense and was going in to shoot—without anyone in the crease between him and the goalie—when a foul was called. He shot and the goal was counted. The referee stood by his decision and was not influenced by the Harvard protests. Had he not counted the goal the St. John's team might have fought harder during the rest of the game and really won in a bigger way but as it was the team played defensive lacrosse the greater part of the last half. AMOND Bill Reed, '36 reserve attack, opened the scoring of the game for our team but the Crimson retaliated by getting two goals and thus assuming the lead. The first string attack was sent in and Nopper tied the score by twisting clear of the Harvard defense to shoot the disputed goal. Carl MacCartee, '34, put St. John's ahead by adding another point before the half ended. Lou Scheffenacker was. responsible for the last home score by virtue of a long screened shot. Harvard slammed a fast one through LaMotte but after that the defense tightened up and proved impregnable to the Crimson. Cal Lotz was the bright light in the St. John's line-up of this game as he repeatedly cleared the ball. St. John's got its third victory by beating the Hopkins Varsity Club 5-0. The better conditioned home team ihad little trouble with the tried veterans of many a lacrosse fight. After the first quarter in which Hunky LaMotte had scored on a long shot and several other easy shots had been missed the first string attack was put in. Nopper scored first when he executed a running dodge and shot the ball for the second goal. Nopper passed to MacCartee for the third goal and MacCartee alone DONOHUE worked his way into an opening to score the fourth counter. Ramsay screened Donohue's long shot perfectly for the final. Our attack was a hard riding one and consequently the Varsity Club did not gain possession of the ball long enough to attempt many scoring tactics. St. John's was defeated at Swarthmore, Pennsylvania, where the Garnet team surprised us and sport fans when they beat us by a 7-4 score. This game showed — 104 — the St. John's team at its worst in many years. After the Garnet team had piled up Swarthmore; three goals the green sophomore St. John's team lost its head. Lou Scheffenacker Mt. Washington; registered our lone score in the first period after taking a pass from Nopper. The C. C. N. Y. Swarthmore team kept taking advantage of their extra men and were able to score twice before the half. Not only was the Johnnie game hindered by lack of numbers but also by the Garnet goalie, Davies, who made sensational stops all afternoon to play like an Ail-American. The St. John's team came back fighting in the last half. The comeback was led by Doug Ramsay, in-home, who shot two goals in rapid succession. Scheffenacker made the remaining point. Swarthmore, meanwhile, added two scores to their total by taking advantage of extra men. Hunky LaMotte played a wonderful game and fought so hard that he had to be helped from the field at the finish. The team dropped its secSt. John's had possession of ond straight game away from the ball for the greater part of home to the Mt. Washington the first half but was unsucLacrosse Club in Baltimore. cessful in attempts to penetrate The person responsible for the clubmen's defense. Guild our defeat was Lome Guild, made his three scores in the former star attack at Hopkins. first quarter while we were In the Olympic play-off series held scoreless. However, a the year before he tallied fighting Johnnie team retalithrice for Hopkins and thereated and Lou Scheffenacker by ruined our hopes. A year and Hunky LaMotte each got later he repeated for Mt. one goal before the rest period Washington and was instruto pull their mates to within mental in having the score 5-3 one goal of the victors. Bunny against us. NOPPER Casassa led the defense in checking the opposing attack in the second quarter and as a result they did not score. In the second half the Mt. Washington ten utilized a break which proved to be the undoing of the Johnnies. With an extra man, they scored twice in rapid succession so that the young St. John's team, hindered by lack of numbers, could play only upon the defense until the penalized man came back upon the field. The Johnnies began another rally in the final quarter but it fell short of its intended goal. Three scores were needed for a tie but the team could make only one. It was made by Carl MacCartee when the contest was near its end. The team was beaten but the spectators recognized the strength of the St. John's team as the statistics on the game proved. The St. John's team was successful in remaining undefeated upon their own territory when the City College of New York team came down and was beaten by a 12-1 score. The Johnnie attack scored almost at will and experienced comparatively little difficulty in playing on a soggy field. Doug Ramsay, in-home, led his —105 — �St. John'sHopkins St. John'sArmy teammates to a win by scoring five goals. Two were gotten in the first period in which the home team got off to a flying start by scoring seven goals. The visitors were able to score only once and this when the St. John's line-up was weakened by substitutes. The first team replaced the substitutes after the rest priod. The attack was built around Ramsay in the third quarter and with all his teammates acting as feeders, he got three more goals. Ed McCrea scored the final tally just before the end of the game. A night game played in a heavy downpour of rain was the next game lost by the St. John's team. When the rain and most of the shouting had died away one of the greatest Hopkins teams in the history of lacrosse had beaten a rather surprised Johnnie team by a 13-1 score. Hopkins simply had too great an array of lacrosse players for St. John's. The morale of the Johnny team was sufficiently broken after the Hopkins team had piled up five goals in the first half and the Blue Jays easily scored the rest of the goals. Not that our team gave up, for it did not! Everyone knew that it was impossible for an inexperienced team to overcome such a lead and fight its way to victory over the veteran Hopkins squad which by her play last year easily defeated the best lacrosse teams in the country, to win the National Championship. From the very start of the contest, St. John's ran into trouble in trying to work the ball in near the Hopkins goal so that the various plays could be put into use. As it was, the men were checked out far beyond the shooting circle, so that if a man did work himself inside the ring he was covered before he had chance enough to get set for a shot. Our only goal of the contest was a long shot attempted by Johnny Donohue from outside the shooting circle and which luckily bounced off the Hopkins goalie and into the net. St. John's traveled to West Point during exam week to meet the Army. For over three-quarters of the game the St. John's team stood firm. A last-minute endeavor by the Army team, however, surprised a tired Johnnie team and while it was trying its best to recuperate, Army had just enough time and advantage to score another goal and win the game, 4-3. Both teams failed to score in the first quarter but the Johnnies gained the lead before the half when Carl MacCartee passed to Dave Nopper, who shot the goal. Army tied the score but a pass from Nopper to Usher again placed the Johnnie ^^_^^^ team i*1 the lead. Usher then scored the last St. John's goal SCHEFFENACKER alone. The Cadets, however, came back and scored on a long shot. In the last few minutes of the game the Army took advantage of extra men to score two more goals to win. Jim Parks, captain and goal keeper, played in All-American style throughout the game to gain individual honors. — 106 — After holding a two-goal lead at half time against the University of Maryland St. Johnsteam in the final scrap of the 1933 season, the Johnnies were nosed out in the last Maryland few minutes and lost to their rivals by a 9-5 decision. A few minutes after play started a cloudburst momentarily held up the game. Intermittent showers left the players as well as the rooters soaked to the skin and the 80-yard playing ground was in a very soggy condition. As a result the game immediately took on the aspects of roughness. Accurate passing was impossible because of the wet sticks. The natural result was that numerous loose balls and wild scrambles caused illfeeling between the two teams whose body-checking and stickslashing thrilled the spectators. Faber, Maryland in-home, got the first goal by taking a pass close in on the crease for the initial score. After not scoring in the first quarter, the St. John's team tied the score and went ahead with a two-goal lead at half time. Jimmy Hays, Johnnie center, after being ineligible for the greater part of CASASSA the season, gained the spotlight by getting the first two goals and passing to Hunky LaMotte for the third. The Maryland team, which is known as a "second half club", came out after the intermission fresh in a dry outfit while the St. John's team did not have a dry set of uniforms along. Even so, Johnny Donohue increased the lead on a long screen shot to put his teammates on the long end of a 4-1 count. On the next face-off Pugh, All-American Maryland center, started the bambardment which netted his team eight goals in the second half and insured the Old Liners a victory against the tired, muddy, St. John's ten. The Johnnies made their last thrust when Donohue passed to Casassa to deadlock the scoring at five-all. Sothoron entered the game at this point and with a long dash down the field put Maryland in the lead which they never lost. A tired Johnnie defense could not cope with the more fresh Maryland team and Pugh, Sothoron, and Vincent each scored for Maryland a few minutes before the closing whistle. Hays, by his offensive work could be classed as the Johnnie star while Donohue was not far behind by virtue of his general offensive and defensive work. The Maryland game marked the final appearance of CapUSHER tain Jim Parks, goal tender, and Whip Williams, wing defense. Billy Reed and Bull Evans have not returned to school. With so many veterans back and with the abolishment of the freshman rule the prospects are bright for the 1934 season. — 107—. �Freshman THE FRESHMAN lacrosse team finished up the season with the record of having Lacrosse lost but one game by the narrow margin of one goal to a fighting Poly team which had defeated the freshmen of the year before by one goal. Ably coached by Bill Stromeyer, who developed a smooth working team from the few boys who did know lacrosse, the team improved fast toward the end of the season and beat a New York team by the score of 3-1. A practice game was played at Severn on March 28th, with both coaches on the field to note and correct the misplays made. The final score of this game was in Severn's favor. The first game showed several defects. The men were not in shape. The passing was bad. Two men stood out. Desch, for his feeding, and Kesmodel for his goal tending. On April 7 the official game was played with Severn. The frosh won this by the score of 5-2. Not once after the first five minutes was the result ever in doubt. The team had possession of the ball most of the time and only wild shooting kept the score as low as it was for the freshmen. Crane opened the WINGATE scoring for the St. John's team by tallying after receiving a pass from Sutton. Soon afterward Crane passed to Sutton, who quickly netted the ball for the second score. In the second quarter Ham Wingate passed to Sutton on the crease to score another goal. Larry Crane scored on a quick dash in the third period while Sutton crashed his way through the Severn defense in the fourth period to end the scoring. The frosh lost their only game a week before the Easter holidays by a single goal to the Baltimore Polytechnic team. The margin of victory was scored on the opening face-off when Grochmal got the ball and dashed to the goal to score. The fast break which the Poly team used throughout the game spelled defeat for the young St. John's team whose play was not up to standard. The team play was ragged from start to finish. Sutton, who scored two of the three St. John's goals, was the outstanding Johnny player. Desch scored the remaining goal. Although not having had any practice, the freshmen came back after the Easter holidays to defeat the Baltimore City College team, 8-6. It was a thrilling game from start to finish with the lead see-sawing from one team to another. Ham Wingate opened up both barrels in this game against his old KIBLER mates and was, in a large measure, responsible for the victory. He kept going all the time and made himself conspicuous by his good passwork. Hodges held Charley Ellinger in check and thus helped hold the City score down. On May 5 the freshmen defeated the Central High team of Washington by — 108 — the score of 7-3. Although the frosh won, their playing was off again. They made Freshman bad passes, they could not dodge, and their plays failed to work. Central scored Lacrosse first but soon after Sutton cut around the edge of the crease and tied the score. Sutton repeated in the second quarter on a pass from Larry Crane. Brown passed to Wingate for the third quarter and passed to Sutton for the fourth score. Clark passed to Sutton again for a goal before the quarter ended. Sutton made two more goals on individual dashes in the final period, to gain high scoring honors. In the final the freshmen defeated Alexander Hamilton High of New York by the score of 3-1. The attack failed to function in this game mainly because of the heat. Instead, the players seemed inclined to rough it up. Wingate led the scoring with two goals. Kibler, who came along fast at the end of the season, scored the other. Kibler played well in this game as did goalie Kesmodel who played like an All-American. The visitors scored their only goal late in the second half. Sparling scored KESMODEL when he made a fast break and caught a pass close to the goal. There are some freshmen on this team that should materially help next year's varsity. The experience gained in the sport will help lessen the scarcity of manpower which is felt by Coach Dinty Moore in his endeavors to put a high class team on the field. The last game was a fitting climax to a most successful season. The Frosh defeated some of the best prep-school lacrosse teams in the country. Although losing to Baltimore Polytechnic Institute, they beat City College of Baltimore, who were prep-school champions in this section. The success of the team was probably mainly due to the untiring efforts of Head Coach Bill Stromeyer and his assistant, Bill Ziegler. Since the above article was written a year has passed by and five of the men named above have seen varsity service, namely—Kesmodel, varsity goalie; Sutton, close attack; Kibler, close attack; Sellman, midfield defense; Crane, midfield attack. All have given valuable service on a varsity team that was headed SUTTON for another national championship until stopped by Hopkins. A word of editorial comment will surely not be resented here by the editor of the 1935 RAT-TAT when we say that the improvement of the '34 lacrosse team over the one in '33 was almost phenomenal. — 109- �Varsity Tennis THE 1933 TENNIS season began at St. John's with an unusual display of interest on the part of the student body. Heretofore the sport had been on an intramural basis. Under the leadership of Coach Ben Gold and Manager Purnell a schedule was arranged to include most of the colleges in Maryland. The team was handicapped during the early part of the season by a lack of practice. This was caused by rain and by the condition of the courts. In our first meet with George Washington University of Washington the lack of practice was clearly seen. The final score of the meet was George Washington 8, St. John's 1. Pickering, the number three man on the St. John's team, played good tennis to defeat his opponent in three sets and thus save the Johnnies from a shut-out. The team went to Westminster, Maryland, on the 13th of May and was beaten, 6-3, by Western Maryland after some closely contested sets. Dick Woodman started things off by winning from Griesiel of Western Maryland in straight sets. No other Johnnie was able to win his singles Captain Hofmeister and Ben Whiting teamed up in doubles to defeat their opponents in VARSITY TENNIS TEAM straight sets. Woodman and Pickering took the second doubles match after a tough fight. St. John's won the last match of the season from Loyola College of Baltimore by the score of 6-3. In this meet the team as a whole played excellent tennis to provide a fitting climax for the season. The play of Captain Hofmeister and Dick Woodman in this last contest is to be especially commended. They were largely responsible for the only victory of the year because of their sterling work in both singles and doubles play. Rain caused the cancellation of other meets. The season may be considered as fairly successful in terms of meets won and lost and if inclement weather had not made necessary the cancellation of the other meets, the season might have proven to be more successful. Captain John Hofmeister was the only player lost through graduation, thus the prospects for the next season are encouraging. The team will have such players as Dick Woodman, Langdon Pickering, Bill Purnell, and Miller White as a nucleus. With these men as a starting group a team can be built up which will give a good account of itself for 1934. — 110 — THANKSGIVING DAY brought to a close one of the most successful football seasons in recent years at St. John's College. Faced with a minimum of material at the beginning of the year, Head Coach Tody Riggs' first statement for publication was that the team would be stronger than last year's but with less reserve material. However, with the abolishment of the freshman rule on the eve of the opening game a part of his reserve worries were over. A new spirit shown by both athletes and students made itself noticeable and contributed not a little to the success of the team. The season opened with a game at College Park with the University of Maryland team. This game was won by Maryland by the score of 20-0. Two of their touchdowns came as the direct result of forward passes and one as an indirect result of an aerial. Earl Widmyer, speedy halfback of the Maryland team, was the particular thorn in the side of the Johnnies as he scored two touchdowns, kicked one point, and made the first down that started the Old Liners on the march to another touchdown, before leaving the game. St. John's made a threat to score in the first quarter by getting the ball up to the six-yard line, but the best the team could do was to gain two yards in three tries. Although most of the St. John's yardage was gained through the air, Gus Skordas scurried around left end for the longest run of the day late in the last quarter to bring the spectators to their feet. This went for naught as the ball was lost by an intercepted forward pass soon after. Defensively, Johnnie Donohue and Angus Lamond stood out. A victory was won in the next game against Gallaudet at Varsity Field. Scoring first when a Gallaudet man yelled at another most emphatically to "run with the ball", a scare was thrown into the Johnnies. They tied the score a few minutes later on a pass from Skordas to Sutton. Early in the second quarter Gus scored the second touchdown after tossing a pass to Casassa to put the ball in position. Soon afterwards the team started a drive down the field, only to lose the ball on the one-foot line on a fumble. A thirty-yard run by Everett Smith featured this drive. Later the Johnnies received the ball on the twentyyard line as a result of a Gallaudet lineman's catching his own team's forward pass. After a series of line plays Monk MacCartee carried the ball across. Sutton kicked the point. Just before the half ended Johnny Donohue intercepted a pass after which two successful passes by St. John's put the ball on the two-yard line. The whistle for the first half cut off this rally. In the second half Captain Mike Kilmore tossed a long pass to Joe Sutton who was downed on the enemy twelveCAPTAIN KILMORE — 111 St. John'sMaryland St. John'sGallaudet �St. John's, yard line. On the next play Mike went around the end for the score. Baughman, Catholic U. the big left end of Gallaudet, helped mightily to keep the score down by playing in the Johnnie backfield much of the afternoon. St. John's lost its last game of the season to the strong Catholic University team in Washington by the score of 24-0. The Cardinals proved too strong for the Johnnies, who were not able to match their conquerors in numbers. Forward passes provided the first two scores for the Cardinals. In the second quarter they drove forty-five yards down the field to score the third touchdown. The last score was made on a twenty-nine yard run. St. John's threatened after a sleeper pass from Captain Kilmore to Bob Snibbe, freshman back, put the ball on the twentyyard line. The line gave a good account of itself throughout the game although greatly outweighed by the Catholic University forwards. Gordon Boucher, Angie Laanond, and Johnny Donohue stood out. The team played the best game of the season the next week when it .tied the strong r25:!HSl ;:J37;;:.3 Hampden - Sydney " •%f'.•'' team. This game marked the debut of Ed De Lisio, peppy blocking back, who M VARSITY FOOTBALL TEAM underwent an operaf or appendicitis adon just before the season began. It also marked the appearance of another first class end. McClure, who went in as a substitute, played great ball and topped it off by intercepting a pass that would have gone for a Hampden-Sydney touchdown in the final minute of play. The Johnnies made one of their goal line stands in the closing minutes of the second quarter of this game when they held their opponents for four downs inside the five-yard line. In the second half, after De Lisio went in at the blocking back position and McClure went in at end, the Johnnies marched sixty yards down the field only to have their offensive stopped on the fourteen-yard line. Although everyone played well, there are a few who deserve more than passing mention. Angie Lamond tackled and blocked in a much improved manner throughout the game. Weeks spent a great deal of his time in the Hampden-Sydney backfield until he was injured after fifty-six minutes of play. Johnny Donohue, back at — 112 — center again, looked like his old time self. MacCartee played as he is really capable of playing. He punted and passed and ran both the ball and the team. Gus Skordas scurried off tackle for gains of fifteen and twenty yards on that stirring march down the field. DeLisio did the blocking. Lou Scheffenacker and Bob Snibbe looked great in backing up the line. The pass defense bordered on the miraculous in that the HampdenSydney team completed but three passes in the whole contest. The play of the team in this game made their future opponents take more than a passing notice. A "breather" game with American University at Washington followed the Hampden-Sydney game. It was "Homecoming Day" for American University, but the Johnnie team completely spoiled it by beating them 38-7. As usual, our opponents scored the first touchdown. r. This put them in a lead that was short-lived. After the JOHN'S-MARYLAND \ . r ., _ r « - i r i team had recovered a fumble, Everett Smith, freshman back, passed to Asbury Lee, freshman end, for the first score. Joe Sutton kicked the point. Smith, a 135-pounder playing fullback, accounted for the second score by a series of line smashes. The scoring continued in the second quarter. Captain Mike Kilmore went off tackle for thirty yards for the third touchdown. The second touchdown of the quarter came as a result of a forward pass from MacCartee to Stevens. This put the ball in position for Skordas to go around end for the score. Snibbe made both of the scores in the last half, one on a thirty-yard sprint and another after a series of plays put the ball on the five-yard mark. After an open date the team continued in its winning ways by beating Swarthmore by the score of 12-8. Swarthmore had previously beaten Hopkins 26-6 and this, coupled with the fact that Line Coach Dutch Lentz was watching every move Hopkins made in every game, buoyed the Johnnie hopes to the skies. Playing inspired football, St. John's turned back all but one Garnet thrust. The forward passing defense was all but perfect in this game also. The Garnet completed but three out of twenty aerials. Something new to St. John's fans was initiated when Monk MacCartee again proved his versatility by repeatedly smacking the center of the line for substantial gains. St. John's got a break early in the game when DONOHUB Johnny Donohue broke through the line to block a 113 — St- 1°hn'sHampden-Sydney �St. John's- Swarthmore kick and to have Weeks recover on the twenty-five yard line. After Swarthmore two attenipts at tne center of the line Captain Mike Kilmore took the ball around en<^ behind perfect interference for the touchdown. Swarthmore recovered a Arnold , fumble on the Johnnie thirtyJ ! three yard line and then drove down to the six-yard line. From here it took them three downs to score. The score was tied when the Garnet failed to make their point. As a result of Orr's great kicking the Johnnie team had their backs against the wall in the second half. Donohue told the quarterback to use a quick kick to get them out of S T . JOHN'S-GALLAUDET L i t TL I the hole. Ihe net result was that Sutton's kick was downed on the Garnet twelve-yard line. The Garnet kicked out to the forty-seven yard stripe. From here line smashes and off-tackle slants carried the ball to the twenty-seven yard marker with Skordas and Scheffenacker averaging about five yards each. Monk put the ball in position on two tries, to carry it to the five-yard marker on center smashes. Skordas went around right end to score the winning touchdown. Later Orr's punting put the Johnnies in danger again. Here the team was able to get out only after MacCartee's punt was blocked for a safety. The line stood out on the defense by constantly rushing the passer and forcing the play. The team made "Homecoming Day" a success by beating the Arnold College team of New Haven by the score of 29-7. The game was exciting throughout and had the "Old Grads" on their feet much of the time. Coach Riggs started a first string line and a second string backfield. Arnold got the ball on a fumble on the opening kickoff and completed a long forward pass for a score on the second play. Soon after the first string backfield was put in St. John's scored. Skordas ran a kick back twenty yards to the thirty-yard line. MacLAMOND Cartee drove twenty yards more to the ten and then Lou Scheffenacker went over left tackle for the touchdown. The second score came soon after. The Arnold passer was rushed so fast that the ball was deflected up into the air. Stevens caught it and the ball belonged to St. John's. After two plays Skordas passed to MacCartee to make the score 13-7. — 114 — MacCartee also kicked the extra point. Soon after the second quarter started Mac- St. John'sCartee intercepted an Arnold pass on the St. John's thirty-yard line and ran it to Hopkins the Arnold twenty-yard line. MacCartee then dropped back and passed to Skordas to put the ball on the three-yard line. Skordas went over on the last down. MacCartee converted again to bring the score to 20-7. Skordas ran back the next kickoff thirty-five yards. Substitutes were put in at this point and they took the ball down to the Arnold one-foot line as the whistle blew for the first half. In the second half Scheffenacker intercepted a pass on the fifty-yard line. A pass from Skordas to MacCartee gained twenty yards. MacCartee made another first down over left tackle. Skordas passed to MacCartee for the final score. MacCartee kicked the point. Substitutes were sent in and they responded by driving Arnold back to their goal line. They smothST. JOHN'S-CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY ered a passer in the end zone for the final two points. The play of the team was not up to standard as Coach Riggs ordered his quarterback not to show anything to Hopkins scouts. This caused quite a few comments from the alumni who were not acquainted with the facts. The team closed a great season on Thanksgiving Day by beating Hopkins 13-0. In the first quarter St. John's rushed the ball constantly into Blue Jay territory only to lose the ball. With the wind at his back at the beginning of the second quarter McClean, Hopkins back, punted to the Johnnie fifteen-yard line. Another exchange put the ball on the ten. From here the Johnnie attack began to function. Skordas scurried to the twenty-yard line. MacCartee made first down on the next play. With two plays failing to gain ground MacCartee went fifty-seven yards through the whole Hopkins team for the first score. Donohue was downfield from his center position to block for • '• '" ' : Monk on this play. CONN Hopkins threatened toward the ending of the first half when they were awarded the ball on interference on the nineteen-yard line. A pass took it to the six-yard line. The Jays bucked the line — 115 — �All-Maryland for four downs as the Johnnies showed the Baltimoreans their famous goal line Selections stand. A beautiful kick against the wind brought the second and final touchdown. Carl MacCartee's kick was fumbled by Don Kelly and Stevens recovered. After three plays failed to gain, Skordas varied the pass behind the line and MacCartee passed to Kilmore for the last score. This was the first and only time that this play was used during the season. It was a perfect spot play which laid the Hopkins defense wide open for the flat pass. St. John's was the only team on the Blue Jay schedule against which it could not score. This schedule included Penn State, Maryland, and Lehigh. The line play of the team in the final game was all that could be desired. Donohue and Lamond stood out. They proved that they were of AllMaryland caliber. Casassa, Lotz and Weeks stood out at their positions. The forgotten man of St. John's football, SKORDAS Ed De Lisio, blocked and tackled like a fiend all through the game. He deserves as much credit as anyone on the team for taking a thankless job and making it stand out. The All-Maryland teams were unanimous in their choice of Johnny Donohue at center. He was picked not only for his fine defensive . work but also for his offensive blocking both in the line and in opposing secondaries. Angie Lamond was running mate to Donohue in the selections of Wilson Wingate of the Hearst papers. Monk MacCartee was picked on the second team by this writer, while all members of the first team got honorable mention. The :r "' ••• ST. JOHN'S-AMERICAN UNIVERSITY Sun picked Henry Weeks on the first team with Donohue and put Stevens and Boucher on the second team. This is the first time in years that St. John's has placed more than two men on the teams. As the center of the line and two good backs return next year the prospects are bright for another successful season. — 116 — The success of the 1933 football season was due to one thing and that one thing St. Jahn'sis an intangible one called spirit. When the men came out at the beginning of the Swarthmore season the newspapers said that St. John's would not have enough men to put a successful team on the field. But Tody Riggs did not give up and put the men who did come out for the team in the position that was best suited to them and trained them as a unit. The eleven players became a team. The result was that the papers that called St. John's weak at the beginning of the season hailed our line as the strongest in the state at the end and compared our chances against Maryland if we had played them at the end of the season instead of at the beginning. The prospects for next year's football team are fairly bright. We have plenty of key-men left but most of them will graduate at the end of next year. At an alumni banquet held in Baltimore on February MacCARTEE 17th each member of the coaching staff stressed the grave danger of athletic failure in all sports if good material was not forth coming in the incoming freshman classes. The alumni association at that time promised to do all in its power to cooperate with the coaching staff and the present students at St. John's in the procurement of adequate reserves next year. Another situation that may materially affect St. John's football teams of the future is the rumor that Johns Hopkins may discontinue football after 1934. This, of course, would destroy all of the Hopkins-St. John's football rivalry of many years' standing and with it would go much of the spirit that surrounds our football endeavors— ST. JOHN'S-HOPKINS especially among the alumni. Discontinuance of football at Hopkins might, however, result in a greater influx of football material at St. John's. — 117 — �'Varsity WITH GRADUATION and ineligibility practically decimating the squad, the Cross-Country cross country season got off to an unpromising start here in September. Only two veterans, Captain Paul Dunleavy and Eddie Gray, returned from last year's squad. There were, however, a few promising runners who came up from the freshman team and a few newcomers who reported for the gruelling sport. The season started on October 28th when the Westchester State Teacher's College defeated our untried runners over a four-mile course by the close score of 25-30. The Teachers brought a veteran squad here, led by their undefeated captain, Knabb. That the meet was closely contested is shown by the order of finish of the runners. Westchester placed men first, third, fifth, seventh, and ninth, while the Johnnies, led by Dunleavy, were finishing second, CAPTAIN DUNLEAVY fourth, sixth, eighth, and tenth. Knabb of Westchester won the meet in the fast time of 20 minutes and 57 seconds, with Captain Dunleavy trailing him to the tape 42 seconds later. Clark, a newcomer to the squad, finished fourth while Eddie Gray, Simpson, and Carter crossed the finish line in that order. The second meet of the season for the squad was run off in Baltimore, where Johns Hopkins defeated St. John's in a disappointing contest. King and Holtzman of Hopkins and Dunleavy of St. John's broke the record for the hilly, steep Hopkins course. King led the pack to the finish line, while Holtzman and Dunleavy were fighting it out for second place, which Holtzman won by a close margin after a tremendous fight by Dunleavy. Clark, in fifth place, again followed his captain to the tape. The score was Hopkins 20, St. John's 38. The final meet of the season was an invitation affair held at Westchester, Pennsylvania. The Orange and Black harriers were pitted VARSITY CROSS-COUNTRY TEAM against runners from Westchester State, Shippensburg State, and Bloomsburg State Teachers Colleges. The Johnnies came off fourth best in the meet. Knabb, the Westchester captain, won the meet in record time. Dunleavy finished fourth, one minute behind the leader. Eddie Gray and Campbell Simpson surprised by finishing ahead of Clark. — 118 — CLARK No excuses were offered for the poor season which the 'arstty team experienced. The lack of material and the lack of Cross-Country, interest shown were two of the prime reasons for the poor e a showing exhibited by the squad. As Captain Dunleavy and Eddie Gray are the only men to graduate, the prospects for next year seem more promising. At the banquet held by the team Garnett Clark was elected captain for the 1934 season. Clark will be a junior next year and seemed to be a runner of promise all during the past season, although his showing in the Westchester meet was somewhat disappointing. If he develops next year, as he should, he will have two years left on the varsity team. THE BASKETBALL SEASON got off to a fine start at St. John's in the first week of December when a squad of about twenty men reported to Coach Lentz in the gymnasium. When eight of last years's regulars, led by Captain "Monk" MacCartee, reported, "Dutch" had the material for the potentially best team in the state. St. John's was admitted to the Maryland Intercollegiate League shortly after the season opened. We were declared ineligible for the championship this year because games with all the members of the league could not be arranged. The first game of the season was a practice game with the alumni that the varsity had little trouble in winning. The game brought back the stars of former years, among whom were Bill Ziegler, "Ferdy" Fader, Phil Lotz and Bill Armacost. The Johnnies jumped into an early lead and due mainly to the scoring efforts of "Ed" Butterworth, were never headed. The play of the team was ragged at times, and the alumni took advantage of t h e lapses on the part of the varsity to threaten VARSITY BASKETBALL TEAM — 119 — �V. M. I., several times. The Johnnies pulled off to a comfortable lead at the end of the game. The season proper began when the eight regulars traveled to Lexington, Va., to play the teams of V. M. I. and Washington and Lee. The Virginia Military Institute team provided no obstacle at all for the St. John's team. Starting off with a. rush, our players gathered enough points in the first half to defeat the Cadets and settled down to a very conservative style of play in the last half. Captain MacCartee, Butterworth, and McClure, who scored eleven, ten and eight points respectively, accounted for the total score of twentynine points. Curiously they were the only men to score for St. John's. The guards didn't register a single tally. Score: St. John's, 29; V. M. I., 21. The Washington and Lee Generals gave the St. John's team its first reverse of the year in a game which was played two days after the one with V. M. I. Our team showed a complete reversal of form and played ragged basketball throughout the contest. Led by their forward, Sawyer, who took the scoring honors with fourteen points, the Washington and Lee team jumped off to an early lead which they never relinquished. Their fast breaking attack and the general lethargy of the Johnny attack and defense spelled defeat for the Annapolis team. The only bright spot in the St. John's line-up was the play of Mike Kilmore, whose floor work was excellent. The Johnny varsity pulled up within a threatening distance late in the game, but the Generals spurted and started a scoring streak which netted them twelve points and put the game undisputedly in their possession. Score: St. John's, 28; Washington and Lee, 38. Butterworth and De Lisio, with seven points apiece, were high scorers for the St. John's team. COACH LENTZ Immediately after the Hampden-Sydney game Coach Dutch Lentz began ^f. John'sto prepare for the Hopkins game. Although it was felt that the Saint John's Hampden-Sydney had the better team, Coach Lentz fully realized the fact that Hopkins has the extremely bad habit of playing far better against St. John's than against any other opponent on its schedule. Especially did he prepare a defense against Don Kelly who scored twenty-four points against Loyola the week before and who leads and directs the play of the Hopkins team. Dutch Lentz had the physical preparation down perfect but he was unable to do much about the mental complex that St. John's usually develops when playing Hopkins. All through the year St. John's has met Hopkins with at least an even chance to win and yet a bad case of "nerves" has not only brought them close KILMORE to c j e f eat man y times but has actually defeated them. Dutch knew before the game that the only thing that would defeat St. John's would be an attack of "nerves." Next Johns Hopkins came down to play against St. John's and they gave the Johnnies a hard battle. The largest crowd in years piled into the gym to see Hopkins start with an early lead which they held until well into the third quarter. The home team started slowly and registered only one field goal in the entire initial period. After the rest period, they came back strong. Due to the shooting of Butterworth and McClure, our team tied the score in the middle of the third quarter. This pair put us in the lead with more field goals, and the team held the lead until the final whistle. The score was 26-21, St. John's. The first home game of the season was played here on Thursday, January llth, when St. John's beat a fighting Hampden-Sydney team by the score of 36 to 16. The visitors were no match for the Johnnies, whose passwork, 1 shooting and general team play were of high caliber. The CAPTAIN MacCARTEE team started off with a spurt from the first whistle and piled up a 22-11 lead at the half. In the second half, "Dutch" Lentz used most of his substitutes and still kept the team clicking with the slow weave which characterizes the offense. It was in this half that Butterworth, center, clinched the scoring honors for the evening by sinking several under-the-basket shots which, together with his previous total, gave him fifteen points. The team suffered its first defeat at the hands of any state team when it lost to Loyola in Baltimore by the score of 40-29. The game was a battle of defenses at the start and most of the plays attempted on both sides were broken up. Loyola soon found the range, however, and BUTTERWORTH pulled out into a good lead before the St. John's team could gets its eye on the basket. The St. John's team rallied soon after the second half began, and drew up to within one point of its opponents. However, Loyola took matters into its own hands after a time-out and killed the hopes of the Johnny rooters by opening up a large gap in the scores. "Ed" Butterworth again topped the scorers with a total of fourteen points. — 120 — 121 — �American U.; Butterworth starred once more in a slow, one-sided contest held in the gym, Elon; Maryland when Gallaudet was defeated by a score of 34 to 17. The home team had possession of the ball by far the greater amount of the game, and when they didn't have the ball they set up such an impregnable defense that the Mutes didn't score for sixteen minutes of the first half. Meanwhile the Johnnies had rung up eleven counters, and came back in the second half to score twenty-three more. With only seconds left to play in an extra period, and with Washington College leading, 35 to 34, John Donohue broke into a hero's role when he sank a shot from mid-floor to win the game for St. John's. It was the first time in seventeen years that the Johnnies have won a game from the "Friendly College" in their own gym in Chestertown. Again the team DONOHUE started slowly and was behind, 14 to 3, at the end of thirteen minutes. Then they rallied to score nine consecutive points and draw up to within two points at the end of the half. During the second half and the extra period, the lead changed hands six times in a battle which had the crowd wild. Trailing by five points with but two minutes to play, the St. John's team opened up. The score was tied by Butterworth with his seventh field goal just as the whistle blew. Washington jumped into the lead in the extra period and held a one-point margin with only seconds to play. Here, Captain MacCartee took a rebound off the Chestertown basket and passed to Donohue. He spun, dribbled, poised himself and shot the winning goal. MacCartee and Butterworth scored twenty-seven points between them as American University was defeated in Washington by a 36 to 23 score. The St. Johnnies began slowly and played in a ragged way in spots of the first half; but, they rallied and in the latter part of the half piled up a margin which they never lost. The team played as a smooth working unit in the second half, and penetrated the American U. defense with little difficulty. St. John's coasted to a victory over Elon College in a game played here in the gymnasium. When Kilmore grabbed the opening tip-off and scored, he gave the signal McCLURE for a scoring spree that lasted ten minutes and accounted for fifteen points. The home team registered score after score while holding the visitors to very few points. Then in the second half the varsity settled down and was content to coast home on its large margin. Kilmore, with thirteen points, was a leading light in the 36 to 23 victory. — 122 — For the first time in the history of the series the St. John's basketball team ^- °f M., Loyola, rang up a victory over the University of Maryland. After a poor beginning, our Hopkins team outplayed Maryland consistently. The lead varied from one team to the other in the early part of the game with the Old Liners having a slight advantage. Soon the Johnnies pulled up to within one point of Maryland, 15 to 16, then forged ahead to take a 19 to 16 lead at half time. In the second half the Johnnies had margins over Maryland which varied from three to eight points. Maryland threatened late in the game but collapsed as the visitors again rallied and put the game beyond all doubt. McClure and Kilmore led the scorers this time, and Captain MacCartee played an excellent floor game. The final score was 37-32. The fighting Johnnies ran their string of victories up to six straight when they defeated Swarthmore 25 to 21. This was the first time that the Little Quakers have been defeated on their home court in two years Again St. John's started slowly, allowing the Pennsylvanians to run up an eight-to-three margin during the first eight minutes. Then the seemingly dead team revived to gain a 15-to-14 lead at the half. In the second half the visitors' defense allowed Swarthmore to take only long shots, while their offense worked beautifully to roll up ten more points. The Johnnie team played excellently with the defensive and offensive work of Donohue outstanding. MacCartee, McClure and Kilmore also played good games. St. John's had a field day in its second game with American University. St. John's won, 53 to 14. The home team's attack functioned perfectly and rolled up twenty points before the defense allowed American U. to score. The visiting team made only five points in the first half, and allowed us twenty-three. St. John's tallied thirty more points in the second half on well executed plays and follow-up shots. Butterworth and McClure made seventeen and sixteen points respectively to lead sharing the scoring honors. A sparkling St. John's defense greatly helped us to avenge an earlier defeat by beating Loyola 27 to 18. The game was featured by defensive play, and it was not until after the first five minutes that the first points were scored by Loyola. Then St. John's ran up eleven points in the next ten minutes. Although Loyola whittled away at this score, the Johnnies led, eleven to six, at half time. Loyola DE LISIO threatened several times in the second half, but could not forge ahead of or even tie St. John's. The scoring of the local team was well divided with Mike Kilmore in the lead with seven points. Hopkins was defeated for the sixth straight time by St. John's in basketball as the Johnnies rolled up their ninth consecutive victory of the year. — 123 — �St" e J°hn's held o sk ^ Hopkins scored two field goals in quick succession to put them in a threatening position. Then Don Kelly, their ace, was put out of the game because he had four personal fouls charged to him and his substitute, Reynolds, knotted the count with a field goal. This time Hopkins rallied and by means of field goals pulled eight points ahead of St. John's with only three minutes of play remaining. St. John's staged another of its fighting finishes at this point and went into the lead on goals by Butterworth, MacCartee, and Donahue, and a foul goal by Donahue. Margolis, a Hopkins forward, was fouled in the act of shooting with forty seconds to play. He made one foul shot and missed the other shortly before the final gun sounded with the Johnnies winning, 37-36. SKORDAS A last-minute rally was not enough and the Johnnies lost their final game of the season when Washington College earned a 28-27 decision here in the gym. The St. John's team played ragged ball throughout the first three quarters of the game. This, coupled with the aggressive, fine playing of the Chestertown boys, spelled defeat for St. John's. Washington College started off with an early lead which they protected throughout the game. They went off the floor at the half time with a four-point edge. They returned to keep the margin, and in the latter part of the last half they increased it to eight points. There was only four minutes to play, and St. John's was behind, 28-20, as the local cagers staged another of their last-period rallies. They drew up to within two points, 28 to 26, and then MacCartee was given two foul shots. He missed the first, and made the second. St. John's took about six shots in the remaining minute,' and although ever one was close, not one dropped and the game was lost 28-27. St. John's completed one of the most, if not the* most, successful years that it has ever enjoyed in basketball. The team's record of twelve victories and three defeats gave it the state championship. In the selections for the all-state teams made by the various newspapers, Captain MacCartee and "Ed" Butterworth were given places on the first team.' McClure was chosen for the second team, and John Donohue was given an honorable mention. Great credit is due to "Dutch" Lentz for the fine team that he produced this year. And credit is due to Captain MacCartee for the way in which he steadied the team and held it together in the exciting games. The college can be proud of the whole team and the record that it has made. MacCartee, Kilmore and Skordas are lost by graduation, but "Dutch" will have remaining a good nucleus around which to build next year. S — 124 — THE BOXING TEAM this year aroused more interest than ever before. Twenty- Varsity four men answered the call for candidates early in the season. Of these two of the Boxing four veterans were not able to fight. Phil Russillo was out all season with a bad stomach and Johnny Martin, although he fought against Western Maryland, was never able to reach the peak of his form because of injuries. The other two veterans, Captain Frenchy Farone and Cal Lotz, gave good exhibitions all season. Two smokers were held in the gymnasium prior to the regular season in order to give the men experience for the meets. The first scheduled meet was with Western Maryland College at Westminster. Against the team which Dick Harlow had predicted would be the best team he ever coached Coach Joey Novak's pupils got two draws and a win to get two points of the eight awarded. Levin battled Bennett to a standstill in the 115-pound class only to get a draw because of his opponent's aggressiveness. Then Captain Frenchy Farone won his bout by a big margin in the 125-pound class. McDonald surprised the Western MaryCAPT. FARONE land rooters by staying three rounds with the captain of the Western Maryland team, who had previously knocked out his opponent at the Naval Academy. Bob Snibbe kept up the good work by fighting to a draw in the 145-pound class. The heavier fighters lost but Cal Lotz looked especially good in losing to Bernie Kaplan, Western Maryland's 175-pound intercollegiate champion. Maryland, which had previously defeated Western Mary,land by the score of 5-3, was met in the second meet of the season. Although St. John's lost by a 5-3 count, Maryland had many pangs as the fights were being run VARSITY BOXING TEAM off. Levin lost his bout by a close margin but then Captain Farone gave the Maryland star, Harry — 125 — �Varsity Boxing Carroll, a nice licking to even the count. McDonald met a boxer with too much Intramural experience in the 135-pound class, so Maryland was on top again. Athletics Then Bob Snibbe, fighting to keep St. John's in the running, chased his man around the ring until the referee stopped the contest. Snibbe had pummeled the Terrapin until the referee stopped the fight. Silver, who fought in the 155-pound class in place of Johnny Martin, was doing well in his fight until he stopped some hard rights and was in such bad condition that the fight had to be stopped. The same was true of Lou Eichwort in the 165-pound class. Lou received a cracked rib in the second round and although he gamely attempted to continue, the referee stopped the fight. In the light-heavyweight class Cal Lotz almost got C. LOTZ knocked out in the first round only to come back in the second and third rounds to win his battle. And a battle it was for Cal did not know he won until someone told him afterwards in the dressing room. With a chance of a tie, Kopp, the Johnnie heavyweight, had the fans on their toes. He almost knocked his man out but the more experienced Marylander was able to get by the first round and his craftiness finally gave him the edge. Kopp came through in his fight at Loyola to give St. John's its only victory of the season. With the score tied Kopp tore into his man at the opening bell and in twelve seconds it was all over. Levin started things off by winning. Then Farone lost the only bout of his career to Cianos, the best man on the Loyola team. Miro Quesada, fighting his first bout of the season for St. John's, fought to a draw. Snibbe again battered his man until the Loyola coach threw in a towel in self-defense. Silver and Lee lost their bout by small margins while Loyola did not have a lightheavy to pit against Cal Lotz. In the final meet of the season St. John's met defeat at the hands of the University of Richmond mit team by the score of 5-3. Levin put up a great fight against the former Virginia amateur champion in his class but the greater experience and punching power of the Virginian decided the fight. Farone won his fight all the way by continual left jabs that his opponent was not able to stop. Crenshaw, the Richmond 135-pounder, was too big for "Cooky" Quesada and although the pair slugged it out for three rounds the Johnnie lost by a decision. Bob Snibbe, fighting in the 145-pound class, carried the fight to his opponent all the way, and although losing the second round, won the fight because of his aggressiveness. Irving Silver again ran into hard luck in his fight when after boxing COACH NOVAK evenly for two rounds he was floored for an eight count in the — 126 — last round to lose the fight. As Lee did the same thing. He outboxed his opponent Intramural for two rounds only to run into a hard blow that prompted the towel to be thrown Council in. Lotz won by forfeit as the Richmond battler injured his hand the week before. George Kopp lost his bout by an extremely close margin as a result of a great start in which he knocked the Richmond captain down. As all the men return next year the prospects are unusually good for a great season. Cal Lotz was elected captain for the coming year. 1 1 - 1 INTRAMURAL ATHLETICS really began at St. John's with the formation of the Intramural Council in 1932 under guiding hand of Coach Joseph Novak. From that time an increasing amount of importance has been placed on intramural athletics until competition in intramural sports on an intercollegiate scale began last year with the holding of the intercollegiate touch-football tournament. The St. John's winning intramural volley-ball team also played against similar winners from other colleges in a series organized among several institutions in this vicinity. One of the main reasons for the great amount of keen competition in intramurals at St. John's is because of the awards that are made to the winning teams. The winner of a particular sport receives a plaque and the house that secures the greatest number of points for the year receives the custody of a much larger all-intramural plaque for the ensuing year If any house wins the plaque four times it retains it in permanent possession. At present Theta Psi fraternity has won the plaque three times and Kappa Alpha fraternity once. It is the business of the Intramural Council to decide which sports shall be classed as intramurals, when their seasons shall begin and end, who is qualified to play on the various teams, and the length of the various games. In its monthly meetings the council renders decisions in disputes between intramural teams. The council is the final referee of all disputes regarding claims of foul play and its decision, once given, can not be altered. The new system of points devised by the intramurals with a higher n u m b e r of points than given to . individual participants. INTRAMURAL COUNCIL 127 — �Playground B ball . . device was instrumental in providing an indulgence in intramurals by the student body. . impetus tor more extensive The membership of the council is made up of the intramural manager of each fraternity and dormitory, the senior manager of the intramural department, and the director of intramurals. The intramural program at St. John's is designed to give everyone a chance to play in intramural athletics throughout the school year. It starts immediately after college begins in the fall and ends just before it closes in the spring. Something new was started last fall when an intramural athletic conference was organized by Maryland and District of Columbia institutions. This came about after Joey Novak had written to University of Maryland officials challenging their intramural champions to meet our champions. The team competition was started with the playground ball tournament. This was won by the team representing Theta Psi. The Theta Psis presented a veteran team with Harkness in the box in place of Joe Wright, who had graduated. The only game lost was dropped to Randall Hall. Paul Watson led the onslaught on opposing pitchers, while Doug Ramsay was not only a power behind the bat but also in keeping the team on its toes Carl Lyon and Ham Wingate were the most brilliant parts of a defense that quickly smothered any offense the opponents started. The Phi Sig team, led by big Ed Butterworth, finished in second position. The two dormitory teams and the Alpha Kappa Pi team finished in a tie for third place. Although Randall had two star players in Froio and O'Connor, it could make no headway as it played spotty ball throughout. Pinkney and Alpha Kappa Pi both had average, well-balanced teams. The D. P. O.'s, alBASEBALL CHAMPS though finishing sixth, had the misfortune to have a very weak team to back up Johnny Martin—by far the best pitcher in the tournament. The K. A.'s, with an average team, were never able to get going and as a result finished at the bottom. The tennis tournament ended with Ed Butterworth the winner of the singles — 128 — and also of doubles in which Bob Wells was his partner. Butterworth beat Lou Touch Football Kemp in straight sets to win the singles after beating Volleyball Brovr in the semi-finals. Kemp reached the finals by beating Kesmodel. Butterworth and Wells beat J. Brown and Cooper after losing the first set to keep the championships within the walls of the Phi Sigma Kappa house. The volleyball tournament which followed the playground ball tournament was won by the Phi Sigma Kappa team. Led by the redoubtable Ed Butterworth, the Phi Sigs managed to win more games than anyone else. They had a big rangy team which played toTENNIS CHAMPS gether all of the time. Among the stalwarts were Miller White, Bob Wells, King Usher, and Tim Callahan. In a post season game the Phi Sigs were defeated by a picked teanr of alumni from the University of Maryland Law School. Following the volleyball tournament the intramural council initiated the playing of touch football in intramural competition. This made an instant hit. Every team but the Theta Psis came out on the field and played with a zest that characterizes the novel. The Theta Psis practiced and developed a system which they followed to win the championship and the right to represent St. n John's in the league. The system was a combination of the Rockne system before the shift and the double wingback of the Warner system after the shift. In the first game on a slippery field they were held to a tie by a fighting Kappa Alpha team. In subsequent games they experienced very little trouble. Dave Nopper, Dick Sellman, Ham and Buck Wingate proved to be the stars of the team. In the first game of the intramural league the Theta 'Psis entertained the representative team from the University of Baltimore on the athletic field on an extremely cold afternoon and won by the score of 36-0. The fraternity team took command from the third play— on which they worked a sneaker play for a touchdown— ^nd from then on they were never headed. They worked reverses, double reverses, laterals, and everyDOUBLES CHAMPS thing else imaginable until dark when the game finally had to be called with the Baltimoreans backed up against their own goal line. Two days later the Theta Psi team went to Washington to meet the American — 129 — �Soccer, University team. This team was considerably larger and more experienced than Foul-shooting t[,e Baltimore University team and as a result the Theta Psis were held in check. In the last part of the game Ramsay batted down a pass only to have an Eagle back catch it before it hit the ground and dash to the goal line as the remaining Theta Psis were blocked out. The Theta Psis were not able to score in the few minutes remaining and they had to return home in defeat. T h e soccer tournament, which followed the touch-football tournament, was played under the intramural league rules. The field was shortened twenty yards and but nine men played instead of the usual eleven. The Kappa VOLLEY BALL CHAMPS Alphas won the tournament by winning four games, tying one and losing one. Pinkney, the runner-up, tied two games. The championship team had everything a team needs. It was composed of football men and former high school star soccer players. The outstanding booter was "Boots" Archer. Others 1 who starred were Bill Eaton, Joe Sutton, Lou Scheffenacker, and "Intramural" Winston. The only game lost was to the scrapping Pinkney team at the beginning of the season. They were tied by their arch-rivals, the Theta Psis. Just before the Christmas holidays the foul shooting contests were held. Bob Wells, the winner the year before, reTOUCH FOOTBALL CHAMPS peated by shooting seventythree out of a possible hundred. Paul Watson, a Theta Psi, came too close for comfort when he shot seventv-two to finish in second place. Frank Wilson, another Theta Psi, took third with sixty-seven. — 130 — The basketball tournament was rather disappointing this year. The intra- Basketball mural council decided to run off the tourna- Handball ment during the regular basketball season and as a result there were so many postponed games that interest lagged. The caliber of players and play was unusually high in contrast. The teams were both weakened and strengthened during the season by the results of rush week that unfortunately came in the middle of the tournament. Up to the time of the last basketball game there was a tie for the championship between the Kappa Alpha team and the Phi Sigma Kappa team. These teams played off the tie. Theta Psi, the only team that did not win a game, was the only barrier between the playoff and second place for the Phi Sigs but they managed to crash through to win Both of SOCCER CHAMPS the championship teams had well-balanced outfits with few really good players Archer is a tower of strength to the Kappa Alphas as is Jack Cooper to the Phi Sigs. In the playoffs for the basketball championship of the college the Phi Sigma Kappa team beat the Kappa Alphas in two extra periods by the score of 23-22. The K. A. team took an early lead and held it at the half. At the end of the third quarter they had increased their lead until it had reached six points. The Phi Sigs then began to rally and only a goal by Archer forced them to play longer than the regulation game. Archer starred throughout the whole game but Harry Luz had a good night and, as a result, his team won. In a league game against the University of Maryland the Phi Sigs lost by a score of 30-11. Playing away from home, the Phi Sig outfit had a bad case of stage fright and thus could not get going against the smooth-functioning Maryland champions. At half time the score was 25-5. In the second half the Phi Sigs outscored their opponents but the damage had already been FOUL-SHOOTING done. CHAMP In the handball tournament Lawrence O'Connor of the Delta Psi Omegas ran away with the honors. Larry went through the singles tournament without losing a — 131 — �Handball game. He beat Mel Bisgyer in the finals after trimming Larry Kantor in the semiPlayground ball finals. Bisgyer had previously beaten King Usher to win the right to meet O'Connor. In the doubles O'Connor teamed up with Henry Clay Smith to win again. This pair beat Kantor and Bisgyer in the finals. The St. John's representatives won the championship later in Washington in Intramural League. The spring playground ball tournament was the most hotly contested of the year. The scores indicated that the teams were sacrificing their fielding for their battling. Scores such BASKETBALL CHAMPS as 17-4, 12-11, 19-10, 12-1, 10-9 and 15-13 are good examples of the type of ball played on the diamonds this spring. When the tournament was over three teams, Randall, Phi Sigma Kappa, and Alpha Kappa Pi were tied for the championship. In the first game of the playoff the Phi Sigs beat Randall 14-11. — 132 — CHAPTER SIX FEATURES T HE "ratting" of freshmen is one of the oldest and most established customs "Ratting" of at St. John's College. In the past few years it has been done more hu- freshmen manely. To conduct "ratting" of freshmen in an approved and considerate manner is the work of the Sophomore Council. Regularly once a week, with occasional special meetings, they call the entire freshman class together in the gymnasium where a roll call is taken, chastizing in an approved manner is performed, and the freshmen are led in cheering and singing practice for the athletic contests which they must all attend. Freshmen are under the jurisdiction of the Sophomore Council, which is subject to suggestion and control by the Student Council, from the day they enter college until after the annual Johns Hopkins - St. John's football game. Among the traditional punCOUNCIL OF LAW ishments for the incoming freshman class is the annual procedure of shooting the yearlings out of the cannon which stands between McDowell and Pinkney. With regularity the Sophomore Council selects some sunny afternoon each October for this momentous occasion. After an announcement at the beginning of lunch in the dining hall, the upperclassmen disappear in all directions in search of a paddle, belt, or some other sort of weapon with which to make the after portions of the freshies feel as uncomfortable as possible during the moments when he is scurriyng by as fast as his legs will carry him. This year the trip through the two lines of upperclassmen stretched from the cannon to College Avenue was an especially uncomfortable one for those concerned because a fence had to be hurdled during the course of the jaunt. Thus the effect of a steeplechase with its spills and thrills added to the glee of the elders and the — 133 — �'"Ratting" of sorrow of the rats. Each freshman, at the call of his name, meekly assumed the Freshmen angle in front of the cannon and waited. Results were not long in coming as the ready paddles of Crane and Hodges lost no time in reaching their destination. Thus assisted the frosh began his seemingly endless journey which left him in a most uncomfortable condition. After this ceremony the yearlings were led in a group to a spot beneath the Historic Liberty Tree, where they were forced to kneel and acknowledge their inferiority and pray for the success and long life of the sophomores. Witness their devout attitude. HERE IS THE story of one hectic night as told by one of the freshmen. "It happened on October 4th as a climax to the regular Wednesday night rat meeting. Planned by the Sophomore Council, it turned out to be so interesting that, strange to say, even the freshmen enjoyed it. "After concluding business in the gym, the Council continued the ratting by having all freshmen gather in front of McDowell Hall for a march to the Memorial Fountain on Church Circle. The frosh marched in convict style and carried fishing poles of all types with THE START lines composed of everything from old tin cans and wrapping cord to real fishing hooks and twine. As the number of upperclassmen out to see the fun increased, the rats found the sidewalk too small and moved to the street. They arrived at the fountain snake-dancing to the discordant singing of "Saint John's Forever." The rats were first given a little preliminary instruction in the art of Isaac Walton and then the fishing began. Realiz.ing the scarcity of the fish—only one was caught—some found diversion in splashing water upon their neighbors. Excitement became intense. Upperclassmen got wet, angry, and carried the game further by pushing their charges into the water. The light-footed rats dodged and caused more than one assailant to plunge into the pool. Mob spirit began to rule and the rats sought another outlet for their emotions. They seized a really fresh freshman and submerged him in the NEARING THE END icy waters. Not satisfied and with clothes but not their spirits dampened in the least the mob heard a scarcely audible suggestion: "We want a show." The cry was taken up and carried clear into the Republic — 134 — Theatre. An alarmed manager called the police to stop the disturbance. A Annual patrol wagon with police drew up in front of the theatre. Six freshmen, sensing Bonfire trouble, wildly ran out through the front doors right into the arms of the police, while the saner ones escaped through the side doors. President Gordon became the hero of the escapade by securing the release of the six imprisoned freshmen. One was released from another charge. His juvenile habits got the better of him and he found himself riding down Main Street on someone else's bicycle. The ride was halted by two policemen, IN THE flickering light cast by the big bonfire, in which the rather bedraggled figure of Ole Johns Hopkins was burned in effigy, the solemn and prophetic death knell was sounded. This annual bonfire came at the conclusion of a freshman parade throughout the town, which served to attract an additional crowd of two or three hundred people who were probably wondering what "those crazy Johnnies are up to now." The fire was a success for three reasons: (1) it so aroused the hopes and spirits of the student body, and members of the team, that Hopkins was handed a decided beating on the following holiday; (2) the barrel of tar added greatly to the fire when it exploded—and it also added greatly to the gen- '•. eral exodus of the on-lookers to a point some safer distance away; (3) everyone present was wondering how such a fine likeness of Gilman Hall could have been procured on such short notice. The Hopkins colors hung at half-mast over "Gilman Hall", and they finally, though somewhat reluctantly, joined the rest of the flames. The pyre was a delightful picture as it slowly ate its way through fence rails, railroad ties, boiler house roofs, not to mention the combined efforts of every grocery store in town BUILDING in providing boxes, bags, cases, and cartons. And when the flames reached their height, and started lapping hungrily at the beckoning portals of the "Hall", the enthusiasm of the crowd snapped its bonds, and all eagerly watched (Nero-onically) the ediface crumble and fall into the fire. In an attempt to decide what was the most exciting event of the evening the 135 — �Homecoming subject of the tar barrel explosion was brought up. The top of said barrel flew Day out into the crowd, and narrowly missed a little "Booker T.", who happened to be Celebration standing in its path. But as we think back, we shelve that incident for an even more impressive sight—the burning of the "Hall.". AMONG THE GREAT successes of the year will be remembered the 1933 Homecoming Day celebration. Bringing back the largest gathering of alumni in years, the social committee under the direction of E. Carl Lyon, chairman, entertained the returning graduates with the most complete and interesting program of events ever offered on an occasion of this sort at St. John's. After a victorious football game with Arnold College, a large number of students and alumni attended the tea dance held in Iglehart Hall from four until six. Approximately sixty-five couples danced to the music of Nelson's Rhythm Kings in a setting of white draperies. The gathering included the squads of both teams and the alumni as guests. At six o'clock the alumni banquet was served to three hundred and fifty persons. The three-course dinner was BURNING served by individual plates on tables decorated with orange and black streamers and a cluster of flowers in the center. Two servings were necessary to accommodate the large gathering of students and alumni. Carl Lyon, in the capacity of master of ceremonies, spoke a few words of welcome to the alumni present at the first serving and expressed the hope that the alumni would make many days homecoming days. Dr. Hutchins also spoke and invited the senior class to attend the alumni meeting in the auditorium of Humphreys' Hall immediately after dinner. Mr. Harrison was then introduced to the gathering by Mr. Lyon. The former gave a spirited talk urging the students to take a FISHING greater interest in the activities of the college. He further asked for full student cooperation and support at the Hopkins' game on Thanksgiving Day. — 136 — At the meeting of the Alumni Association which was presided over by former President Dr. Amos F. Hutchins, Charles Cummings handed in his resignation as president of that organization. It was decided then at the meeting to have an entire reelection of the officers of the association. Luther Tall of the class of '21 was elected to succeed Mr. Cummings as head of the alumni. Besides the election of officers, the meeting brought forth many changes in the organization of the association with the appointment of an advisory board and numerous committees to take care of the revived interest of the alumni in the college. It was also decided that the alumni hold r e g u lar bi-monthly luncheons at one of the hotels in Baltimore. The informal dance held in Iglehart Hall from ten to one was HOMECOMING DAY BANQUET the concluding event of the day excepting for private affairs at the various fraternities about the campus. The Townsmen orchestra of Baltimore drew a large crowd to the dance beneath the sky blue lighting effects, and white draperies. The novely numbers given by the orchestra were of such interst to some that at times nearly a hundred couples were standing around watching their performance. Between four and five hundred people attended the dance to end up the homecoming day with a financial as well as a social success. Much credit is due to those who were concerned with the preparation of the whole affair for the decided success which it was. The cooperation of the administration was admirable while the efforts of Mr. Smith made the alumni banquet one of the features of the day. LIBRARY TEAS have taken their place at St. John's as delightful educational and social functions. There are few, even among the most regular goers, who know the true story of how they originated seven years ago. The origin of library teas dates back to the fall of 1928. At this time the heating system of the college suddenly became defective. It was often cold and uncomfortable in the library. One cold, damp Friday afternoon in the late fall of 19/8, several students went to Miss Lulu Ebaugh for permission to make some tea — 137 — Alumni Association Meeting Library Teas �Library Teas to brighten the afternoon. The permission was cheerfully given and the result was so much of a success that the teas became a regular Friday afternoon function. The first teas were little more than informal discussions by students of travels abroad and such. To add variety, a German student named Francis Krebs, sometimes played a lute and sang German folk songs, while a French exchange student rendered like songs of his nation. Max Housman, from Switzerland, even gave a demonstration of yodeling on one occasion. These first teas were such a success that President Garey agreed that a formal one might be held in the large room across the hall from what is now Miss Ebaugh's office. It was a Christmas party and was given by Miss Ebaugh and Miss Elizabeth Leib. Some girls from the Peabody Insttitute were invited to assist in entertaining. Ice cream and cake was served. It was an enjoyable party. The present form of library teas dates back to September, 1930. During the summer of that year the upper floor of Woodward Hall was remodeled and made an addition to the library—now called the King William Room. On September 17th, when the new rooms were officially opened to the public, a very elaborate tea was given by Miss Ebaugh; it was the first of the library teas as we know them. Miss Ebaugh was given permission to experiment with a series of library teas at which some mejmber of the faculty or a guest speaker would give an informal talk on the subject in which he was interested. The plan was to talk about books and be introduced to their authors. A general invitation was issued to the students, Faculty, Women's Club, and to other friends of the college. There was no compulsion about accepting the invitation and no interruption to those who wanted to study in the library. The students came to the first one out of curiosity and were delighted. Last year, after the opening talk by ex-President Gordon on Horace Walpole, which was interesting to those wishing a careful insight of the life of the eighteenth century, it was planned to have a series of talks giving a bird's-eye view of the political situation of the world. Professor Kuehnemund of the German department of the college opened the series with a talk on Germany. His subject was "Hitlerism and Communism" in which he attempted to show that the course that Germany is following is justifiable as the best of several alternatives. Professor Kingsbury followed, speaking on "Facism." He brought in the advantages and disadvantages of Fascism to Italy and the rest of the world, expressing the opinion that it would hold its place among the governments of the world long after Mussolini ceases to be its guiding light. Dr. Beardsley, professor of Romance Lanuages at Goucher College, chose as his subject, "Contemporary Spain." His intimate knowledge of Spain and her politics made his talk very interesting and enlightening. Arrangements were made by Miss Ebaugh for two men of the faculty of Johns Hopkins University to round out: the series at the end of the year. — 138 — RETROSPECT I. I AWOKE WHEN bells rang somewhere in the moonlit spire of Old Mac- Retrospect Dowell. On that first September night I lay restless in the silver gloom and wondered vaguely what college really was . . . II. Rain falling steadily in silver slants . . . A brown campus veiled in a grey mist . . . Men in green, black and yellow slickers and raincoats and battered hats hurrying to classes. A blackened briar pipe trails an acrid and comforting tang of tobacco through the damp air. III. October sunlight is like thin yellow muscatel. Down there on the latticed turf, orange and black jerseys scatter among blue in an end run. A tangle of twisting bodies ... Then a long yell is echoed along the banks of the Severn . .. Called signals crackle like faint pistol shots. The ball soars briefly against a dimming purple suns e t . . . Wrench of a flying tackle . .. The sudden gasp as a blue jersey breaks away. At the final whistle chrysanthemums droop against fur coats . . . Cigarets are good in this biting air. Twilight is blue laced with hyacinth . . . There is a girl beside you in a roadster's rumble seat. The thread of road winds up inside the roadster and behind there is the smell of smoky brush fires. IV. Talk . . . random, bantering, skeptical, while we sat in the darkened doorway of the fraternity house, cigarette ends glowing . . . The lights in Woodward go off. "Eleven o'clock. Who's going to eat?" Sounds drift faintly from the Avenue. Across the leaf-strewn grass we walk silently. A sense of graceless ease . . . V. The Gym in gay festoons of red and white. . . The Townsmen are playing . . . "Smoke Gets In Your Eyes" . . . A ripple of applause . . . Couples seated on the stairs talk in low voices . . . A long stag line sways about the band . . . A laughing crowd around the punchbowl. "Three O'clock in the Morning" . . . Back at the house before a sharp dawn spreads a hashed glow over a sleeping town . . . — 139 — �Retrospect VI. A crackling log burns fur'ously in the fireplace at the House. Chairs are grouped in a semi-circle, pipes lit ... Corn in a Mason jar . . . Highballs with floating limes and pale dry . . . Afterward, when the fire is almost dead you have an eerie sense of unreality. The shadows that once danced so merrily are now only blurred ghosts. Outside, trees standing bare and black against the snow make a bold frozen etching . . . The crunch-crunch of footsteps sounds far away . . . VII. XI. Came a night when fireflies flashed vagrant sparks against the dark outline of the French Monument. From up in Pinkney came the uncertain notes of husky voices singing . . . Jud and I sat on the back steps of MacDowell and watched the shifting pattern against the blackness .. . There was no moon . . . Tomorrow would bring graduation . . . A procession of caps and gowns . . . Speeches . . . A roll of parchment. Four years ended. We smoked silently. Meanwhile the fireflies glowed with momentary insistency, a brave and futile defiance to the stars . . . —WILLIAM LEE WALLER. "On the other hand, gentlemen, Immanuel Kant . . . " the voice of a tired professor drones on through the golden day. The room is warm with golden sunshine, catching the whirling notes with its slanting shafts . . . The hall bell clangs raucously, feet shuffle lazily along the narrow aisles into the cool dark hallways. "Dr. White will not meet his classes in Greek 10 today." What price freedom now? VIII. Spring . . . The drenched odor of fresh earth and green things . . . Restlessness in classes . . . The exquisite sweet pain of birds singing in the sallow sunshine after fitful gusts of rain. The first spray of dogwood. Nights pregnant with a soft warm fragility suggestive of apple blossoms, arbutus, and lilac. A couple turn down a lane fragrant with forsythia . . . A man and a girl framed in the trellis of a boxwood garden bring back intimations of a sophomoric idyll . . . IX. Annual at the Country Club . . . Six very black men tear an irresistible rhythm from jumbled black notes . . . "Hold 'at Taageh" . . . Don't let 'im go ... The throbbing back-beat of bass drum and tom-tom tell you what to do. On the veranda the splashed brilliance of colored jack-o-lanterns lights tables of green bottles in strange shades . . . The tinkle of ice in amber liquid plays an odd obligate to the wail of the clarinet. We walk lightly down the pebbled road in the platinum light of the moon. Headlights behind us make huge fantastic shadows . . . A roar as a car passes by us, trailing sparks from a tossed cigaret and a girl's shrill treble laughter . . . Where the road meets the bay the steamer lights twinkle red, blue, and white . . . The water shines like a million nickels . . . X. Mad interlude after a dance. "Let's run!" you said. A night of formless purple shadows and gypsy moonlight. Moongold was all about you as you fled, tousled in the gauzy whiteness of your gown, striking glints from your sequined slippers. . . You were a strange honey-pale oread there beneath the trees . . . A shy, wild pagan. And we perched haphazardly on a fence while we smoked and laughed at our own folly, for all things are amusing and trivial when you are young and stars powder a sky with silver dust . . . — 140 — —141 — Retrospect �INDEX A PAGE ' '"- Indey 78 31 "101 Acknowledgements Alpha Kappa Pi Alumni Association Athletics B Bacon, Dean Robert Band Baptista, Jesse Basketball Belcher, Eugene Paul Black and Orange Society Bonfire Boxing 24 90 35 119 36 98 138 125 c Cassassa, Bernard Joseph Central Walk Clark, Charles Patton, Jr Concert Orchestra Colonial Club College Organizations Collegian Staff Conn, Harold Way Contents Cooper, Henry Merryman, Jr Crawford, Robert Clifford Cross Country —- 36 22f 37 89 96 83 85 37 5 38 38, 78f 118 D Davis, Edwin Pountney Dearing, Charles E., II Dedication Delta Kappa Phi Honorary Fraternity Delta Omicron Honorary Fraternity Delta Psi Omega Fraternity 39 40 9 99 83 81 — 143 — �Index. Dove, Samuel Busey, Jr Dunleavy, Pau! Charles Dyar, Harrison Golshan PAGE 40 , 41 41 _. Eastman, Charles Joseph 42 K Kappa Alpha Fraternity Katz, Milton Aaron Kent, Graham Key, Francis Scott Key Society Kilmore, John Harold King William Books King William Players PAGE 76 Index — . 47 48 21 97 48 -- 17 88 Kurtz, Gerald Independence Faculty Features Pel, Dr. Thomas Florestano, Herbert Joseph Florestano, Joseph Michael Foreword French Monument Freshman Class Froio, Fiorino Peter Front Campus 30 136 21 42 43 12 26 71 , 43 29f A^VJ . , . Garey, Major Enoch Barton German Club Goodman, Jerome Daniel Gordon, Douglas Huntly Grannis, Charles Gardner Griffith, Lewis Herbert, Jr Gray, Edward Edgecomb 22 93 44 24, 31 f 45 46 45 H Hancock, Bryan History of St. John's College Homecoming Day Howard, Captain Douglas 49 . 46 15 139 28 J Varsity Lacrosse, |preshman Lamond, Angus LaMotte, Francis Gibbs, Jr Leatherbee, Robert Crane Legg, Howard Archibald Leslie, James Frederick Letter—George Washington's LeViness, William Thetford Liberty Tree Library Teas Literary Club Lyon, Earnest Carl 102 108 49 50, 76f 51 51 52 19 52 23f 140 92 53, 80f — M MacCartee, Carl Charles Malley, Raymond T. Matthews, William Bernard, Jr. Mayer, Vincent Edward McDowell Hall 1 w '. . 53 54 55 55 19 N Novak, Joseph Noble, Herbert 56 28, 30f O Intramurals Jones, Robert L.. Junior Class 127 47 67 Officers, Senior Class Junior Class Sophomore Class .. Freshman Class Orvis, Robert Leutze Osier Pre-Medical Club ,„_}„,__„„_._,„_.„ 34f 69f 70f 72 f 56 92 �BTi Index Pan-Hellenic Council Peterson, Otto Ronald Phi Sigma Kappa Fraternity Purnell, William Selby Purvis, Jesse Oliver, Jr. PAGE 74 57 74 57 „ 58 . Patronize our Advertisers THE CAPITAL GAZETTE PRESS I N C O R P O R A T E D R Ramsay, John Douglas RAT-TAT Staff Reese, William E. Retrospect Ridgely, Reginald Heber Riot—Hopkins-St. John's Ritchie, Gov. Albert C. . _ 58 .. 84 59 142 28 24 28, 30f Publishers of The Evening Capital and S Sander, Robert H., Jr. Scelsi, John Michael Scheffenacker, Lewis Emil Senior Class Senior Fellowship Students Sindall, Robert Allison, Jr. Skordas, Gust Smith, Henry Clay, Jr. Social Committee Social Fraternities Sophomore Class Sophomore Council Stevens, Harry Wellington, Jr. Stevens, Norman Veitch "St. John's Collegians" Student Council Subscribers to College —. Sullivan, Edward Maurice 59 60 60 33 96 61 61 62, 81f 87 73 69 136 62 6? ZZZZZZZIZZZ 91 86 18 63 T Tall, Luther S. Tennis Theta Psi Fraternity 32f HO 80 The Maryland Gazette PHONE: ANNAPOLIS 330 3 CHURCH CIRCLE COMPLIMENTS Ideal Barber Shop Open from 7 A. M. to 7 P. M. Saturday to 9 P. M. OF HARRY MEYERSON. Prop. 36 WEST ST. Annapolis - ANNAPOLIS Haircuts •— 35c Claiborne V Varsity Club The Gift Shop 95 w Watson, Paul Edward Wells, Edmund Parker White, Walter Miller Witman, Horace William Woodcock, Pres. Amos W. W. Woodle, Allan S., Ill ANNAPOLIS, MB. _ ..._ 64 65 75f ZZZZZZ..Z 65 ___. 66 26 3If '66 Ferry GIFTS - GREETING CARDS SOUVENIRS - ETCHINGS OF ANNAPOLIS Company 187 MAIN STREET Next To Republic Theatre �Patronize our Advertisers Patronize our Advertisers C A R V E L HALL WE INVITE ALL ST. JOHNNIES TO MEET US - f\ — AT AT THE Colonial Annapolis THE FIRST CAPITAL OF THE UNITED STATES COFFEE POT SANDWICH SHOP OPPOSITE THE NAVAL ACADEMY AMERICAN AND EUROPEAN PLAN GRILL 69 MARYLAND AVENUE ANNAPOLIS Garage •— Free Parking COMPLIMENTS THE Arundel MARYLAND Corporation BALTIMORE, MD. OF Bernard J. Wiegard Complete Insurance Service Real Estate HOTEL MARYLAND BUILDING Phone 9 Distributors of SAND, GRAVEL and COMMERCIAL SLAG Waterfront Properties COMPLIMENTS SINCE 1908 Charles F. Lee OF Annapolis, Md. Constructors and Engineers and Specialising in LEE BUILDING Annapolis, Md. Send for Bulletin THE "GIFTS THAT LAST" Phones: 43 - 44 COMMUNITY MEAT MARKET CHOICE MEATS Provisions and Groceries 28 - 30 MARKET SPACE Annapolis, Md. ANNAPOLIS DAIRY COLUMBIA JEWELRY COMPANY JEWELERS 131 MAIN STREET Annapolis, Md. �Patronize our ._, Advertisers F O f > COLLEGE MEN . American One Class toEUROPE /COLLEGE under-graduates and college v-/ faculty members from every part of the land have crossed to Europe the BALTIMORE MAIL way. They have been delighted for this American One Class service affords every comfort, attracts the sort of people with whom they enjoy spending the days at sea —yet rates are exceedingly modest. On BALTIMORE MAIL liners there's spaciousness everywhere—more room for rest and play, and the entire ship yours to enjoy. Broad decks, roomy lounges, dining salon extending the full width of the ship seats all passengers at one time. There is fine food, varied menus, choice wines and liquors. The large, cheery and spotlessly clean staterooms are all outside on upper decks, 60 per cent have private baths. RATES AS LOW AS #90 #171 One Way Round Trip Slightly higher in season WEEKLY SAILINGS BALTIMORE - NORFOLK HAVRE - HAMBURG BALTIMORE MAIL LINE See your travel agent, any United States Lines office or write to 313 N. Charles St., Baltimore, f o r illustrated booklet. The KEYNOTE Of OUR ENDEAVOR '"THROUGH the centuries quality has been the keynote of the craftsman's endeavor. As workers in the field of Graphic Arts we cherish the traditions that have come down to us from the printing craftsmen of old. The tools with which they worked may have been limited, but the ideals that guided their efforts could not be improved. They are the same today. The quest for quality goes on and on. Printing that radiates an atmosphere of quality can never be commonplace—in its appearance or its message. It truthfully reflects the environment from which it emerges and the results it produces, for the author or the advertiser, are in proportion to the printer's vision of his task. The ROEBUCK Mark of Quality, wherever found, identifies the printed matter on which it appears as handiwork in which quality is the object sought and the result achieved. H. G. Roebuck & Son 119 West Mulberry Street Baltimore, Maryland �tit ,—K^I .j> i »#l 1'.. I' •\- l:.^ *•,t'* . -. • ' lltMtf 11 '-" «*llll.' 1 .tW - A," ; My I/ '*& 1 Si.!1" '•:• ? .-A -^ i..*T#' -:;% •"A .".A--V"' '"^7". '£%••..•,.•: ^"> f* *•' ' ' -,^ff%y5r-^fiil%^k, 1 Xv H - ^ ' - ' *' -'•" -' tect^ '^ f- ' A(^' csW? * V. . 2* r,; -,.-, £?*• •' IJ-i bf"- • � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Yearbooks Description An account of the resource This collection contains yearbooks from St. John's College in Annapolis, MD. Yearbooks are sometimes referred to as the "Rat Tat", "Cicerone", or "Canvas". This collection includes all published yearbooks since 1896.  Please note that yearbooks were not published every year.<br /><br />Holdings: <br />1896 v. 1<br />1898 v. 2 - 1899 v. 3<br />1901 v. 4 – 1912 v. 15<br />1914 v. 17 – 1918 v. 21<br />1920 v. 22 – 1945/1946<br />1947 – 1951/1953<br />1957<br />1982<br />1986 – 1990/1991<br />1992 – 2001/2002<br />2015/2016 – 2017/2018<br />2021/2022 - 2024/2025<br /><br />Click on <strong><a title="Yearbooks" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=21">Items in the Yearbooks Collection</a></strong> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context yearbooks Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper (bound book) Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 150 pages Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The 1934 Rat-Tat Description An account of the resource The 1934 Rat-Tat of St. John's College, published by the Junior Class. Volume Thirty-Six Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Welty, Dalton M. (Editor) Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available H. G. Roebuck & Son Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Baltimore, MD Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1934 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Type The nature or genre of the resource text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Language A language of the resource English Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context 1934 https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/f6bcc9fd649eacb341dd9a69d240f1c2.pdf a6b96723e4a6447e322590519bb9eae5 PDF Text Text BULLETIN OF , ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE IN ANNAPOLIS CATALOGUE NUMBER FOR 1933-1934 ANNAPOLIS, M'.A.RYLAND JANUARY, 1934 �l ! VOLUME IV JANUARY, 1934 NUMBER 1 BULLETIN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE IN ANNAPOLIS CATALOGUE NUMBER FOR 1933-1934 Founded as King William's School, 1696 Chartered as St.] ohn' s College, 1784 Published four times a year by St. John's College, Annapolis, Maryland. Entered as second-class matter January 31, 1931, at the post office at An· napolis, Maryland, under the Act of August 24, 1912. �CONTENTS ' PAGE 11 I: l'i College Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 BOARD OF VISITORS AND GOVERNORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • 6 OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 FACULTY IO A SHORT HISTORY OF ST. JoHN's COLLEGE............... 17 THE CoLLEGE ToDAY Loca~ion .,....................................... The College Green................................. The College Buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Bachelor of Arts Course. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Professional Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Church Attendance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lectures and Concerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Activities ..................... ·. . . . . . . . . . . . Student Council . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fraternities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Honorary Societies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clubs ........ , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dramatics ·. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alumni Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 21 22 23 24 25 26 26 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 28 28 ADMISSION 29 PROCEDURE FOR NEW STUDENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 FEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Aw ARDS AND Arns' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 GENERAL REGULATIONS .................... " . . . . . . • . . . 46 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 STUDENTS ENROLLED, I93.J-34; DEGREES CONFERRED AND PRIZES AWARDED, 1932-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . IOI Index ................................... ; ........... 109 �COLLEGE CALENDAR JULY 1935 1934 1933 JANUARY JULY JANUARY slMJTIWITIFls sJMJT/wjTjFJs sJMJTJwlTJFJs sJMJTlwJTIFls . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 .. 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8 9 10 1112 13 14 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 22 23 24 25 26 27 213 23 24.o 25 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31 ...... 29 30 31 . . . . . . . . 30 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUGUST FEBRUARY .... 1 2 3 4 5 . . . . . . . . 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13141516H1819111213141516H 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 . . . . 25 26 27 28 . . . . . . .... 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 12345 8 9 10 11 12 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 29 30 31 ... . __!_!.----'.--L-L..:J..:.: AUGUST ...... 1234 . 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1213141516171810111213141516 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 31 .. 24 25 26 27 28 ..•• ........................................................ SEPTEMBER SEPTEMBER MARCH . . . . . . . . . . 12 . . . . . . . . 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1112 13 14 15 16 17 17 18 19 20 21 22. 23 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ............................ OCTOBER 1 8 15 22 29 2 3 4 5 9 10 1112 16 17 18 19 23 24 25 26 30 31 .. APRIL MARCH ............ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . APRIL OCTOBER 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 .. 1 2 3 4 5 6 131 4 8 9 10 1112 13 14 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 20 2 11516171819 20 2114151617181920 27 2 8 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 . . 29 30 . . . . . . . . . . 28 29 30 31 ...•.. .. 7 14 21 28 12 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 1516171819 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 . . . . . . . . ··- .. .... .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . . .. .. .. . . .. . . .. .. .. . . .. ---'--'-----'-----'---'--'NOVEMBER ...... 5 6 7 121314 19 20 21 26 27 28 1234 8 9 10 11 15161718 22 23 24 25 29 30 .. '. MAY NOVEMBER 12345 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13141516 171819 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 .... MAY ........ 123"""'12 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1112 1314151617 12.13 14 15 161718 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 25 26 27 28 29 30 .. 26 27 28 29 30 31 .. ............................ . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. .. .. .. DECEMBER . . . . . . . . . . 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 . • . . . . . . . . . . JUNE .......... 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 .. .. .. .. .. DECEMBER 12 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 .. .. 1933 1934 ember IS . . . . . . . . . . . Examinations for admission .... .September 2I and 22 onday Friday and Saturday ember I9 ........... Registration of all students ........... September 24 uesday · Monday tember 20 . . . . . . Formal opening: first half-year begins ...... September 25 ednesday (II a.m.)· Tuesday (II a.m.) ember 2I • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin ................. September 26 hursday Wednesday ember I I ••..•••. November hour examinations end. . . . . . . . November IO turday Saturday ·ember 29 ........... Thanksgiving recess begins. . . . . . . . . . . November 28 ednesday (I2 m.) Wednesday (I2 m.) ember 3 .............. Thanksgiving recess ends .......... ,.... December 2 unday (6 p.m.) · Sunday (6 p.m.) ember 2I . . . . • . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins .............. December 22 hitrsday (I2 m.) Saturday (I2 m.) ............ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 . . . . . . . . . . JUNE .......... 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 23 24 25 26 27 30 . . . . . . . . .. 7 14 21 28 .. 8 15 22 29 .. 1935 1934 ary 2 • • • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess ends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . January 2 uesday (6 p.m.) Wednesday (6 p.m.) y I8 ..........•.. Mid-year examinations begin ............ January I7 ~~ ~~ ary 27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mid-year examinations end. . . . . . . . . . . . . January 26 aturday Saturday ............... ,Second half-year begins ............... January 28 onday Monday ruary 22 . . . . . . . . . Washington's Birthday: a holiday ......... Februa:ry 22 hursday Friday ch I7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . • March hour examinations end. . . . . . . . . . . . . March I6 aturday . Saturday ' ·z II . . . . • . . . . . .•••....• Easter recess begins ................... April IO ednesday (I2 m.) Wednesday (I2 m.) ' 'l I 8 ........ ; ........... Easter recess ends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... April I 7 Wednesday (6 p.m.) ednesday (6 p.m.) 24 ............... .... Final examinations begin ................. May 23 hursday · Thursday 2 .••••••••••...•.... Final examinations end. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . June I aturday · Saturday 'e 6 ................... Commencement Day ................... June 5 ednesday Wednesday Summer Vacation, 1934, June 7 to September 20, inclusive �6 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 7 RIDGELY P. MELVIN ................••...•..•• Annapolis, Md. BOARD OF VISITORS AND GOVERNORS* His Excellency, ALBERT C. RITCHIE ............ Annapolis, Md. Governor of Maryland. President Ez Officio. HERBERT NOBLE .............. u5 Broadway, New York, N. Y. Lawyer. Chairman. Lemmon and Buck, Lawyers. Vice-Chairman. Vice-President, A. S. Abell Publishing Company; member of staff, the Baltimore Sun. J. VINCENT JAMISON, JR ... I02 Prospect Street, Hagerstown, Md. President, Jamison Cold Storage Door Co. c. MARBURY rn15 16th St., N. W., Washington, D. C. Physician. LEWIS W. BALDWIN .. 2200 Missouri Pacific Bldg., St. Louis, Mo. EDWIN WARFIELD, JR .... 15 East Saratoga Street, Baltimore, Md. Editor. Secretary. President, Missouri Pacific Railroad. SYLVESTER W. LABROT ...................... Annapolis, Md. Labrot & Company, Bankers. A. WALTON .......................... Annapolis, Md. President, Annapolis Banking and Trust Co. Treasurer. DR. AMOS F. HUTCHINS .. IOIO N. Charles Street, Baltimore, Md. Surgeon. WILLIAM WooDWARD .......... I Wall Street, New York, N. Y. Chairman of the Board of the Central Hanover Bank and Trust Company. JUDGE WALTER I. DAWKINS ... Fidelity Building, Baltimore, Md. Associate Judge, Supreme Bench of Baltimore City. ELMER G. PARSLY ......... I500 Walnut Street, Philadelphia, Pa. Parsly Bros. & Company, Bankers. DR. JAMES BORDLEY, JR..... 330 N. Charles Street, Baltimore, Md. Physician. DR. RAYMOND PEARL .. I9QI East Madison Street, Baltimore, Md. Director, Institute for Biological Research, Johns Hopkins University. * The President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Delegates of the Maryland Genera~ Assembly and the Judges of the Maryland Court of Appeals are ez officio members of the Board. WALTER J. MITCHELL, President of the Senate . ............... La Plata, Md. T. BARTON HARRINGTON, Speaker of the House of Delegates ... . Baltimore, Md. CHARLES B. GILLET ...... Baltimore Trust Bldg., Baltimore, Md. The Baltimore-Gillet Company, Investment Bankers. RICHARD F. CLEVELAND ... Baltimore Trust Bldg., Baltimore, Md. Lawyer. DouGLAS H. GORDON .............. Brice House, Annapolis, Md. President of the College. Judges of the Court of Appeals CARROLL T. BoND, Chief Judge ........................... . Baltimore, JOHN R. PATTISON, Associate Judge ..................... . Cambridge, HAMMOND URNER, Associate Judge ........................ . Frederick, WILLIAM H. ADKINS, Associate Judge ...................•... . Easton, T. SCOTT OFFUTT, Associate Judge ........................... Towson, W. MITCHELL DIGGES, Associate Judge ...................... . LaPlata, FRANCIS NEAL PARKE, Associate Judge ........... ...... Westminster, D. LINDLEY SLOAN, Associate Judge ..................... . Cumberland, FRANK R. KENT .................•... The Sun, Baltimore, Md. DR. CHARLES WALTER H. BucK .... 809 Union Trust Building, Baltimore, Md. ]AMES Attorney-at-Law. Md. Md. Md. Md. Md. Md. Md. Md. WILLIAM H. STAYTON National Press Building, Washington, D. C. Captain, U.S. N. (Retired). CHARLES A. CuMMINS .. 20 East Franklin Street, Baltimore, Md. Vice-President, Consolidated Engineering Company, Baltimore. �8 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF VISITORS AND GOVERNORS OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION Executive Committee MR. CUMMINS, Chairman MR. BucK PRESIDENT GORDON MR. LABROT MR. MELVIN Buildings and Grounds MR. LABROT, Chairman DR. BORDLEY DR. HUTCHINS MR. w OODWARD Elections to the Board JUDGE DAWKINS, Chairman MR. JAMISON MR. MELVIN MR. wARFIELD Finance MR. LABROT, Chairman MR. GILLET MR. WALTON MR. WooDWARD PRESIDENTS EMERITI THOMAS FELL ............... Grafton Hotel, Washington, D. C. President Emeritus Graduate, King's College, London, 1876; University of London, 1879; Ph.D., St. John's College, 1889; LL. D., Hampden-Sidney College, 1889, University of Pittsburgh, 1912, William a~d Mary College, 1921; D. C. L., University of the South, 1907; Litt. D., University of Maryland, 1923. President of St. John's College, 1886-1923. ENOCH BARTON GAREY .. The Garey School, Aberde~n, Maryland. President Emeritus B. A., St. John's College, 1903; Graduate, United States Military Academy, 1908; LL. D., Washington College, 1923. Professor of Military Science and Tactics, Johns Hopkins University, 1920-23; President of St. John's College, 1923-29; President, The Garey School, rw3-. 9 DouG::..As HUNTLY GoRDoN, A. B., LL. B., LL. D. 12 McDowell Hall President, and Dean of the Junior and Senior Classes NATHAN COMFORT STARR, A. B., A. M., Ph.D. II McDowell Hall Assistant to the President PAUL ALLEN, JR., A. B., A. M., Ph.D...... II McDowell Hall Dean of the Freshman Class GEORGE ALTHOFF BINGLEY, B. A., M.A .... 11 McDowell Hall Dean of the Sophomore Class MIRIAM STRANGE, A. B ..................... 11 McDowell Hall Registrar ELSA LOUISA BERKE ...................... II McDowell Hall Secretary LULU VroLA EBAUGH ........................ Woodward Hall Librarian ARTHUR CHEW MEADE, C. P.A ............. 13 McDowell Hall Auditor HAZEL VIRGINiA SEARS .................... I3 McDowell Hall Bookkeeper EVERETT WELCOME SMITH ..............•. I3 McDowell Hall Superintendent JAMES JOSEPH MURPHY, M. D ...............•...... Infirmary College Physician MAURICE TALBOTT RIGGS, B. S .................... Gymnasium Dire.ctar of Athletics I ! ! �~ -------------::""., . . . ' 1f 10 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE if 1: l FACULTY DouGLAS HUNTLY GORDON ...................... Brice House President A. B., Harvard College, 1926; LL. B., Harvard University, 1928; LL. D., University of Maryland, 1932. Secretary of the Board of Visitors and Governors, 1930-31; President of St. John's College, 1931-. JACOB BERN ARD SEGALL .............. 206 Prince George Street Professor of French B. L. and B.Sc., Lycee of Jassy, Roumania, 1884; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1893. Fellow in Romance Languages, Columbia University, 1892-93; Instructor in French, Cornell University, 1893-96; Sorbonne, Paris, 1896-97; Instructor in French, Cornell University, 1897-1900; Lecturer, Modern Languages, McGill University, 1900-01; Instructor in French, College of the City of New York, 1901-03; Professor of Romance Languages, University of Maine, 1903-20; Professor of French, University of Maine, 1920-28; Visiting Professor of French, Summer Session, Northwestern University, 1928; Professor of Romance Languages, St. John's College, 1928-29; Professor of French, St. John's College, 1929-. CLARENCE WILSON STRYKER ......... Bembe's Beach, Maryland Professor Emeritus of History B. A., Union College, 1885; A. M., Columbia University, 1914. Acting Professor of Economics, Kenyon College, 1912-13; Professor of History and Economics, St. John's College, 1904-12, 1916-23; Professor of History, 1923-32. REGINALD HEBER RIDGELY Revell Street, West Annapolis, Maryland Professor of Biology B. S., 1895, A. M., 1902, St. John's College; D. Sc., University of Maryland, 1920. Professor of Biology, St. John's College, 1912-. JAMES J osEPH MURPHY ............... I 39 King George Street Lecturer in Hygiene M. D., University of Maryland, 1896. College Physician, St. John's College, l91g-; Lecturer in Hygiene. St. John's College, 1929-. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 11 MARION ALONZO EASON ................ Severnside, Maryland Assistant Professor of Physics E. E., University of Virginia, 1909. General Electric Company, 1909-II; Instructor in Mathematics and Physics, Fitchburg (Massachusetts) High School, 19u-13; Electrical Maintenance Department, Du Pont Powder Company, 1914-15; Instructor in Electrical Shop Practice, Department of Manual Arts, Boston, Mass., 1915-16; Instructor in Mathematics, United States Naval Academy, 1916-20, Assistant Professor, 1920-25; Instructor, Mathematics and Physics, Naval Academy Preparatory School, 1925-27; Assistant Professor of Physics, St. John's College, 1927-. GEORGE ALTHOFF BINGLEY ...................... Brice House Professor of M athema.tics B. A., l9IO, M.A.,, 1916, Princeton University. Instructor in Government Schools, Osaka, Japan, 1910-13; University of Goettingen, 1913-14; Elizabeth Gardner Scholar in Mathematics, Princeton University, 1915-16; Instructor in Mathematics, Georgia Institute of Technology, 1918-19; Instructor in Mathematics, United States Naval Academy, 1919-23; Assistant Professor of Mathematics, St. John's College, 1923-24; Associate Professor of Mathematics and Physics, St. John's College, 1924-27; Associate Professor of Mathematics, St. John's College, 1927-31; Professor of Mathematics, St. John's College, 1931-. THOMAS AusTIN FITZGERALD ................. 567 West Street Assistant Professor of Spanish Ped. B., Missouri Teachers' College, l9II; A. B., University of Missouri, 1913; A. Nl., University of Illinois, 1921; Certificado, Centro de Estudios Hist6ricos, Madrid, 1929· Instructor in Ancient and Modern Languages, Pensacola Classical School, 1913-14; Burlington (Iowa) High School, 191418; Terrill School (Dallas), 1918-20; Assistant in Romance Languages, University of Illinois, 1920-21; Assistant Professor of Spanish, University of Kansas, 1921-23; Instructor in Romance Languages, University of Illinois, 1923-27; Assistant Professor of Romance Languages, St. John's College, 1927-29; Assistant Professor of Spanish, St. John's College, 192g.----. HER.MANN BERNHARD ............... 176 Prince George Street Professor of Chemistry Student, Universities of Petrograd, Wuerzburg, and Leipzig; Ph.D., University of Berlin, 1913. Assistant in Chemistry, Institute of Agriculture, Berlin, 1913-14; Chemical Research, 1914-23; Instructor in Chemistry, Swarthmore College, 1923-25 ~ Assistant Professor of1 Chemistry, St. John's College, 1925-26; Associate Professor of Chemistry, St. John's College, 1926-30; Professor of Chemistry, St. John's College, 1930-. �I'" I'' I ~i ' 12 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE GEORGE CLARENCE VEDOVA .................. 73 Conduit Street Assistant Professor of Mathematics B. A., International College, Smyrna, 1913; A. M., Columbia University, 1925. Instructor in Mathematics, International College, 1914-19; Assistant in Mathematics, Columbia University, 1925-27; Instructor in Mathematics, Columbia University, 1927-28; Instructor in Mathematics, St. John's College, 1928-29; Assistant Professor of Mathematics, St. John's College, 1929-. MYRON McLAREN .............. The Pines, Arnold, Maryland A;sistant Professor of Psychology ' A. B., University of Michigan, 1914; LL. B., University of Michigan, 1916. Chicago Theological Seminary, 1921-22. Associate Professor of Law, University of Alabama School of Law, 1922-23; Instructor in English, College of the City of Detroit, 1923-26; University of Chicago, Departments of Philosophy and Psychology, Jan., 1927-Aug., 1929; Assistant Professor of Psychology, St. John's College, 1929-· CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 13 NATHAN COMFORT STARR ............ 243 King George Street Associate Professor of English A. B., Harvard College, 1917; A. B., Oxford University, 1922; A. M. Harvord University, 1924; A. M., Oxford University, 1925; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1928. Assistant in English, Harvard College, 1921-24; Assistant in English, Radcliffe College, 1923-24; Instructor in English and Tutor in the Division of Modern Languages, Harvard College, 1924-28; Tutor in English, Radcliffe College, 1926-28; Associate Professor of English, Colgate University, 1929-30; Associate Professor of English, St. John's College, 1930-. PAUL ALLEN, JR .......................... 24 Murray Avenue Assistant Professor of Chemistry A. B., Harvard College, 1919; A. M., 1922, Ph.D., 1924, Harvard University. Instructor in Chemistry, New York University, 1923-24; Research Chemist, 1924-29; Assistant Professor of Chemistry, St. John's College, 1929---· JOSEPH BusH KINGSBURY ........... 239 Prince George Street Associate Professor of Government RICHARD SCOFIELD ........................ 49 College Avenue Associate Professor of Art and English B. A., George Washington University, 1915; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1923. Fellow in Political Science, University of Chicago, 1916-17; Assistant in Political Science, University of Chicago, 1919-21; Assistant Professor of Political Science, Washington University, 1919-25; Bureau of Public Personnel Administration, Washington, D. C., National Civil Service Reform League, 1926-27; Associate Professor of Political Science, St. John's College, 1928-29; Associate Professor of Government, St. John's College, 1929-. B. A., 1919, M.A., 1920, University of California; B. A., Oxford University, 1924. Assistant in English, University qf California, 1919-20; Commission for the Relief of Belgium Exchange Fellow, Universite libre de Bruxelles, 1920-21; Instructor in English, New York University, 1925-27; Associate Professor of Art and English, St. John's College, 1927-. JULIAN SMITH DUNCAN .......... ,. ........ 49 College Avenue Instructor in Economics and Government B. A., 1917, M.A., 1919, University of Mississippi; B. D., Emory University, 1924; Ph. D., Columbia University, 1932; Instructor in Economics, Hunter College, Feb. to June 1929; Lecturer in Economics, Bryn Mawr College, 1929-30; Research Fellow, Brookings Institution, Washington, D. C., 1930-31; Instructor in Economics and Government, St. John's College, 1931-. ADAM ALLES ............................ Edgewater, Maryland Assistant Professor of Philosophy B. A., Colorado State Teachers College, 1917; B. D., Oberlin College, 1920; M.A., 1921, Ph.D., 1926, Yale University. University of Berlin, 1922-23; University of Paris, 1923-24. Sterling Fellowship, Assistantship in Ethics, 1924-25, University Fellowship, 1925-26, Yale University; Instructor in German, Rutgers University, 1926-27; Assistant Professor of Philosophy, St. John's College, 1927-. FoRD KEELER BROWN .................... S Maryland Avenue Professor of English A. B., University of Washington, 1920; D. Phil., Oxford University, 1926. Assistant in English, 1919-20, Assistant Professor of English, 1923-25, University of Washington; Associate Professor of English, St. John's College, 1925-29; Prqfessor of English, St. John's College, 1929---· Lours CLAIR HUNTER ................... 83 Shipwright Street Assistant Professor of History A. B., Knox College, 1920; A. M., 1923, Ph.D., 1928, Harvard University. Instructor in American Economics and Social History, Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1923-28; Assistant Professor of History, Smith College, 1929-30; Assistant Professor of History, St. John's College, 1930-. VERTREES JuDSON WYCKOFF ............. I3 Thompson Street Associate Professor of Economics B. A., 1920, Ph.D., 1923, Johns Hopkins University. Research Student at the Bethlehem Steel Company, 1923-24; Assistant Professor of Economics, St. John's College, 1924-26; Associate Professor of Economics, St. John's College, 1926-. �14 RICHARD l 'I ,'~ CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE KuEHNEMUND~ .....•.................. Brice House Associate Professor of German Ph. D., University of Goettingen, 1922. Assistant at the Philological Seminar, University of Goettingen, 1920-24; Instructor in Modern Languages, St. John's College, 1924-26; Assistant Professor of Modern Languages, St. John's College, 1926-29; Associate Professor of German, St. John's College, 192!}-. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 15 GEORGE HAROLD MoFARLIN ................. Arnold, Maryland, Assistant Professor of Chemistry A. B., 1925, A. M., 1926, Indiana University. Instructor in Chemistry, Southeast Missouri State Teachers College, 1926-27; University of Chicago, 1927-29; Instructor in Chemistry, St. John's College, 1929-31; Assistant Professor of Chemistry, St. John's College, 1931~. Borns PENROSE, 2D ............................. Brice House Assistant Professor of History JOHN THOMAS RoDGERS ......................... Brice House Instructor in English and History A. B., Harvard College, 1925. Assistant Curator of Prints, The Pennsylvania Museum. Assistant Professor of History, St. John's College, 1932-. B. A., 1922, M. A., 1923, Princeton University. Instructor in English and History, St. John's College, 1931-. JoHN SPANGLER KIEFFER ............ 204 Prince George Street Instructor in Classical Languages PAUL EUGENE GROPP, .. Phillips Exeter Academy, Exeter, N. H. Assistant Professor of German B. A., 1923, M.A., 1926, George Washington University. Instructor in German, Wesleyan University (Connecticut), 1923-24; Instructor in German, George Washington University, 1924-30; University of Kiel (Germany), and Columbia University, 1930-31; Assistant Professor of German, St. John's College, 1931-. On leave of absence r933-34. FREDERICK WHIPPLE APPEL ............. 9f Southgate Avenue Associate Professor of Biology Ph. B., 1924, Ph.D., 1927, University of Chicago. National Research Fellow, University of Chicago, 1927-28; Assistant Professor of Biology, St. John's College, 1928-29; Associate Professor of Biology, St. John's College, 192!}-. WILLIAM HENRY BAYLIFF ................... I65 Green Street Assistant Professor of Biology B. A., 1924, M. S., 1928, University of Oklahoma. Instructor in Biology, Ponca City (Oklahoma) H. S., 1924-27; Assistant in ZoOlogy, University of Oklahoma, 1927-28; Instructor in Biology, St. John's College, 1928-30; Assistant Professor of Biology, St. John's College, 1930---. ROBERT WALLACE ELLIOTT, JR ................... Brice House Assistant Professor of French Litt., B., Rutgers University, 1924; Dipl6me de fram;ais, degr:e superieur, Universite de Dijon, 1925; M.A., Princeton University, 1928. Master, Newark (New Jersey) Academy, 1924-25; Instructor in French, Princeton University, 1925-27 and 1928-32; Fellow in Modern Languages, Princeton University, 1927-28; Assistant Professor of French, St.John's College, 1932-. A. B., Harvard College, 1927, as of 1926; A. M., 1929, Harvard University. Master in French and English, Litchfield (Connecticut) School, 1927-28; Instructor in Oassical Languages, St. John's College, 192!}-. REGINALD CLYDE SMITH ...................... 40 East Street Assistant in Economics and Government A. B., Johns Hopkins University, 1926. Assistant in Econoinics and Government, St. John's College, 1933-. How ARD PALMER JOHNSON) ..................... Brice House , Assistant iri History A. B., Yale University, 1931. Larned-Abernethy Fellowship in History, Yale University, 1932-33; Assistant in History, St. John's College, 1933-. PHYSICAL TRAINING STAFF MAURICE TALBOTT RIGGS .......•.......•••.. 450 West Street Director of Athletics; Head Coach of Football B. S., University of Maryland, 1920. VALENTINE LENTZ .............. The Pines, Arnold, Maryland Coach of Basketball; Assistant Coach of Football B. S., St. John's College, 1918. WILLIAM HANSON MooRE, III .... 107 Midhurst Road, Baltimore Head Coach of Lacrosse B. A., Johns Hopkins University, 1923· JosEPH NOVAK ...................... 250 Prince George Street Instructor in Physical Training; Director of Intramural Athletics; Coach of Cross Country and Track; Coach of Boxing. B. S., University of Illinois, 1929. �16 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 17 COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY A SHORT HISTORY OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Advisory Council PRE~IDENT GORDON., Chairman MR. ALLEN MR. BINGLEY MR. APPEL MR. STARR Committee on Admission and Advanced Standing MR. ALLES, Chairman MR. FITZGERALD The story of St. John's College begins in I696 with the establishment at Annapolis of King William's School. In that year an act was passed of which the following is an extract : MR. RIDGELY Committee on Curriculum PRESIDENT GoRDON, Chairman MR. ALLEN MR. KINGSBURY MR. APPEL MR. McLAREN MR. BROWN MR. SCOFIELD MR. WYCKOFF Committee on Scholarships and Prizes MR. VEDOvA, Chairman MR. BAYLIFF MR. KIEFFER Committee on the Library MR. BROWN, Chairman MR. BERNHARD MR. HUNTER MR. STARR Committee on Lectures and Concerts MR. BINGLEY, Cha4rman MR. APPEL MR. RODGERS Committee to Confer with the Executive Committee of the Board of Visitors and Governors MR. APPEL MR. BROWN CHAP. XVII A Petitionary act for free-schools. Lib. LL. No. 2. fol. us. Dread Sovereign .... Being excited by his present Excellency Francis Nicholson, Esq.; your Majesty's Governor of this your Province, his Zeal for your Majesty's Service, pious Endeavors and generous Offers for the Propagation of Christianity and good Learning, herein we become humble Suitors to your most sacred Majesty, to extend your Royal Grace and Favour to us your Majesty's Subjects of this Province, represented in this your Majesty's General Assembly thereof, THAT IT MAY BE ENACTED, II. AND MAY IT BE ENACTED, by the King's most excellent majesty, by and with the advice, prayer and consent of this present General Assembly, and the authority of the same, That for the propagation of the gospel, and the education of the youth of this province in good letters and manners, that a certain place or places, for a free-school, or place of study of Latin, Greek, writing, and the like, consisting of one master, one usher, and one writing-master, or scribe, to a school, and one hundred scholars, more or less, according to the ability of the said freeschool, may be made, erected, founded, propagated and established under your royal patronage. And that the most reverend father in God, Thomas, by Divine Providence lord-archbishop of Canterbury, primate and metropolitan of all England, may be chancellor of the said school; and that, to perpetuate the memory of your majesty, it may be called King William's School, and managed by certain trustees, nominated, and ap- . pointed by your sacred majesty. Laws of !Jfaryland, Session of July I-9, 1696. MR. WYCKOFF 2 �18 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE King William's School, established in accor~ance with :~s A~, flourished until the Revolution, .when, accordmg to tradition, its building became a gunshop. In 1784 the Legislature granted the charter for St. John's College; in the following year an act was passed which transferred the masters, students, and funds of King William's School to St. John's. The College has, therefore, a tradition reaching back to early colonial times. The General Assembly wrote into the charter of the College the principles of freedom which have earned for Maryland the name of the Land of Sanctuary. WHEREAS, Institutions for the liberal education of youth in the principles of virtue, knowledge and useful literature are of the highest benefit to society, in order to train up and perpetuate a succession of able and honest men for discharging the various offices and duties of life, both civil and religious, with usefulness and reputation, and such institutions of learning have accordingly been promoted and encouraged by the wisest and best regulated States : II. Be it enacted, by the General Assembly of Maryland, that a college or general seminary of learning, by the name of Saint John's, be established on the Western Shore, upon the foll?wing fundamental and inviolable principles, namely: first, the said college shall be founded and maintained forever upon a most liberal plan, for the benefit of youth of every religious denomination, who shall be freely admitted to equal privileges and advantages of education, and to all the literary honors of the college, according to their merit, without requiring or enforcing any religious or civil test, or urging their attendance upon any particular religious worship or service, other than what they· have been educated in or have the consent and approbation of their parents or guardia~s to attend; nor shall any preference be given in the choice of a principal, vice-principal, or other professor, master or tutor, in the said college, on account of his particular religious profession, having regard solely to his moral character and literary abilities, and other necessary qualifications to fill the place for which he shall be chosen. The " fundamental and inviolable times maintained. An early map of Offices of Administration, designates all denominations." The College is, wholly non-denominational. principles " have been at all Annapolis, preserved in the St. John's as the" Collegeas it has at all times been, CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 19 President Washington visited the College in 1791. After his visit he addressed this letter to the Faculty of the College: To the Faculty of St. John's College: GENTLEMEN :-The satisfaction which I have derived from my visit to your infant seminary is expressed with much pleasure, and my wishes for its progress to perfection are proffered with sincere regard. The very promising appearance of its infancy must flatter all its friends (with whom I entreat you to class me) with the hope of an early and at the same time a mature manhood. You will do justice to the sentiments which your kind regard toward myself inspires, by believing that I reciprocate the good wishes contained in your address, and I sincerely hope the excellence of your seminary will be manifested in the morals and science of the youth who are favored with your care. GEORGE WASHINGTON. April 17, 1791. He gave further evidence; of his interest by sending to the College in 1798, his adopted son, George Washington Parke Custis, whose name may be found in the College records as a member of the class of 1799. In 1794 President Washington's nephews, Fairfax and Lawrence, attended the " school for grammar and the English language " and are inscribed as "Washington, sen., Virginia" and "Washington, jun., Do." in the roster of that school, which was printed in 1794 under the title, " An Address of the Visitors and Governors of St. John's College to the Senate of Maryland." Three signers of the Declaration of Independence, Charles Carroll of Carrollton, Samuel Chase, and Thomas Stone, served on the Board of Visitors and Governors in the early days of St. John's, as did also John Eager Howard. A fourth signer, William Paca. was among the petitioners for the College charter. Francis Scott Key was graduated from St. John's in 1796, and Reverdy Johnson, Ambassador to Great Britian, in 18II. Founded at a time when problems of self-government were uppermost in men's minds, the College was, until the Civil War, a training school for many who were prominent in state and national affairs. The advantageous location of St. John's College became increasingly apparent. As early as 1841, David Ridgely, in his "Annals of Annapolis," writes, " The peculiar advantages to youth in being �20 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 21 ! educated at this seminary are numerous and evident ; with respect to health, as far as a high and dry soil, with pure air, will contribute to its preservation, or restore it when impaired, few places can be put in competition with it, and none can excel it. The sessions of the general assembly and the meetings of the courts of appeals, ,, chancery, and county, are so obviously beneficial to those young men who may be called to the public service, or enter: into the profession of the law, that no parent, especially a citizen of our State should hesitate a moment to send his son, whom he desires t~ become eminent in any of the professions, to a place where he is the most likely to acquire those qualifications which will render him useful and distinguished as a statesman, or afford him the greatest chance of professional improvement." D~ring the Civil War, St. John's was used as a Union Army hospital. At the close of the war Dr. Henry Barnard, later United , States Commissioner of Education, accepted the presidency. During his brief administration he reorganized the College to meet changed conditions. The years since his presidency are chiefly marked by the long and suc;cessful administration of Dr. Thomas Fell, inaugurated in 1886. Dr. Fell, now President Emeritus, retired in 1923, after thirty-seven years of service to the College. His successor, Dr. Enoch Barton Garey, also President Emeritus, a St. John's man of the class of 1903, served until June, 1929. In 1931, Douglas Huntly Gordon succeeded to the presidency. The names of the former presidents of the College, with the dates of their services, follow: John McDowell, 1789-1807; Bethel Judd, 18o7-1820; Henry Lyon Davis, 1820-1824; William Rafferty, 1824-1831; Hector Humphreys, 1831-1857; Cleland Kinloch Nelson, 1857-1861. (The college was closed for five years during the Civil War.) Henry Barnard, 1866-1867; James Clark Welling, 1867-1870; James Mercer Garnett, 1870-188o; John McDowell Leavitt, 1880-1884; William Hersey Hopkins, 1884-1886; Thomas Fell, 1886-1923; and Enoch Barton Garey, 1923-1929. THE COLLEGE TODAY Location. St. John's College is situated on a campus of thirty-five acres in the city of Annapolis. This beautiful town, so rich in tradition and in stately pre-Revolutionary buildings, is unique as the visible expression of eighteenth-century American civilization. Annapolis lies at the mouth of the Severn River, a tributary of Chesapeake Bay, and is not only the capital of Maryland but also the site of the United States Naval Academy, whose grounds and buildings have much to interest students of American Naval history. Within an hour one can reach either Baltimore or Washington. Students at the College have an opportunity to observe at first hand the houses of Congress, the Supreme Court, and the executive departments of the National Government ; likewise they can become familiar with the great collections in the Library of Congress, the Folger Shakespeare Memorial Library, and the various museums in the city. Baltimore also, with the Library of the Peabody Institute, the Walters' Gallery, the Baltimore Museum of Art, and the numerous concerts to be heard during the musical season, offers many resources to the student at St. John's. Annapolis is in close touch with the Eastern Shore of Maryland. Ferry and bus connect the city with points across the Bay and with Southern Maryland on the mainland. The College Green. On the St. John's College Green stand many reminders of the early history of Maryland. It is said that under the most ancient of its old trees, now known as the Liberty Poplar*, the colonists in 1652 concluded a treaty of peace with the Susquehannock Indians. During the troubled days before the Revolution the patriots gathered there to discuss their wrongs. The Annapolitans assembled there to greet General Lafayette in 1824. In 1781 French forces under Rochambeau camped in Annapolis on their way to Yorktown. A memorial was erected in 191 l to perpetuate the memory of the French soldiers and sailors who were buried on the campus. * This tree, which is marked by an appropriate tablet, has been preserved through the generosity of James T. Woodward, Esquire. ii �11 22 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE College Buildings. McDowell Hall, the central building on the College Green, was . egun m 1744 by Thomas Bladen as the Governor's Palace. Taken ?ver ~y the College in 1784, it now houses the offices of administration, the class rooms, and the Student Union. . The center portion of the first floor is occupied by the Great Hall where, in 1824, two banquets and a grand ball were held in honor of General Lafayett~. Flanking the Great Hall on either side are the offices of the President, the Deans, and the Registrar, and the offices of the Auditor. The upper floors include class rooms and the Carnegie Art Room. The latter contains a fine collection of books, pri~ts, photog~ap~s, and textiles, given to the college by the_ Carnegie Foundation m 1926. The ground floor is given over entirely to the Student Union. Here are to be found rooms for the recreation of students-pool and game room; card room. l~unge, in whi_ch the daily papers and selected magazines are pro~ vided ; the qmet room, in which quiet must be maintained at all times; and rest rooms. Here, also, in the Student Union are situated the College post office and the College book store. Humphreys Hall, built in 1835, was used as a hall of residence until June, 1929, when it was completely renovated. It now houses the Departments of Chemistry and Physics. On the ground floor are the Physics lecture room and laboratory; on th~ second and third floors are the Chemistry laboratories ; and on the fourth floor a large lec~ure room equipped with chemistry lecture table, and ~t the same time a stage, which is fully provided with the necessities for dramatic presentations. Each of the instructors in the Chemistry and Physics Departments has his individual private laboratory and office in this building. The Biology Building, on the corner of College Avenue and King George Street, houses the laboratories and lecture rooms of the Biology Department. This building, which was acquired by the College in 1929, is provided with new equipment. Here also are the offices of the Biology Staff. Woodward Hall, the College Library, erected in 1899, houses approximately twenty-seven thousand volumes, the nucleus of a rapidly growing collection that already contains many valuable books. Of great historical interest are four hundred books surviving from the library selected by Bishop Bray and given in 1696 to b CATALOGUE OF ST.JOHN'S COLLEGE 23 the Maryland clergy. Among the subscribers who paid for the books was Princess Anne, later Queen Anne, for whom Annapolis was named. The books were early placed in the care of King William's School and were a part of the school's property transferred to St. John's in 1785. The growth of the library in recent years has been largely due to the Marcus H. Benjamin, the Samuel Garner, Jr., and other gifts. The Library was helped materially in previous years by gifts from the Carnegie Corporation. The Matthias Hammond House (also known as the Harwood House) was built during the years 1770 to 1774 and was bought by the College in 1926. It is an unsurpassed example of southern Georgian architecture. The College is refurnishing the house much as it was in 1774. As a museum of colonial art in Maryland, it is now open to the general public and to students of American history and the fine arts. The Brice House ( 1740) , and the Pinkney House (1750), are also recent additions to the college property. The Infirmary, in which there are three hospital wards, two private rooms, and an isolation ward, is housed in a separate building just across from the College Green on College A venue. Here the College Physician holds daily office hours. The Infirmary attendants, at least one of whom is always on duty, live in the building. The Gymnasium, built in 1910, is equipped with a maximumsize basketball floor, handball court, running track, boxing and wrestling rooms, and apparatus. For intramural and varsity sports the College has football, soccer, and lacrosse fields and tennis courts. There are two halls of residence on the College Green, Pinkney Hall ( 1855) and Randall Hall ( 1903), in addition to the five fraternity houses of the College. Randall Hall contains the College dining hall. The Bachelor of Arts Course. St. John's is a non-sectarian college for men. The purpose of the College is expressed in the charter granted originally to King William's School as "the education of youth in good letters and manners." To this end the College offers courses in the liberal �24 CATALOGUE OF S~. JOHN'S COLLEGE arts and sciences leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. This degree covers the work formerly covered by the degree of Bacheloi· of Science, and is accepted by institutions of advanced learning wherever that degree used to be required. Professional Preparation. Primarily a college of liberal arts, St. John's prepares its graduates to enter professional schools. The degree from St John's is recognized everywhere by graduate schools, and in many cases work taken at St. John's is accepted for advanced standing at these institutions. The specific courses which a student should take to prepare himself for graduate study in any department are indicated to some extent by the requirements for majors, described hereafter. The Faculty will be glad to entertain further inquiries, and to furnish information concerning preparation for any profession. For those who are interested, the foI!owing information may be offered here : Medicine. At St. John's, a specially planned program has been arranged for students who wish to go into medicine. This program, the essentials of which may be completed in two years, includes the work designated by the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association as the basic requirement for entrance into class A medical schools. Admission may be gained to some schools of medicine on the basis of the two-year course. The leading medical schools of the country, however, require more than the accepted minimum : they expect not only a grounding in the biological and physico-chemical sciences but also a broad and liberal general foundation. They recommend especially a thorough training in the use .of the English language for the clear and accurate expression of ideas. The best medical schools require the bachelor's degree for admission. St. John's students are strongly urged to spend at least three and preferably four years in preparation since, in four years, they can secure a thorough training which will fit them for entrance into any medical school in the United States. Each student is urged to choose as early as possible the medical school which he desires to enter so that he can fulfill its special requirements. A list is kept on file at the College showing the specific requirements of each medical school. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 25 Engineering. The advisers of students intending to study engineering will plan programs of study covering the groundwork which leads to all branches of the profession. As many non-technical courses. as possible will be recommended, for leading engineers consider that it is unwise to work entirely in subjects of a professional character until general study has so broadened a student's views that he has an outlook valuable in itself as well as in assisting him to make a thoughtful choice of his precise field of technical work. Law. Students who are planning to study law are advised to diversify their studies as much as possible. It has been said by a prominent educator, that no law student can afford to ignore economics, government, psychology, the methods of the natural sciences, or English and American history. Courses in history and government are recommended as especiaI!y helpful in their professional study, and a thorough training in the expression of ideas in the English language is considered to be indispensable. The connection between other courses in the Division of the Social Sciences and Philosophy, and particular branches of the law will be pointed out to students by their Advisers. Business Administration. Students preparing to enter business, with or without training at graduate schools of business administration, should take work in the field of economics. Courses in economics will be of aid in the years of business apprenticeship, and should help to create that broad point of view expected of the business executive. Church Attendance. The College encourages, but does not compel, attendance at church. There are six churches and one synagogue in Annapolis, all of which invite attendance by students. The churches and their respective pastors are as follows: St. Anne's Protestant Episcopal, the Rev. Dr. Edward D. Johnson; Calvary Methodist Episcopal, the Rev. Dr. Joseph T. Herson; College Avenue Baptist, the Rev. Wilfred C. Tyler; First Presbyterian, the Rev. James J. Coale; St. Martin's Evangelical Lutheran, the Rev. Samuel G. Schick; St. Mary's Roman Catholic (Redemptorist Fathers), the Very Rev. Charles E. Crowe, C.SS.R. ; Kenesth Israel Synagogue, the Rev. Mordechai Cohen. �Z6 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Lectures and Concerts. ;! A series of lectures and concerts, arranged to come at intervals throughout the year, is given, usually, in McDowell Hall. Although they are intended primarily for students, these occasional affairs are open to the friends of the College. The program of lectures for 1932-33 included Dr. F. A. Moss on "The Treatment of Mental Diseases"; Dr. Giovanni Macerata, "The Origin and Development of Venetian Architecture"; Dr. Henry E. Sigerist, "Medicine in the Renaissance." Musical recitals and concerts were given by Elizabeth Oppenheim, pianist; Austin Conradi, pianist; the Duchesse de Richelieu, soprano; and the Musical Art Quartet. Professor Richard Kuehnemund, aided by Mr. Benjamin Y. Morrison, gave an evening of interpretation of Franz Schubert's compositions. Guest artists appeared also with the St. John's Symphony Orchestra, which gave three concerts during the year. Lectures on topics of current interest, by prominent authorities, are also given throughout the year, on Friday evenings, at the United States Naval Academy. Library Lectures. Important in the life of the College are the informal meetings in the reading room of the Library, arranged by the Librarian and her Assistants. Short talks are given on topics especially chosen to encourage interest in books. During 1932-33, the series was sponsored by the Faculty Woman's Oub, which has continued to act as sponsor in 1933-34. The Library program for 1932-33 included General Pelham D. Glassford, speaking informally on the Bonus Army; Dr. Felix Morley, " This Changing World " ; E. P. Goldschmidt, " Manuscripts " ; Miss Belle Da Costa Greene, " The J. Pierpont Morgan Library"; and Dr. N. Bryllion Fagin, "The Russian Theater." Three members of the St. John's Faculty spoke: Dr. Ford K. Brown on" Sport in the Eighteenth Century," Dr. V. J. Wyckoff on "Technocracy," and Professor Richard Scofield on "Marcel Proust." Student Activities. The College encourages students to take part in activities outside the curriculum. New student organizations must receive the approval of the Student Council and the approval of the Advisory Council. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Student C<:>uncil. In matters not related to the curriculum the College grants the students a large measure of self-government. All questions arising under this arrangement are referred to the Student Council. This Council, which meets weekly, has supervision particularly over questions of student conduct. Its membership consists of three Seniors, two Juniors, two Sophomores, and two Freshmen. Officers for the year 1933-34 are: Francis Gibbs LaMotte, Jr., '34, President; Allan Sheldon Woodle, III, '34, Secretary. Athletics. Varsity schedules are played in football, basketball, and lacrosse; informal games, in baseball and tennis. The students afso engage in cross-country running, track, boxing, fencing, and wrestling, although intercollegiate schedules are not maintained in all of these sports. Two athletic fields provide facilities for outdoor athletics. Indoor sports are held in a new and well-equipped gymnasium. All College students in good standing are permitted to engage in . varsity sports. Publications. The members of the Junior Class publish a year-book, The RatTat. The Collegian is a newspaper published by the undergraduates. A literary magazine, The Catalyst, made its initial anpearance in November, 1932. The student publications are free from faculty control. Fraternities. Three national fraternities, Phi Sigma Kappa, Kappa Alpha (Southern), and Alpha Kappa Pi, and two local fraternities, Theta Psi, and Delta Psi Omega, are provided with houses by the College. From one-third to one-half of the students are fraternity men. Honorary Societies. Delta Kappa Phi, an honorary scholastic society, recognizes high scholarship by electing to membership those Juniors who have been in the first group of the Rank List at the end of their Freshman and Sophomore years, and at mid-year of their Junior year; �28 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE and those Seniors who have been in the first or second groups of the Rank List at the end of their Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior years, and at mid-year of their Senior year, and who have been in the first group in at least two of these periods. Delta Omicron, another honorary organization, recognizes the , student's participation in extra-curricular activities. A point system devised by this fraternity evaluates the worth of each position or membership held by the student. Clubs. The Osler Club, the Erlenmeyer Chemical Club, the Liberal Club, the German Club, and the Fr.ench Club provide interesting programs for their members. Dramatics. A dramatic club, managed by students, offers opportunity for acquiring experience in dramatics. The King William Players presented the following plays in 1932-33 : J onesy,, by Anne Morrison and John Peter Toohey, and Old English by John Galsworthy. Musical Organizations. Under the direction of Mr. Adolph Torovsky the students maintain a concert orchestra and a band. The orchestra gave three concerts in 1931-32. Alumni Association. The officers of the Association are Mr. Luther S. Tall, '21, President; Mr. Roland Miller Wegner, '24, Secretary; Mr. Claxton Joseph O'Connor, '3 r, Assistant Secretary; and Mr. William Frank Stromeyer, '16, Treasurer. The headquarters of the Association are at St. John's College. Local associations are organized throughout the country. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 29 ADMISSION Routine of Admission. Application for admission should be filed by every candidate as early as possible in the yea,,,. in which he hopes to enter. On the application form, supplied by the Registrar upon request, the candidate should furnish the names of the schools he has attended, and the names of persons who can submit testimonials concerning his character. It is customary for the Registrar to write directly to the principal of each school for a recommendation of the student and a transcript of the student's record. The Registrar writes also to the other persons who can certify to the applicant's character and personality. As soon as all credentials have been secured the candidate's record is considered and appraised; and as promptly as possible thereafter the applicant is notified of the action taken concerning his admission. Since considerable time may be spent in securing the proper credentials, it is desirable that application blanks, fully filled in, should be filed early, preferably before June first. Requirements for Admission. The general requirement for admission is the standard four-year high-school course, or its equivalent. More specifically, the requirement calls for (I) the recommendation of the school principal or head master, and ( 2) fifteen units of acceptable work of secondaryschool level. A unit of entrance credit in any subject except English represents four or five school periods of work a week for approximately thirty-six weeks; in other words, a full year's work in a secondary school. In English a unit is more than a full year's work, four years of work being valued as three entrance units. For a list of the subjects and units specifically required, see the " Summary of Subjects Which May Be Offered for Admission." Admission by Certificate. Graduates of accredited high schools, private schools, academies, and preparatory schools are admitted without examination if the transcripts of their records cover fully the fifteen units required for admission. �CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Admission by Examination. When there is doubt about the adequacy of an applicant's preparation, he may be required to take entrance examinations. Candidates who present less than fifteen units of entrance credit will be required to complete the conditions for regular admission in good standing by taking appropriate examinations. Candidates whose previous schooling has been interrupted or irregular, candidates who desire credit for private study or for vocational subjects, and candidates who graduated from high school a number of years before seeking admission, may be required to take examinations, or may be admitted as special students, or may be admitted on trial, depending on the circumstances. Entrance examinations may be taken in June, under the College Entrance Examination Board, at any one of the many places where the Board examinations are given in the United States and abroad; or examinations may be taken at the College in September, on the days indicated in the College Calendar. Students who expect to take the College examinations should communicate with the Registrar, who will furnish information about them. Students who expect to take the examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board should make application by mail to the Secretary of that Board at 431 West 117th Street, New York City. The Registrar of the College will be glad to help any student to arrange for either kind of examination. general average of C at the end of the second year,* and have completed the requirements for promotion to the Junior Class, they will be given full Junior rating and will be allowed to continue in college. Students who have graduated from an approved college may also be admitted as special students, but not as candidates for graduate degrees. 30 Admission on Trial. Occasionally St. John's College admits "on trial" a limited number of applicants whose school work has been of a standard below that required by their principals for unqualified recommendation, but who give evidence of sufficient ability and determination to do satisfactory college work. Students who are admitted on trial are told, at the time of admission, exactly what prescriptions they must fulfill in order to make up their deficiencies. As soon as these prescriptions are fulfilled and the student has presented a satisfactory record in his college work, he is relieved from the " on trial " restriction and is placed in good standing. Admission as Special Students. Exceptional students who lack the requisite entrance units may be admitted as special students. If such students have attained a 31 Summary of Subjects Which May Be Offered for Admission. For admission in good standing t a candidate must present fifteen units of college entrance credit in the subjects listed below: English: Four years. of work are required. This work counts as three units of credit. Foreign Languages: Greek, Latin, French, Spanish, German. Not fewer than two years of work (two units) and not more than four can be accepted in any one language, but up to a maximum of eight units may be accepted in foreign languages. Mathematics: In algebra one and one-half years of work (one and one-half units) are required. An additional half-unit of advanced algebra may be accepted. In plane geometry one year of work (one unit) is required. An additional half-unit in solid geometry may be accepted. In trigonometry no work is required but one-half unit in plane trigonometry may be accepted, and one-half unit in spherical trigonometry. Social Science: In history one year of work (one unit) is required, and as many as six units may be accepted. In civics one year of work (one-half unit) may be accepted. In "Problems of American Democracy" one year of work (one unit) may be accepted. In economics one year of work (one unit) may be accepted. In sociology one. year of work (one unit) may be accepted. *For purposes of averaging the mid-point of each grade-range in the following scale is used : A = roo-90, B = 89-80, C = 79-70, D = 69-60. t In certain cases entrance insufficiencies may be made up after the student has entered college. Such make-up work is an entrance prescription, is stated as such at the time of admission, and is entered as such on the student's record. If the work done in college in fulfillment of entrance requirements may not be counted toward graduation from college, the student is so informed at the time of admission. �32 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Science: Unless the student has passed in his school work at least one full year of science (one unit) in which he has himself performed the laboratory work, he will be required to elect one full science course in college. One year of work (one unit) may be accepted in biology, botany, zoology, physics, chemistry, general science, physical geography, and (in special cases) in some other science. Drawing: One year of work (one-half unit) in free~hand drawing and one year of work (one-half unit) in mechanical drawing may be accepted. I I·. · Admission of Students from Other Colleges. Students who transfer to St. John's from other colleges and universities should file applications for admission similar to those filed by other new students. The routine of admission is the same as that followed in admitting high school graduates, but the student's college record, not his high school record, furnishes the basis for admission. Official statements must be submitted from the institutions which he has attended, showing his status· at the time of transfer and a list of the courses he has pursued, with the grades attained. Advanced Standing. Students who transfer from approved collegiate institutions may petition for advanced standing on the basis of the college courses they have taken and passed. In controversial cases examinations may be required before advanced standing can be granted. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 33 PROCEDURE FOR NEW STUDENTS Routine of Admission. See "Admission." Residence Assignments at the College. All students not living at home are required to live in College buildings (all fraternities are hoi:ised in College buildings) and to take their meals in the College dining hall. The associations brought about by residence at the College are an essential part of college life. Most of the rooms in the residence halls are arranged so that two students may live together. A few rooms are arranged for three students. Freshmen are assigned to rooms in the dormitories in the order of their acceptance by the Committee on Admission. They are urged to indicate on their applications for admission the names of other students with whom they would like to live. Students who have no acquaintances at the College are given tentative assignments which are subject to change after the student arrives at the College. It should be noted that no room assignment can be made and no reservation held until the candidate for admission has paid to the College his matriculation fee of fifteen dollars. Room Furnishings. Each dormitory room is provided with the necessary furniture, including a single bed with mattress and pillow, a chiffonier, a study table, and chairs. Towels; bed linen, and blankets are to be supplied by the student, as are also such decorations as window draperies, dresser scarfs, and rugs. The student should consult his incoming room mate before decorating his room. The College maintains the care of the room. Arrival at the College. The residence halls and the dining room are ordinarily closed to students until noon of the Saturday preceding the opening of College. Students usually arrive on Monday of opening week.' All students, both new and old, are required to register for their �'I 'i I 34 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE courses on Tuesday (registration day), and to attend thereafter such academic exercises as they may have. The regular academic engagements are listed in the College Calendar, which thus gives to old as well as to new students a notice of when to come to College. Special academic functions are announced by occasional notices. College Routine. The section of the Catalogue dealing with "General Regulations " furnishes much additional information for the entering student. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 35 FEES Matriculation Fee. For each new student there is a matriculation fee of $15. This fee is due and payable to the College at the time of application for admission. Since this fee covers the expense of admitting and enrolling the student, admission cannot be considered complete, and no dormitory room can be assigned or reserved, until it is paid. The matriculation fee is not refundable. Annual Fees. The fixed charges are those shown in the following table. They do not include special fees, nor the student's traveling expenses, laundry, and incidentals : Per year Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $300 Room rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Medical fee ..................... , . . . . . . . . . ro IO Athletic fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student-activities fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IO , Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $780 State appropriations and endowment funds enable the College to maintain its faculty, its living conditions, and its physical plant at these reasonable charges. To facilitate payment, the Business Office maintains a schedule of quarterly assessments according to which the fixed charges become due as follows: * Sept. 26 Nov. 30 Feb. 15 April 30 Tuition ................ . $go Room rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Medical f~e . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Athletic fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Student-activities fee . . . . . 5 $go Totals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $z40 $z25 45 go $60 30 60 $60 30 60 5 5 5 $150 * Students who enter at mid-years will be expected to pay one-half of the fixed charges in two equal assessments: one in February, the other in April. I' I �l 36 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Bills are issued in advance of the dates when they become due, except the first quarterly bill, which becomes payable when a student registers.* Additional Course Fees. 't 'l 'I Additional course fees must be paid for all courses taken in addition to the seventeen required for the degree. These include: ( 1) courses taken on entrance prescription, if they cannot be counted toward graduation; (2) courses taken in repetition of, or in place of, courses dropped or failed; and (3) courses taken in excess of the normal program. Such courses will be charged to the student at the rate of $6o.oo for each additional full course and $30.00 for each additional halfcourse. These charges, which cannot be determined until after registration for the second half-year, will be due at the time the last quarterly bill is presented in April. The normal program in the Freshman year is four or five courses. Freshmen who carry programs of more than five courses will be charged additional course fees. English I, whether actually taken or anticipated by examination, counts as a course carried. In the Sophomore year students who carried five courses, including English 1, in the Freshman year will be allowed to carry four courses without the payment of additional course fees. Students who carried four courses in the Freshman year will be allowed to carry five courses in the Sophomore year without the payment of additional tuition. In the Junior and Senior years the regular tuition provides for four courses only, and students who take more than four courses must pay the additional course fees. Laboratory Fees. In the courses of biology, chemistry, and physics, special fees are charged to cover expenditures for materials and specimens. These fees, amounting to either $rn.oo or $15.00 per half-course and either $20.00 or $25.00 per full course, are specified under the descriptions of the individual courses. * In case any bill is not paid on or before the date when it is due,. a fine of $5.00 will be added. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 37 Laboratory fees will be payable hereafter as follows: Nov. 30 For full courses ............................. half For half courses taken: · (I) In the first half-year ................ · · . all (2) In the second half-year ............ ·... April 30 half all In addition to the regular laboratory fee, students will be charged for any breakage for which they may be responsible. Graduation Fees. A diploma fee of $rn.oo and a fee of $z.50 for t~e rental of an academic cap and gown will be charged to all graduatmg students before Commencement Day. Students who wish to arrange for academic costumes otherwise than through the College should notify the Office to this effect by May first. i �l 38 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE AW ARDS AND AIDS f! ~j b il \l :I ,. ·!, Deserving students who need assistance may be aided somewhat at St. John's in meeting the expenses of a college education. Students are invited to apply for the forms of aid which require application, and to compete for those which are open to competition. There are several kinds of aids and awards, including fellowships, scholarships, prizes, assistantships, student service, and tuition loans. Certain scholarships are provided by the State of Maryland : these are awarded on the basis of competitive examinations, inquiry concerning which should be made in some cases to the student's county or city Board of Education, in other cases to the Registrar of the College. Certain other awards, which are made on the basis of the student's college record (the merit scholarships, the senior fellowships, and the merit prizes), do not require any formal application. All other aids require written application by the student on a. blank provided for the purpose, obtainable either from the Registrar or from the Business Office. Applications to the College, in order to be considered by the appropriate committees, should be filed: ( l) by students previously registered at St. John's, (a) before May I for all assistantships, and (b) before June I for all other aids; (2) by prospective students, before September IS. SENIOR FELLOWSHIPS The Senior Fellowships were created by the Board of Visitors and Governors in November, 1928. The resolution of the Board as amended at the meeting in May, 1930, follows: For the purpose of improving the scholarship and elevating the intellectual outlook of the student body of St. John's College, and for the further purpose of making clear the difference between academic freedom as a reality and academic freedom as a mere form of words, it is Resolved: 1. That there are hereby established the Senior Fellowships of St. John's College. 2. That annually there shall be elected at the last quarterly meeting of the Board, before Commencement of each year, not more than three members of the Junior Class of that year, to be Senior Fellows of St. John's College during the following year. 3. That election to the Senior FellowshiPt shall be made by the Board of Visitors and Governors of the College, upon the nomination and recommen- CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 39 dation of the President and Faculty. In making nominations and recommendations for the Senior Fellowships the President and Faculty shall take into consideration, and be guided by, not merely the academic grades attained by the students during the first three years of their course, though due weight shall be given to these grades; but also, and chiefly, by the interest in, devotion to, and promise of notable achievement in the intellectual life, as evidenced by the work and attitudes of the students during the first three years of their course. 4. That the sole requirement which shall be made of a Senior Fellow after his election shall be that he must be in residence at St. John's College during the academic year following his election. During the year of tenure of his Fellowship, the Fellow shall not be required to attend classes, or to take examinations, or to pay any fees whatever to the college. At the end of the year of the Fellowship, the Fellow shall be given his degree in course. During the tenure of his Fellowship, the Fellow shall be given complete and absolute freedom to pursue the intellectual life in residence at St. John's College in whatever manner and direction he himself chooses, as the guest of the college. 5. That a Senior Fellowship can be terminated during the year of its tenure only because of the commission of a crime, as defined by the laws of the State of Maryland, by the Fellow; or because the Fellow becomes insane, as defined by .the laws of the State of Maryland. 6. That this resolution shall become operative and go into effect immediately upon its passage, and that announcement of the existence of the Senior Fellowships of St. John's College, and the conditions of their award and tenure shall be made in all future catalogues of the college. HOLDERS OF SENIOR FELLOWSHIPS 1929-30. Robert John Klingenburg, '30. 1930-31. Philip Irvin Bowman, '31. Samuel Peaco Chew, Jr., '31. 1931-32. Robert Lemmon Burwell, Jr., '32. Henry Soladay Shryock, Jr., '32. 1932-33. John Boak Smith, '33. 1933-34. Robert Clifford Crawford, '34. Jerome Daniel Goodman, '34. Henry Oay Smith, Jr., '34. MARYLAND STATE SCHOLARSHIPS Senatorial Scholarships. To one student from each county of Maryland and from each of the legislative districts of Baltimore City, a "senatorial scholarship " providing free tuition, board, and room rent. Candidates for these scholarships, residing in Baltimore City or in Dorchester, Kent, and Queen Anne Counties, should apply to the Registrar of the College for information regarding the com- �40 .r .,. '.I' JI CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE petltlve examination ; candidates residing in the other counties should apply to their respective county Boards of Education for this information. These scholarships do not provide for the matriculation fee, extra-course fees, laboratory fees, or the medical, athletic, and student-activities fees. Tuition Scholarships. To one student from each county of Maryland and from each of the legislative districts of Baltimore City, a " tuition scholarship " providing free tuition. Candidates for these scholarships, residing in Baltimore City or in Dorchester, Kent, and Queen Anne Counties, should apply to the Registrar of the College for information regarding the competitive examination ; candidates residing in the other counties should apply to their respective county Boards of Education for this information. These scholarships do not provide for any fees other than regular tuition. SCHOLARSHIPS AW ARD ED BY PATRIOTIC SOCIETIES The Matthew Fontaine Maury S.cholarship. Awarded by the United Daughters of the Confederacy to a student of exceptional character and scholarship and of established Confederate lineage. This scholarship covers tuition, board, and room rent, and is awarded at present for four years unless the appointee fails to maintain the required standard in his academic record. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 41 evidence that he is of colonial descent and that he himself reveres the ideals and standards of his forbears. This scholarship covers tuition, board, and room rent and is awarded for four years unless the appointee fails to maintain the required standard in his academic record. SCHOLARSHIPS AW ARD ED BY THE COLLEGE Merit Scholarships. To a student who, by his character and by his attainments in scholarship and in activities during his Freshman year, has demonstrated his capacity for leadership, a scholarship providing free tuition for the succeeding year. To a student who, by his character and by his attainments in scholarship and in activities during his Sophomore year, has demonstrated his capacity for leadership, a scholarship providing free tuition for the succeeding year. These scholarships, which are awarded annually by the Faculty on the recommendation of the Committee on Scholarships and Prizes, are announced in September, at the formal opening of College. Foreign Scholarships. To foreign students, a limited number of scholarships providing free tuition. Holders of these scholarships may be required to do five hours of work each week, assisting in the language departments, tutoring, and so on. The scholar is expected to pay the regular charges for board and room rent, the matriculation fee, the medical, the athletic, and the student-activities fees. The Clifton C. Roehle Scholarship Fund. To be awarded annually in tuition, the income of six thousand dollars, the bequest of Mrs. Anna M. D. Roehle, in memory of her son Clifton C. Roehle. Scholarship of the Southern Maryland Society. Awarded .by the Southern Maryland Society to a student who enters St. John's College from that section of Maryland represented by the Southern Maryland Society. This scholarship covers tuition, board, and room rent, and is renewable provided that the appointee makes a creditable record in his college work. The Frederick Jonathan von Schwerdtner Scholarship. To be awarded, in tuition, to some deserving student, the income of fifteen hundred dollars, offered annually under the will of the late Frederick Jonathan van Schwerdtner, in memory of his son, Ernest. Scholarship of the Colonial Dames of America. Awarded by the Colonial Dames of America to a .student of unusual ability and integrity. The applicant is expected to submit RETENTION OF SCHOLARSHIPS In case any student holding a scholarship fails to pass all of his courses at the end of the college year with a general average of �CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE C, * the Faculty will recommend that his scholarship be forfeited. If, for any reason, a student holding a scholarship leaves college before the end of the year, the scholarship held by him will be left vacant. It cannot be re-awarded before the beginning of the next academic year. 2. To the student who shall compose the best essay on the principles of free government, $25.00, offered under the will of the late Philo Sherman Bennett. A term thesis written in satisfaction of the regular course requirements in a course in the Division of the Social Sciences and Philosophy may be accepted in lieu of an essay provided it is graded B or higher by the instructor for whom it is written. 3. To the student who shall write the best essay on a subject taught regularly in the Division of the Sciences and Mathematics, a prize of $25.00, offered by the Reverend Doctor Thomas E. Green. A term thesis, written in satisfaction of the regular course requirements, may be accepted in lieu of an essay provided it is graded B or higher by the instructor for whom it is written. 42 SCHOLARSHIPS AT OTHER INSTITUTIONS FOR ST. JOHN'S STUDENTS Scholarships in Engineering. Three scholarships in engineering are offered at the Johns Hopkins University to graduates of St. John's College. Students who are interested should confer with the major Advisers in the Departments of Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, and Economics. Scholarship in Marine Biology. A tuition scholarship applicable to an approved course either at the Biological Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor, New York, or at the Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, is offered annually to a biology or pre-medical major who is properly prepared and who is recommended by the Biology Department. Students who are interested should consult members of the Department. PRIZES The following prizes, some of them competitive, some honorary, are awarded each year. All but one are awarded in June, at the Commencement; the last one, a prize for improvement, is awarded in September, at the formal opening of College. Competitive Prizes. Essays and theses to be considered for these prizes must be submitted to the Chairman of the proper Division of the Callege on or before May IS, unless he announces a later date as a final limit. I. To the student who shall write the best essay on a subject taught regularly in the Division of the Languages, Literature, and Art, a prize of $25.00, offered by the Reverend Doctor Thomas E. Green. A term thesis, written in satisfaction of the regular course requirements, may be accepted in lieu of an essay provided it is graded B or higher by the instructor for whom it is written. *For purposes. of determining averages the mid-point of each grade-range in the following scale is used : A roo-90, B 89-80, C = 79-70, D 69-60. = = = 43 Merit Prizes.* I. To the member of the Senior Class who attains the highest average in his four years' academic work, $10.00 in currency, offered by the Board of Visitors and Governors. 2. To that member of the graduating class intending to study medicine and having the highest standing in courses in the Division of the Sciences and Mathematics, $5.00 in currency, offered by the Theta Psi Fraternity. 3. To the member of the Senior Class who, in the opinion of the Faculty, has shown the greatest general excellence during his college course, $20.00 in currency, offered by the Reverend Martin Aigner, D. D. 4. To the student who, in the opinion of the Faculty, has contributed most to the College during the year, $5.00 in currency, offered by the Phi Sigma Kappa Fraternity. 5. To the members of the Senior Class who, in the opinion of the Faculty, has best exemplified those principles of love for and service to men which were the dominant characteristics of Algernon Sydney Sullivan, a medallion and certificate of award, offered annually by the New York Southern Society in commemoration of Algernon Sydney Sullivan. 6. To some person not a student in the College but intimately connected with the affairs of the College, who, in the opinion of *For the purpose of determining students' averages the mid-point of eaCh grade-range in the following scale is used: A roo-90, B 89-80, C 79-70, and D 69-60. = = = = �44 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE the Faculty, possesses such characteristics of heart, mind, and conduct as evince a spirit of love for and helpfulness to other men and women, as were exemplified by Algernon Sydney Sullivan, a medallion and certificate of award, offered annually by the New York Southern Society in commemoration of Algernon Sydney Sullivan. 7. To the retiring President of the Student Council each year, a gavel, offered by the Beta Mu Chapter, Kappa Alpha Fraternity. 8. To that student who, in his record for the year, shows the greatest improvement over his record for the preceding year, $10.00 m currency. To be awarded in September, at the formal opening of College. Gymnasium Assistantship. A student is employed each year as an assistant in the Gymnasium. Students who are interested should consult the Assistant Director of Athletics. 45 STUDENT SERVICE A number of students' serve as waiters in the dining room. The stipend is credited toward the student's board. Ordinarily the waiters are upperclassmen who have proved themselves worthy of aid by their records in scholastic work and in student activities. Applications should be made on the regular Student-Aid form. ASSISTANTSHIPS Applications for assistantships should be filed before May first of each year, on the regular Student-Aid blank. Laboratory Assistantships. · A few upperelassmen, at present five, are employed each year as technical assistants in the biology, chemistry, and physics laboratories. The stipend, which varies according to the type of service rendered and the amount. of time required, is credited to the student's account. The character and the academic record of the applicant as well as his financial status will be considered by the committee making the appointments. Students .who file applications should indicate the departments in which they wish to assist. Men who have held assistantships previously must file new applications if they wish to be reappointed. Infirmary Assistantships. Two upperclassmen are appointed to take charge of the Infirmary and to assist the College Physician. The stipend is credited to the student's account in the Business Office. Students should consult the College Physician before applying. Library Assistantships. Three upperclassmen are employed as assistants in the College Library and the Carnegie Art Room. Students who are interested should consult the Librarian. STUDENT LOANS With a view to aiding those students who otherwise could not meet the necessary expenses of a college education, a system of loans has been arranged. Students who apply may be granted permission to give the College, in lieu of cash, Student-Aid notes payable two years after the student leaves the College, these notes to cover such portions of the fees as may be approved by the Committee. Student-Aid notes, executed under the same conditions as bank loans, bear interest at the rate of one per cent per annum from the date of making to the date of maturity. Applications for these student loans should be made on the regular Student-Aid blank. All students previously registered in St. John's, who desire aid, should file applications by June I; thereafter, until the middle of September, the applications of new students will be considered. Recipients of loans are required to maintain scholastic standing in the first three groups of the Rank List. Students who have been allowed to tender Student-Aid notes for one year may not be accorded this privilege in succeeding years unless they maintain satisfactory standing. Aids awarded in one year do not commit the College to any further award. Students who enjoy the privileges of securing such loans will be expected to reply promptly to all communications regarding their obligations. �11 46 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE GENERAL REGULATIONS The regulations and provisions contained in this Catalogue and constituting the basis for the governance of the College are subject at all times to the right of the Visitors and Governors and to the right of the Faculty to repeal, change, or add to any of them. I. HONOR REGULATIONS St. John's College aims to develop in its students a sense of responsibility to the community as well as a high standard of scholarship. To this end student self-government is encouraged. Each student is expected to conduct himself as a gentleman. Any student who is guilty of any dishonesty will be required to withdraw from the College. The Student Council cooperates with the Advisory Council of the Faculty in enforcing the honor regulations. The Student Council has power, accordingly, to take disciplinary action in any case of misconduct by any student. Any student who is unable to cooperate with the Student Council may be required to withdraw from the College. II. RESIDENCE REGULATIONS All students not living with parents or guardians are required to live in College buildings and to take their meals in the College dining hall. Occupancy of Rooms. Rooms in the halls of residence may not be occupied before ~oon of the Saturday preceding the opening of College except m the case of men who are returning to College early with the permission of the President. Rooms in the halls of residence may not be occupied during the Christmas or' the Easter recess. Assignment of Rooms. Before May first of each year the student may, if he wishes, indicate his desire concerning his rooming arrangement for the next year. For this purpose application blanks will be distributed by the Auditor's Office. Men who wish to room together must file their applications concurrently. Assignments are usually announced before May fifteenth. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 47 Change of Rooms. No student living in the dormitories may change his room except with the approval of the room-assignment officer. College Rules for Dormitories. I. No radios, victrolas, or other instruments may be played, nor may any loud noise be made, in the College dormitories after IO: oo p. m. (Saturdays, II : 30 p. m.). Band instruments may be played in the dormitories only between 2: oo p. m. and the time when supper is served in the College dining room. 2. Intentional damage to College property is a serious offense against discipline, and is forbidden. 3. Any damage to College property will be charged to the occupant or occupants of the room, or to the occupants of the hall, in which the damage occurs, or to any person or persons whom the dormitory committee or the Student Council shall determine to have been responsible therefor. 4. The Student Council shall directly and through the dormitory committees enforce the above rules by disciplinary action taken at executive meetings to be attended only by those summoned by the Council. Such action shall be announced concurrently by the Student Council and by the College Office. 5. Any student who has been the object of such disciplinary action may appeal to his Dean for a change in the action taken. The College reserves the right to repair completely, at the expense of the occupant or occupants, any dormitory room, if any tacks have been driven into the walls, or if any matter has been pasted upon the walls, or if the walls are damaged in any other way. Dining Hall. The dining hall may be closed at any time when College is not in session, except for a holiday of only one day. Only breakfast and luncheon will be served on the Wednesday preceding Thanksgiving recess and only supper on the Sunday preceding the resumption of classes after Thanksgiving. Only breakfast will be served on the morning of the first day of the Christmas recess, and only supper will be served on the day just preceding the resumption of classes. A similar schedule will be maintained before and after the Easter recess. �CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Infirmary Service. Any illness must be reported to the Infirmary promptly by the student. Students suffering from contagious or infectious diseases must reside in the Infirmary until discharged by the College Physician, or until sent home. The College Physician maintains office hours each day at the Infirmary. During these hours his services are available without charge, since a medical fee covering this service is paid by all students. Each time, when a student is ready to make a choice of studies, he should go to his assigned Faculty Adviser. A study card, approved and signed by the Adviser, must be returned to the Office and filed before 4 p. m. on the day of registration. During May each student is required to fill out not only a list of the courses he will take during the next college year but also a comprehensive plan of the studies he will pursue toward the degree. A plan of study sheet as well as an early registration card should be filed by every student who has not previously filed one. Late registration, unless excused by the student's Dean, may involve the payment of $s.oo. Failure to file the registration forms on time, when there is no valid excuse, will involve the payment of a charge of $2.00. 48 III. SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS Advisers. Each new student is assigned to a member of the Faculty who acts as his Adviser. The Adviser helps the student at registration times and confers with him occasionally throughout the year. The stude~t should call upon his Adviser ft:eely for assistance at any time. In assigning Advisers to new students, the Registrar considers the information which is furnished on the application for admission. Each student should give as much information about himself as possible, so that he may have sympathetic guidance. Before May first in his first year each Freshman chooses one subject in which he will do his major work. He is then assigned to an Adviser who teaches in the department of the major. The major Adviser takes the place of the Freshman Adviser: with his help the student plans his studies for the remaining years, and selects the courses he will take during the ensuing year. Deans. In addition to the Advisers there are Deans who act as counsellors to the Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, and Senior Classes. These Deans carry out the general regulations of the College, and act, jointly, as an Advisory Council. .:: Registration. All students, both new and old, are required to register at fixed times. The registration day for the first half-year is indicated in the College Calendar. At mid-years there is a registration for the second half-year, and in the spring there is an early registration for the year following. The times for these registrations are announced by special notices. 49 Change of Program. During the first two weeks in either half-year students may drop or add courses with the permission of the Registrar and with the approval of the Adviser. After this two-week period the student will be required to pay a charge of $2.oo if any change is made. After November I, no course may be dropped until mid-year, and after March I no further change may be made. Tuition will be charged for courses abandoned after these dates-tuition at the half-course rate for all half-courses and for full courses abandoned after November I, and tuition at the full-course rate for full courses abandoned after March I. A special form must be filed at the Registrar's Office for any change of program. Courses Required of Freshman. The course in prescribed English composition is required of every Freshman unless he satisfies the Department of English by examination that the prescription is not necessary in his case. In addition, every Freshman should register for hygiene and for physical training. The student's other courses may be elected from any of the courses regularly open to Freshmen. An examination for exemption from the prescribed course in English composition is required of all new students on the day of the formal opening of College. Students who originally register 3 �CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE for only four courses, and who gain exemption from English r, will be required to register for an additional course, since no student may take fewer than four courses. At the end of the year credit for one full course in English will be entered on the records of exempted Freshmen. time require that a student's program be lightened, even if special permission to take additional courses has previously been granted. 50 Physical Training and Hygiene Requirements. Two years of physical training are required for the degree. These should be completed during the first two years of college work. A ten-week course in hygiene is also required, ordinarily during the first year. Amount of Work Required. No regular student in any year may take fewer than four courses. If the number of courses needed for promotion to the next higher class exceeds four, the student will be required to carry the requisite number for promotion, except by special dispensation from his Dean. Requirements for Promotion. For all students entering College for the first time in September, r93r, or thereafter, the requirements for promotion are as follows: To the Sophomore Class: A student must have passed in at least four courses, in two of which his grades must be C or higher. To the Junior Class: A student must have passed in at least nine courses, in five of which his grades must be C or higher. To the Senior Class : A student must have passed in at least thirtnn courses, in seven of which his grades must be C or higher. Requirements for promotion of all students entering before September, 1931, are as follows: To the Junior Class: Nine Courses (in addition to two years of Physical Training). To the Senior Class: Thirteen Courses. The consequences of failing to satisfy the promotion requirements are described under " probation." Amount of Work Permitted. No student will be permitted to take more than five courses in any one year except by special permission of his Dean. In no case may more than six courses be taken. The Dean may at any 51 Attendance at College Exercises. Attendance at all classes and at all other academic exercises is required. Each Dean will exercise his discretion in summoning men who ignore this rule, in warning them against further absences, and in placing on probation men who fail to cooperate. Unexcused absence from classes either immediately before or immediately after holidays or recesses will at all times be subject to discipline. Excused Absences. Absen~e from classes because of illness or because of some unavoidable occurrence may be excused by the class Dean. Absence because of illness is excused by the Dean only on the recommendation of the College Physician. See the section on " Infirmary Service," under " Residence Regulations." Examinations. Informal hour examinations, covering the work of approximately the first seven weeks of each half-year, are held in all courses in November and in March. Mid-year examinations are held at the end· of the first halfyear. For courses which end at mid-years, these are final examinations. Final examinations for full courses, and for half-courses which begin at mid-years, are held at the end of the year. Grades. Students are graded by letter grades as follows : A, Excellent; B, Very good; C, Satisfactory; D, Passing, but unsatisfactory; F, Failure; I, Incomplete. An incomplete grade is automatically changed to F in case the work is not completed within the following prescribed periods : at mid-year, within four weeks; at the end of the year, within the first six weeks of the following academic year. Reports. Reports are sent to each student, to his parents, and to his . Adviser after each grade period; that is, after the November hour- �:1 I ! 52 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE examinations, after the mid-year examinations, after the March hour-examinations, and at the end of the year. Reports of grades are not given out at the end of the school year, however, until the student's College bills are paid. Good Sta,nding. In order to remain in good standing, a student must maintain at all times a record which, if it were final, would entitle him to promotion to the next higher class or, in the case of a Senior, to the degree. 1: Ji 1. The Rank List. After the mid-year examinations and after the final examinations each student whose record is not unsatisfactory is assigned to one of the four groups of a Rank List on the basis of the work he has accomplished in the preceding half-year. Each student is ranked according to the grades attained in his best four courses except those men whose requirement for the Sophomore year is five courses. Grades required for standing in each of the groups follow: CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 53 Probation because of Unsatisfactory Scholarship. A student who fails to make at the mid-year grade period a record which, if it were final, would entitle him to promotion, may be placed on probation and warned by his Dean that unless his record improves, his probation may be closed. A student whose record is unsatisfactory as a result of the November or March hour-examinations ordinarily is warned by his Dean. However, if his record is exceedingly low, he may be placed on probation in November, or in March. A student who at the end of the year fails to make a record which entitles him to promotion is dropped to the next lower class and placed on probation. Continued Failure to Satisfy Promotion Requirements. Any student who has been dropped to the next lower class because of his failure to satisfy his promotion requirements, and who during his second year in the same class again fails to satisfy requirements for promotion to the next higher class, will have his connection with the College finally severed. Group I. Excellence. A minimum of three grades of A and one of B (with no failures in entire record). Group II. Distinction. A minimum of three grades of B and one of C (with no grades of D in best four courses). Group III. Satisfactory. A minimum of three grades of C and one of D. Group IV. Passing. A minimum which will satisfy promotion requirements but not high enough to fulfill the requirements of a higher group. Men on Probation. Men who are placed on probation are expected to exert every effort to regain good standing at the earliest possible moment. A student on probation for any cause will be required to maintain a perfect record in attendance. He may not participate in any athletic contest as a member of a team; and, at the discretion of his Dean, he may be required to withdraw from non-athletic activities. If the student is reported for any matter of discipline while on probation, his probation will, in most cases, be closed without further warning. The Deans' List. The Deans' List consists of the names of all students who have attained places in Groups I or II of the Rank List. Men on the Deans' List are trusted by the Deans with greater responsibility and discretion in the ordering of their college work; they are allowed to observe as they may wish the rules regarding attendance, and are not subject to discipline because of absences. Abuse of these privileges over an extended time may bring about , the removal of any man's name from the Deans' List. Any man on the List who for any reason is placed on probation automatically loses the aforesaid privileges. Probation as Discipline. A student may be placed on probation for failure to maintain a satisfactory attendance record. Unsatisfactory conduct or neglect of any summons from a College officer may also bring the penalty of probation. Relief from Probation. A student who has been placed on probation for disciplinary reasons is relieved from probation promptly when he has demonstrated that he no longer should be on probation. A student who has been placed on probation because of unsatisfactory scholarship �54 \;1 l_1 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE will, in most cases, be relieved from probation at the next grade period if a satisfactory record is then achieved. i:' CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Courses Required for the Degree. During the four years of the work for the Bachelor of Arts degree, the student must include in his program the following courses: 1. English I. 2. Required courses for fulfilling the prescription of his major department (approximately six courses). 3. Any language courses prescribed by the major department. 4. Three courses for distribution. (See Courses for Distribution.) 5. In addition to the above, elective courses sufficient to make a total of seventeen courses, exclusive of hygiene and physical training. 6. The course in hygiene, and two full courses or the equivalent in physical training. Repeating Courses. A course which has been passed may not be taken again in order to raise a grade. If a student has received the grade of F in any course, he may repeat the course, or he may substitute another course. If the course failed· is one required for the degree or for the fulfillment of the major requirements, it must be repeated. Continuation of Work in Prescribed English Composition. A student who has passed English 1 but who still needs training in writing English may, at any time during his Sophomore or Junior year, be required by any instructor, with the consent of the class Dean, to return to the English Department for supplementary work, and may be required to continue this work without credit until excused by the English Department or by the Dean. Transfer of Course Credits from Other Colleges. Students who take work at summer schools may petition for transfer of credits on the basis of the work taken at those institutions. Credit is not automatically transferred, but is subject to the approval of the Faculty member at St. John's who teaches the most nearly similar subject. In order to be certain that a given credit will be transferable, the student should confer with the proper Faculty members and with the Registrar before going to summer school. Upon his return the student must submit a transcript of his summer school record. Inasmuch as the formal approval of credit may take some time, the student is urged to submit his transcript and his petition for credit immediately after the conclusion of his summer course. In controversial cases examinations may be required before credit can be granted. IV. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE A student must have passed seventeen ( 17) full courses, or their equivalent in full and half courses, in order to be recommended for the degree. He must, in addition, have attained grades of C or higher in at least nine (9) of these seventeen courses. Further, he must have secured credit for satisfactory work in the course in hygiene and in the courses in physical training (two years of work). 55 Major Courses. At the end of his Freshman year each student is required to designate his major subject. An instructor in that subject is assigned as his Adviser for the rest of his College course. Each student is required to plan, with his Adviser, a tentative program for the Sophomore, Junior, and Senior years, including all of the courses required for the chosen major. It is advisable for the student to take in the Sophomore year any elementary courses which are required. Language Requirements. Language requirements (if any) are prescribed by the individual major departments. Since the student does not announce the choice of his major until the end of his first year, Freshmen are advised to consider the matter of languages very carefully before finally submitting their study cards for the first year. Courses for Distribution. All courses offered are grouped in three Divisions : ( 1) The Division of Languages, Literature, and Art, (2) the Division of the Social Sciences and Philosophy, and (3). the Division of the Sciences and Mathematics. The student's major subject falls in one of these three divisions. The student must pass three courses divided between the other two divisions, in not less than two departments which are not represented by courses taken or to be taken in fulfillment of the requirements of the major. �56 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Unless the student has passed in his preparatory school a course in laboratory science approved by the College, he must pass at least one college course in a laboratory science. Major Courses Counting for Distribution. No course taken to satisfy the requirements of the major may be used for distribution unless the major includes more than six full courses. V. REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS Biology. Four full courses (or their equivalent) in biology: Some work in each of the basic branches of the subject, if possible, such as ecology, physiology, embryology, morphology, and genetics. Courses 20, 21, 22, and 30 are primarily morphological; Two full courses (or their equivalent) in chemistry including comprehensive general chemistry and organic chemistry: Additional work may be recommended in analytical and colloidal chemistry; The language requirements are two years of college French (or their equivalent) and two years of college German (or their equivalent) . A reading knowledge of these languages is desirable as a preparation for graduate study. (Courses taken in satisfaction of these language requirements may be counted toward distribution.) Chemistry. Chemistry 2 (Comprehensive General Chemistry) ; Chemistry 21 1 hf (Qualitative Analysis); Chemistry 22 2 hf (Quantitative Analysis, Part I); Chemistry 31 1 hf (Quantitative Analysis, Part II); Chemistry 32 2hf (Physical Chemistry, Part I); Chemistry 33 (Organic Chemistry) ; Chemistry 42 (Advanced Organic Chemistry) ; Physics 21 (Elements of Physics) ; The language requirements are two years of college French or their equivalent and two years of college German or their equivalent. It is strongly urged that the German requirement be fulfilled before the end of the Junior year. (Courses taken in satisfaction of these language requirements may be counted toward distribution.) NoTE.-Mathematics 11 (Introduction to Mathematical Analysis) is a pre-requisite for Chemistry 21 1 hf. Mathematics 21 (Analytic Geometry and the Calculus) is a pre-requisite for Chemistry 32 2hf. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 57 Classics. Three full courses (or their equivalent) in Latin, above Latin 1; Two full courses (or their equivalent) in Greek, above Greek 1 ; A full course (or its equivalent) in ancient history. Two electives selected with the approval of the Adviser. Economics. Economics 21 (General Principles of Economics) ; Two of the Junior courses in economics (two full courses or the equivalent) ; Economics 40 (Advanced Economics) ; Mathematics 26 2hf (Statistics) (This should be taken m the Sophomore year) ; One full course in psychology or in philosophy ; Government 11 (American Government). Beginning in 1932-33, students who major in economics will be required to take a comprehensive written examination at the end of the Senior year. The courses of concentration will be stressed, but familiarity with adjoining fields of knowledge will be expected. English. English 21 (Survey of English Literature) ; English 45 (Shakespere); Four other full courses in the Department of English, exclusive of English 1. It is urged that students majoring in English elect History 23 (English History), preferably in their Sophomore year. By the end of their Junior year, students who major in English must have a reading knowledge of either French or German. At the end of the Senior year, they will be required to take a comprehensive written examination covering the entire field of English literature. Papers will be set in the history of English literature, and in the appreciation of literature. Some works and tendencies of modern foreign literature will be included in the latter paper, and some of the questions will be set in French or German. English 41 (Chaucer) must be taken by students who wish the recommendation of the Department for graduate study. �CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE French. See Romance Languages. German. Four full courses in German beyond German 10 (Intermediate German), including German 40 (Problems of Current German Life and Thought); A course in mediaeval European history and a course in modern European history or their equivalents. Mathematics 31 (Mathematical Analysis, Part I) ; Mathematics 35 (The Elements of Mechanics); Mathematics 41 (Mathematical Analysis, Part II) ; Physics 21 (Elements of Physics). Or: Mathematics 11 (Introduction to Mathematical Analysis) ; Mathematics 21 (Analytical Geometry and the Calculus) ; Mathematics 33 (Higher Algebra); Mathematics 35 (The Elements of Mechanics) ; Mathematics 43 (Introduction to Modern Geometry); Physics 21 (Elements of Physics). A reading knowledge of French or German is advised. 58 NoTE.-German 21 (Scientific German) does not count toward the major. Government. Government 11 (American Government) ; Government 21 (Governments of Europe); Government 30 (Principles and Problems of Government) or Government 50 (Reading Course) ; Government 41 1hf (International Relations) and Government 42 2 hf (International Organization) or Government 43 1hf (Political Parties) and Government 44 2 hf (Constitutional Law); Economics 21 (General Principles of Economics) or a full year of psychology ; History 22 (Modern European History) or History 23 (English History) or History 25 (History of the United States). History. History 1 (European History from the Fall of Rome to the present Time) ; History 21 (Mediaeval European History) or History 23 (English History) ; History 22 (Modern European History); History 25 (The History of the United States) ; Economics 21 (General Principles of Economics) or Government 11 (American Government) or one full course in psychology exclusive of Educational Psychology (Social Psychology recommended); English 21 (Survey of English Literature) or Art 21 (Introduction to Art) or Philosophy 31 (History of Philosophy). Mathematics. Mathematics 11 (Introduction to Mathematical Analysis) ; Mathematics 21 (Analytical Geometry and the Calculus) ; 59 Philosophy. Philosophy ll 1hf (Logic); Philosophy 15 (Ethics); Philosophy 31 (History of Philosophy); Philosophy 34 2hf (Locke, Berkeley, Hume) ; Philosophy 35 1hf (History of Religion) ; Philosophy 36 2hf (Psychology and Philosophy of Religion) ; Philosophy 41 1hf (Plato); Philosophy 42 2 hf (Schopenhauer) ; One full course or its equivalent in psychology or in history. Physics. Physics 21 (Elements of Physics); Physics 31 (Electricity and Magnetism) ; Physics 41 (Physical Optics) ; Physics 42 (Theory of Heat) or Physics 43 (Electricity); Mathematics 21 (Analytical Geometry and the Calculus) ; Chemistry 2 (Comprehensive General Chemistry). Reading knowledge of French and German. Pre-Medical Sciences. Each student who wishes to study medicine is advised to take the six essential courses of the pre-medical major, whether he selects this major or some other. These are the courses stipulated by the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association as the minimal requirements for admission to the medical schools : �I' ,! 'I ~o CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Two full courses in biology: Biology 11 (Beginning Zoology), Biology 21 1 hf (Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates), and Biology 22 2 hf (Embryology of Vertebrates) ; Two full courses in chemistry : Chemistry 2 (Comprehensive General Chemistry), and Chemistry 33 (Organic Chemistry) ; One full course in physics: Physics 21 (Elements of Physics); N oTE.-Mathematics 11 (Introduction to Mathematical Analysis) is prerequisite to Physics 21. One full course in English, which must be actually taken in college. In addition, two years of college German or their equivalent and two years of college French, or their equivalent, are required. Courses taken in fulfillment of these language requirements may be counted toward distribution. The student should become familiar with the specific requirements of the professional school he expects to enter, where additional requirements may be pre-requisite. For example, Latin is required for admission to the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Some medical schools require "a reading knowledge,; of French and German. Analytical chemistry is required in some schools, and, indeed, work in colloidal chemistry and biochemistry would be desirable too. Psychology. Three full courses, or their equivalent, in psychology; Biology 11, either section A or section B; Philosophy 31. One additional full course, or the equivalent, in philosophy, or in biology, or in psychology; or a full course in physics; One additional full course or two half-courses to be elected from the following list : Any philosophy course ; Any psychology course ; Biology 16 2 hf; Biology 21 1 hf; Biology 22 2 hf; Biology 30 1 hf; Biology 33 2 hf ; Biology 34 2 hf ; Chemistry 1 or Chemistry 2 ; Physics 21; Mathematics 26 2hf; Economics 38 1 hf and 39 2 hf; Economics 40; Greek 22 1 hf; Greek 23 1 hf; Greek 24 2hf; English 24 2hf ; English 49; English SO. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 61 Any student who intends to do graduate work in psychology should learn to read both German and French. He should also take at least two full science courses or their equivalent. Two full years of biology and one of some other science, preferably physics, are recommended. The student should make as thorough a study as possible of physiology, especlally the physiology of the nervous system and the ductless glands. Romance Languages. Four full courses in one Romance language above French 2 or Spanish 2 (intermediate courses). One of these four must be a course in composition and conversation. In addition, two full courses in another Romance language. French 17 does not count toward the major. Social Sciences. One course in each department. The courses prescribed are : Economics 21 (General Principles) ; . Government 11 (American Government) ; History 1 (European History from the Fall of Rome to the Present Time); Philosophy 31 (History of Philosophy); One full course in psychology, exclusive of Educational Psychology (Social Psychology is recommended) ; Three additional courses in the social sciences. These three courses must be distributed over three departments and must have the approval of the departments concerned. Spanish. See Romance Languages. VI. DEGREES WITH HONOR AND DISTINCTION In order to encourage high scholarship and serious interest in learning, the college in 1927 established degrees " with honor " and " with distinction." Degrees with Honor. Highest honor will be awarded to those students who have pursued during their last two years a course of study in some �62 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE measure independent of regular courses and leading to a comprehensive examination in one field of knowledge. Opportunity will be given to acquire a more complete mastery of one subject than has ordinarily been done under the course system. In some departments there will be opportunity for original research and the writing of a thesis. The examination may be conducted not only by the major department and other members of the Faculty, but also by competent persons outside the College. The requirements for the degree " with honor " or " cum honore " are as follows : a. The candidate shall, at some time before the end of the Junior year, make application to his Dean for acceptance as a candidate for honors, and must have therefor the approval of his Adviser and of the department of his major. b. He shall obtain a general average of at least 80 for the four years, and an average in his major subject of at least 85.* c. He shall, either during his Junior and Senior years, or during one of them, accomplish special work in his major subject, the type and amount of which shall be decided in conference between him and the instructors in his major department. d. He shall, towards the end of his Senior year, pass a comprehensive oral and written examination in his major subject before a board composed of the instructors of the major group, other members of the Faculty, and at least one visiting examiner. Degrees with Distinction. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE COURSES OF INSTRUCTION Freshman courses are numbered from 1to19, Sophomore courses from 20 to 29, Junior Courses from 30 to 39, and Senior courses from 40 up. The numbers of full courses are unqualified, halfcourses running throughout the year are indicated by hf following the number, and half-courses given only in the first or the second half-year are designated by 1 hf or 2 hf. Courses not given in the current year are bracketed. The Roman numeral in parentheses after the name of each course indicates the examination group to which the course is assigned. Separate sections have their examination groups listed successively. Courses are open ordinarily to members of a higher class; and occasionally members of a lower class may obtain the permission of an instructor to register for a higher class. The previous consent of the instructor is required for registration in courses indicated by an asterisk (*). The reading courses numbered in the fifties are open to Juniors regularly. The thesis courses numbered in the sixties are open only to Seniors who are candidates for departmental honors ; such courses are marked by a dagger ( t). I. DIVISION OF THE LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND ART PROFESSORS BROWN A degree " with distinction " or " cum laude " will be granted to any student who has done especially good work in all the courses which he has taken. A student to win this degree must, during a regularly required residence in the College, obtain an average of 85 or above.* Degrees "with great distinction,'' or "magna cum laude," will be granted by vote of the Faculty in rare cases to altogether exceptional students. A student may win a degree both " with distinction " in general studies and" with honor" in his major subject. *For determining comparable averages, the mid-point of each grade-range in the following scale is used : A = 100-90, B 89-80, C = 79-70, and D= 69-60. = 63 (Chairman), ELLIOTT, FITZGERALD, GROPP, KuEHNE- MUND, PENROSE, SCOFIELD, SEGALL, AND STARR, AND MESSRS. KIEFFER AND RODGERS ART Art 21. Survey of the History of Art. (m) A survey of the history of art in Western Europe with special emphasis on the Greeks in the first half-year and on the Italian Renaissance in the second half-year. M-W-F at 10. PROFESSOR SCOFIELD. [Art 31. The History of Painting in Western Europe.] (n) From the beginnings to impressionism. During the first half-year special attention will be given to the Sienese and Florentine primitives �CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 64 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE and to the great painters of the Renaissance in Italy; during the second half-year to the Flemish primitives and to the Flemish, Dutch, and Spanish schools of the seventeenth century. Pre-requisite: Art 21. M-W-F at 9. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR SCOFIELD. Art 33 hf. Nineteenth-Century Painting. 1 English 23. Contemporary Literature. A study of European and contemporary American art and social thought in poetry, prose fiction, and drama. PROFESSOR BROWN. [English 24 2hf. The Modem Drama.] (11) PROFESSOR SCOFIELD. Art 34 hf. Contemporary Art. 2 PROFESSOR SCOFIELD. (u) Studies in twentieth-century architecture, sculpture, and painting. M-W-F at 9. Second half-year. PROFESSOR SCOFIELD. ENGLISH English 1. Grammar, Composition, and Prose Forms. (xv) The course is intended to supply students with the elements of English grammar and the English language as a useful tool. Frequent papers; conferences; collateral reading. Required of all Freshmen unless they pass an anticipatory examil!:i,tion in grammar and composition. Does not count toward fulfillment of major or distribution. T-Th-S T-Th-S M-W -F M-W-F T-Th-S (1x) A course in rapid reading in the nineteenth- and twentieth-century drama, with special attention to the period after Ibsen. T-Th-S at9. Second half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. M-W-Fat9. First half-year. A; B; C; D; E; (m) M-W-F at 10. From David to Cezanne. Section Section Section Section Section 65 at 10. PROFESSOR ScoFIELD. at 9. PROFESSOR STARR. at 9. PROFESSOR BROWN. at 9. MR. RODGERS. at 9. MR. RODGERS. English 21. Survey of English Literature. [English 30 hf. History of the Printed Book.] (xm) The first half of the course, dealing with the printed book from modern times to the seventeenth century, will be taught by President Gordon; the second half, dealing with the printed book in the fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries, will be taught by Professor Penrose. Half-course running throughout the year. Tat 2. Omitted in 1933-34. PRESIDENT GORDON AND PROFESSOR PENROSE. *English 31.l 1 hf. The Theory of Literary Criticism. (x) The course will attempt to discuss the bases for critical judgment upon literature. Though in no sense intended as a history of literary criticism, the course will examine certain of the critics from Aristotle to the present. Students will be expected to analyse various kinds of literature. There will be frequent discussions and papers. T-Th-S at 10. First half-year. PROFESSOR STARR. (1x) A study of the main tendencies of English Literature from Beowulf to *English 31.2 2 hf. Advanced Composition. (x) the present time, with readings in great or characteristic writers and in social backgrounds. Required of all Sophomores who propose to major in English. Intended for students who wish further opportunity to practice composition. So far as possible, the work of the course will be covered in individual conferences. T-Th-S at 9. T-Th-S at 10. Second half-year. PROFESSOR SCOFIELD. PROFESSOR STARR. �66 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE [English 32. The Nineteenth Century.] CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE (x) This course is intended to give a comprehensive view of the poetry and the prose (including the novel) of the ninetee~t~ century, from Byron to Oscar Wilde. The change from th_e ro:nantic1sm of the early nineteenth-century poets to that of the V1ctonans, and the gradual development of the didactic purpose in prose of the perio~ wil~ be especially emphasized. There will be frequent class-room d1scuss1ons, and occasional papers. T-Th-S at 10. Omitted in 1933-34. [English 36 1hf. Romantic Poetry of the Eighteenth Century.] A survey of English romantic poetry from Anne of Winchelsea to Wordsworth. Important poets studied will include Thomson, Gray, Cowper, Coleridge, and Wordsworth. Tat 10. First half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR STARR. English 37. Poetry of the Nineteenth Century. PROFESSOR STARR. [English 33. The Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries.] (xm) This course will study the poetry and prose of England from 1485 to 1650. Various types such as lyric poetry, .voya~ing ?arrati~es, picaresque fiction, and translations, will be exammed m their relation to the English Renaissance. PROFESSOR STARR. [English 34 1hf. The Drama from 1588 to 1800.] A study of the English drama, exclusive of Shakespeare, from Marlowe to Sheridan. Pre-requisite: English 21. T-Th-S at 9. First half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. M-W-Fat9. PROFESSOR STARR. [English 38. American Literature.] M-W-F at 10. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR BROWN. [English 39. American Literature from 1870.] M-W-F at 1. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR SCOFIELD. PROFESSOR STARR. (xn) English literature from 1688 to the death of Shelley. The important writers of the Restoration, the eighteenth century, and the French Revolution will be studied with their political, social, and intellectual backgrounds. Pre-requisite: English 21. T from 1to3. PROFESSOR BROWN. (rr) In the first half-year the chief poets studied will include Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats; in the second, Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Swinburne, Morris, and Rossetti. Puritan and Colonial writings; the literature of the Revolution; the New England school; Cooper, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, and Whitman; the Frontier and the South. When possible this literature will be studied as creative art, otherwise as the expression of national or sectional culture. Students electing this course are recommended to elect at the same time History 25. T-Th from 2 to 3: 30. Omitted in 1933-34. *English 35. The Eighteenth Century. 67 English 41. Chaucer. The Prologue and ten of the Canterbury Tales will be carefully read in class. In addition the minor poems, The Book of the Duchess, and Troilus and Criseyde will be studied less in detail. Other important works of the fourteenth century, especially Gawain and the Green Knight and The Pearl will be read. M-Wat 11. Required of those English Majors who want the recommendation of the Department for graduate study. PROFESSOR STARR. �CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 68 English 45. Shakespeare. (v) A general course with little emphasis on technical problems. In the first half-year the student will read about twenty plays, and make some study of social and cultural backgrounds. In the seco?d half-year there will be a detailed examination of Troilus and Cressida, Measure for Measure and the five great tragedies. Special attention will be given to Sh~kespeare's theory of tragedy and to the philosophic and religious views contained iq his principal plays. Pre-requisite: French 1, or two years of high-school French. Section A; M-W-F at 9. PROFESSOR ELLIOTT. Section B; M-W-F at 10. PROFESSOR ELLIOTT. French 11. Advanced French Prose. Rapid reading from representative works of nineteenth-century prose ; comprehensive collateral reading; reports. Pre-requisite: French 2, or three years of high-school French. M-W-F at 11. PROFESSOR SEGALL. M-W-F at 1. PROFESSOR BROWN. [English 49. The Novel.] A study of the novel primarily as a form of literary art, but with some attention to its sociological usefulness. In the first half-year the course will be concerned chiefly with the types and forms of the novel and the craftsmanship of the novelist. In the second half-year a few great novels, probably selected from the works of Tolstoy, Dostoievsky, Turgeniev, Balzac, and Stendhal, will be studied thoroughly. No one should elect the course who is not able to read a novel of average length each week. Open to Juniors. French 13. French Composition and Conversation. M-W-;F at 3. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR SCOFIELD. French 17. History of French Literature and Civilization. (xm) Comprehensive outside reading of modern prose; reports in French. Required of French Majors. Pre-requisite: French 1, or two years of high-school French. Th from 1 to 4. PROFESSOR ELLIOTT. (m) From the origins to the present time. Lectures; comprehensive outside reading in English; weekly reports. No knowledge of French is required. Open only to men who stand in the first three groups of the rank list, and not open to Freshmen. May not be counted toward the major in French. *English 50. Reading Course. *English 53 2hf. Reading Course. MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT. M-W-F at 10. PROFESSOR SEGALL. *tEnglish 6o. Theses for Honors. *tEnglish 63 2h£. Theses for Honors. MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT. French Survey of French Literature. (v) A summary of French literature illustrated by readings from representative works of the more important periods. Outside reading; reports. A good knowledge of French is required. FRENCH French 1. Beginning French. 20. (xvr) Elements necessary for acquiring the language : grammar, pronunciation, conversation, reading of simple texts, composition. Pre-requisite: French 11, or four years of high-school French. M-W-F at 1. PROFESSOR SEGALL. M-W-F at 11. [French 31. Eighteenth-Century French Literature.] PROFESSOR ELLIOTT. French 2. Intermediate French. (xm) Review of basic principles: grammar and composition, conversation, reading from the works of nineteenth century and contemporary authors. (v1) The literary movements of the Age of Reason and their relations to the social and political conditions of the period. Outstanding authors, such as Lesage, Marivaux, Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau, �----. ' 70 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE will be studied in some of their representative works. Comprehensive outside reading; theses. Students taking this course should be able to read French with ease. Pre-requisite: French 11, or four years of high-school French. M-W-F at 2. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR SEGALL. French 41. Nineteenth-Century and Contemporary French Literature. (vu) A study of the literary tendencies of the age and the social and political conditions underlying them. The eighteenth-century precursors, the literature of the Empire, romanticism, realism, naturalism, symbolism, and nee-romanticism will be considered. Students taking this course should be able to read French with ease. Pre-requisite: French 11, or four years of high-school French Mat 3. PROFESSOR SEGALL. Subject to be arranged. Modern Literature. (vr) Training to enable the student to translate German rapidly. Oral and written reports on prepared translation; sight translation. Pre-requisite: German. M-W-F at 2. German 10, or three years of high-school PROFESSOR KUEHNEMUND. German 21. Scientific German. (1x) Intended for students specializing in the sciences. Pre-requisite: German 10, or three years of high-school German. T-Th-S at 9. PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. [*German 33. Advanced Composition and Conversation.] (vu) Required of German Majors. Pre-requisite : Two years of college German or the equivalent. M-F from 3 to 4: 30. Omitted in 1933-34. Pre-requisite : French 20. PROFESSOR SEGALL. *tFrench 62 1hf. Theses for Honors. Pre-requisite : French 20. First half-year. PROFESSOR SEGALL. *German 35. Introduction to the History of German Civilization. (v) GERMAN (1, xvr) Elements necessary for acquiring the language : grammar, pronunciation, conversation, reading of simple texts, composition. Section A; M-W-F at 8. PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. Section B; M-W-F at 11. PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. German 10. Intermediate German. 20. Primarily for students who wish to acquire a better facility in writing and speaking German. *French 50. Reading Course. German 1. Beginning German. German 71 (n) Review of basic principles : grammar and composition; conversation; reading. from works of nineteenth-century and contemp-0rary authors. Pre-requisite: German 1, or two years of high-school German. M-W-F at 9. PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. A lecture course in English, with outside reading and written reports. Open to Juniors and Seniors who want an opportunity to become acquainted with German life, thought, and art up to the end of the eighteenth century. Pre-requisite: History 1 passed with grade of "C" or better. M-W-F at 1. PROFESSOR KUEHNEMUND. [*German 36. History of German Civilization during the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries.] ( v) A lecture course in English, with outside reading and written reports. The course offers to any student an opportunity to become acquainted with German life, thought, and art during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Some account of the Germans in America will be included. �---,,., ! I 'I 72 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Pre-requisite: German 35, or History M-W-F at 1. Omitted in 1933-34. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 2I. Greek 24 2hf. Homer, the Odyssey. Pre-requisite: Greek 1 or its equivalent. M-W-F at 10. Second half-year. PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. [German 40. Problems of Current German Life and Thought.] (xvi) Ooen only to men majoring in German. T at 7:30 p. m. Omitted in 1933~34. 73 (rn) MR. KIEFFER. [Greek 31. Plato; Greek Tragedy.] (rn) Plato; Apology and Crito. Two Greek Tragedies. Pre-requisite : Greek 1. M-W-F at 10. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR KUEHNEMUND. *German 50. Readings in German Literature and History. Pre-requisite: A fluent reading knowledge of German. MR. KIEFFER. PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. Greek 33. Herodotus; Greek Comedy; Greek Lyric Poets. *tGerman 60. Thesis for Honors. This course is to be taken in connection with either German 40 or German s.o. The work consists in the writing of a thesis in some special field chosen by the student with the approval of the instructor. PROFESSOR KuEHNEMUND. (rn) In addition to the reading and study of Herodotus, the course will include study of Greek Comedy and Aristophanes and reading of two representative plays. Reading and study of poets from Tyrtaeus to Simonides of Ceos, including Archilochus, Sappho, and Anacreon. M-W-F at 10. GREEK Greek 1. Beginning Greek. MR. KIEFFER. (IV) Elements of grammar and composition; readings in Greek prose. Special emphasis upon the Greek element in the English language. M-W-F at 11. MR. KIEFFER. Greek 22 1hf. Homer, the Iliad. Pre-requisite : Greek 1 or its equivalent. M-W-F at 10. First half-year. (rn) Greek 34 2hf. History of Greek Tragedy. T-Th-S at 10. Second half-year. MR. KIEFFER. MR. KIEFFER. *Greek 23 1 hf. History of Classical Mythology. LATIN (x) Study of the Myths as they appear in ancieI!t and modern literature with discussion of the light they throw on early history and on social conditions. Knowledge of Greek and Latin not required. T-Th-S at 10. First half-year. Latin 1. Beginning Latin (xiv) Elements of grammar and composition; readings in Latin-prose authors. For students who have had little or no Latin. May not be taken by students who have had any college Latin. M-W-F at 4. MR. KIEFFER. (x) A study of the extant Greek tragedies. A study of the development of the tragic form and of its influence on later literature and on the modern theatre. No knowledge of Greek is required. MR. KIEFFER. �74 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE (Ix) *Latin 15. Roman Law. Spanish 11. Introduction to Spanish Literature. 75 (vr) Readings principally from the Institutes of Justinian. ~tu~y of the development of legal procedure and the Roman constitut10n. For prospective law students. No pre-requisite. A general view of Spanish literature, illustrated by reading from representative works of the more important periods. Collateral reading and reports. T-Th-S at 9. Pre-requisite: Spanish 2, or threeyears of high-school Spanish. M-W-F at 2. MR. KIEFFER. PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. (xn) Latin 23 . Latin Comedy; Letters of Cicero and Pliny. Studies of Roman civilization as portrayed in these works. Collateral readings in English. . Pre-requisite: Latin 1, or three years of high-school Latin. T-Th at 1 :30. Spanish 13. Spanish Composition and Conversation. Pre-requisite: Spanish M-W-F at 3. MR. KIEFFER. (vn) A study of Spanish syntax; original compositions; practice in speaking Spanish. Required of all men majoring in Spanish. 2, or the consent of the instructor. PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. *Classics 50. Classical Philology. *Classics 51 hf. Classic Philology. . [Spanish 25. Spanish Life and Culture.] . Reading under the direction of the instructor, in Greek and Latin. !tter"t" ature an'd ant"1qm 1es. Open to approved candidates for honors m the Classics, and tq Juniors and Seniors generally. MR. KIEFFER. A study of the cultural background of Spanish civilization as seen in the literature, and to some extent in the art and architecture, of the Spanish people. No knowledge qf Spanish required. Lectures, readings, discussions, reports. Not open to Freshmen. Hours to be arranged. Omitted in I933-34- *tClassics 60. Classical Philology. *tClassics 61 hf. Classical Philology. PROFESSoR FITZGERALD. Laboratory courses in thesis writing. MR. KIEFFER. [Spanish 31. Modern Spanish Novel.] SPANISH (r) Spanish 1. Elementary Spanish. Elements necessary for acquiring the language: grammar, pronun· ciation, conversation, reading of simple texts, composition. M-W-F at 8. A study of the development of the Spanish novel from the nineteenth century on. Reading of novels from the more important authors; reports and discussions; individual collateral reading and reports. Pre-requisite: Spanish 11, or four years of high-school Spanish. M-W-F at 3. Omitted in I933-34- PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. Spanish 2. Intermediate Spanish. . PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. .. (_n)_ Review of basic principles : grammar and. compos1t10n; conversat10n, reading from the works of nineteenth-century and contemporary auth~rs. Prerequisite: Spanish 1, or two years of high-school Spamsh M-W-F at 9. PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. [Spanish 41. Spanish Drama.] Lectures on the literary movements affecting the drama. Reading of representative plays from the Golden Age to the present; discussion; collateral reading; reports. Pre-requisite: Spanish. Spanish 11, or four years of high-school �76 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE [Economics 32. Financial Problems.] M-W-F at 3. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. The aim of this course is to make the student familiar with our banking system and its relation to business needs. The position of the private investor is also considered. *Spanish 50. The Romantic Movement in Spain. *Spanish 51 hf. The Romantic Movement in Spain. The ability to read Spanish fluently is necessary to these reading courses. Pre-requisite: Spanish 11, or its equivalent. PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. Subject to be chosen after conference between student and instructor. Students must be able to read Spanish fluently. PROFESSOR FITZGERALD. II. DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES AND PHILOSOPHY PROFESSORS KINGSBURY (Chairman), ALLES, HUNTER, McLAREN, PENROSE, AND WYCKOFF, DR. DUNCAN, AND MESSRS, JOHNSON, RODGERS AND SMITH. ECONOMICS See also Mathematics 25 1 hf (The Mathematics of Finance), and Mathematics 26 2hf (Statistics). (rn) A study of the problems arising from the maintenance of life in a modern social group. Section A; M-W-F at 10. PROFESSOR WYCKOFF. Section B, for students majoring in Economics; M-W-F at 10. DR. DUNCAN. Economics 23 1 hf. Accounting. (v) The purpose of the course is to explain the fundamentals of accounting statements, and the principles of analysis. M-W-F at 1. First half-year. MR. SMITH. Pre-requisite: Economics 21. T -Th-S at 10. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR WYCKOFF. [*Economics 35. International Economic Problems.] *tSpanish 6o. Honors Thesis Course. *tSpanish 61 hf. Honors Thesis Course. Economics 21. General Principles. 77 (xI) This course will consist of discussions, readings, reports, and papers on selected problems in international economics including international business cycles, war debts, international control of raw materials, and economic imperialism. Pre-requisite: Economics 21 (Mathematics 26 2hf is advised, in addition). T-Th-S at 11. Omitted in I933-34· DR. DUNCAN. Economics 37. Government and Industry. (vn) The course will center its attention on the problem of government regulation of economic activity. It will begin with a consideration of that portion of industry where government supervision is now most extensive namely, public utilities; the second half will be devoted to the study of the increasing social control of all activities of business. Pre-requisite: Economics 21. M-W-F at 3. DR. DUNCAN. Economics 38 1 hf. Introduction to Business. (x) A study of the principles of the organization of industrial enterprises. Pre-requisite: Economics 21. T-Th-S at 10. First half-year. PROFES.SOR WYCKOFF. Economics 39 2hf. Forms of Social Organization. (x) A survey will be made of the more important economic forms of society-the philosophies and programs. Pre-requisite: Economics 21. T-Th-S at 10. Second half-year. PROFESSOR WYCKOFF. �78 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Economics 40. Advanced Economics. A conference course in economic theory and the major subjects of economic controversy. Open only to Seniors majoring in economics. M at 11, and individual conferences. PROFESSOR WYCKOFF AND DR. DUNCAN. *Economics *Economics *Economics *Economics (Iv) A more detailed study of the organization and functioning of state, municipal, and local governments for the student who may go into public life in this country. Problems of the electorate, of political parties, of legislative organization and procedure, and of state and local administration, including the administration of justice, will be studied, with special reference to the State of Maryland. Conference courses open to Juniors and Seniors who are interested in economics and are willing to read extensively. Pre-requisite : Economics 21. Hours to be arranged. PROFESSOR WYCKOFF. Pre-requisite : Government 11. M-W-F at 11. Omitted in I933-34· PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. Government 30. Principles and Problems of Government. (Iv) A study of some of the principle underlying the modern state and government; and selected problems in governmental organization and administration such as the budget and financial control, the problem of personnel, law enforcement and the administration of justice, public opinion and popular control of government. *tEconomics 60. Theses for Honors. PROFESSOR WYCKOFF. GOVERNMENT ( u) The introductory course required of all students majoring in government. Origins and development of the American form of government : federal, state, and local. About two-thirds of the year will be devoted to the federal government; one-third to state and local government. Emphasis on present day problems of government, and on the rights, duties, and responsibilities of citizens. Section A; M-W at 9, PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. F. at 9, MR. SMITH. Section B; M-W at 9, PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. F. at 11, MR. SMITH. Section C; M-W-F at 2. DR. DUNCAN. Government 21. Governments of Europe. Pre-requisite: Government 11. T-Th-S at 9. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. [Government 23. State and Local Government.] 50. Readings in Economics. 51 hf. Readings in Economics. 52 1 hf. Readings in Economics. 53 2 hf. Readings in Economics. Government 11. American Government. 79 Pre-requisite : Government 11. M-W-F at 11. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. Government 41 1 hf. International Relations. (xu) A survey of the present-day factors affecting international relations : nationalism, imperialism, exploitation of backward nations, racial minorities, militarism and armaments, tariff wars, etc. Pre-requisite: (1) Government 11; (2) Government 21, or Government 30, or History 22. T-Th from 1 to 2 :30. First half-year. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY AND DR. DUNCAN. (Ix) An analysis of the structure and functioning of the governments of the principal European states, and a comparison with American institutions and practices. The shift from monarchical to democratic forms; the rise of autocracies in Italy and Russia, and other recent developments will be studied. Government 42 2hf. International Organization. (xu) The development of international cooperation, and the peaceful settlement· of international disputes, with particular reference to the work of the League of Nations and the World Court, and the evolution of a law of nations. �So CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Pre-requisite: ( 1) Government 11 ; (2) Government 21, or Government 30, or History 22; (3) Government 41 1 hf. T-Th from 1 to 2 :30. Second half-year. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. [Government 43 1 hf. Political Parties.] (xn) The history, organization, functions, and methods of political parties particularly in the United States. Topics studied will include nominating and election methods, the boss, the machine, the spoils system, campaign methods, and the problems of government by public opinion. Pre-requisite : ( 1) Government 11 ; ( 2) Government 23, or Government 30. T-Th from 1 to 2 :30. First half-year. Omitted in I933-34· 81 HISTORY History 1. European History from the Fall of Rome to the (m) Present Time. A general survey of the political, economic, religious, and intellectual history of Europe since 476 A. D. A pre-requisite for men majoring in history. Section A; M-W-F at 10. Section B; M-W at 10, F at 11. MR. RODGERS. [History 11. History of° Greece and Rome. J (x) Outline of the political history of ancient times and a study of classical society. T-Th-S at 10. Omitted in 1933-34. MR. KIEFFER. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. [History 21. Mediceval European History.] [Government 44 2hf. Constitutional Law.] (xn) A study of the leading cases in American constitutional law illustrating the evolution of governmental powers and the rights of individuals under the constitution. Pre-requisite: (I) Government 11 ; ( 2) Government 23, or Government 30. T-Th from 1 to 2 :30. Second half-year. Omitted in I933-34· T-Th-S at 11. Omitted in I933-34· History 22. Modern European History. 50. Reading Course. 51 hf. Reading Course. 52 1 hf. Reading Course. 53 2hf. Reading Course. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. *tGovernment 6o. Theses for Honors. (I) An outline of the history of Europe from the emergence of the national state to the present. M-W-F at 8. PROFESSOR HUNTER. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. *Government *Government *Government *Government (xI) A course in the foundations of modern Europe from the breakdown of the Roman Empire in the west to the establishment of the national state. History 23. English History. (m) A survey of English history. M-W-F at 10. PROFESSOR HUNTER. History 25. The History of the United States. (v) A survey of United States history from colonial times to the present. M-W-F at 1. PROFESSOR KINGSBURY. PROFESSOR HUNTER., 4 �82 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE History 32. American Constitutional History. Wat 8 p. m. i933-34 only. pleted three full courses in history, with grades of B or better in two of them. The approval of the Department is also necessary in each case. Oral and written reports. MR. RODGERS. History 37. History of the Renaissance. Th from 2 to 4. MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT. (XIII) MR. JOHNSON. History 42. History of American Life. *t History 60. Theses for Honors. *tHistory 61 hf. Theses for Honors. MEMBERS OF THE DEPARTMENT. ( xm) This course will deal with a selected phase of the history of American life approached from the point of view of the common man. Pre-requisite : History 25 or its equivalent. T from 2 to 4. PHILOSOPHY Philosophy ll 1hf. Logic. (x1) The course is chiefly concerned with the study of valid and invalid forms of reasoning in deductive and inductive logic. PROFESSOR HUNTER. History 45 1 hf. Military and Political History of the Civil War. (vi) The course will commence with a study of the political theories underlying the Civil War, and will conclude with a study of the military strategy qf the War. Open to qualified Freshmen after consultation with the instructor. T-Th-S at 11. First half-year.. PROFESSOR ALLES. Philosophy 12 2 hf. Introduction to Philosophy. Pre-requisite: History 25. M-W-F at 2. First half-year. (xi) The course deals with such problems in philosophy as the origin and nature of human know ledge ; the origin and development of life; the problem of matter and of mind and their relation; God; freedom; and immortality. MR. RODGERS. History 46 2 hf. The Modern Republic. 8..'I (vi) The course will commence with the conclusion of the Civil War, embracing the main course of events down to 1920. Emphasis will be laid upon the political history covered by the McKinley, Roosevelt, and Taft administrations. Pre-requisite: History 25. M-W-F at 2. Second half-year. MR. RODGERS. *History 50. Reading Course. *History 51 hf. Reading Course. The reading courses in history are intended particularly for Seniors who are majoring in history, and normally they are open only to such students. To be eligible for a reading course, a student must have com- Open to qualified Freshmen after consultation with the instructor. T-Th-S at 11. Second half-year. PROFESSOR ALLES. Philosophy 15. Ethics. (ix) A study of the moral development of mankind from primitive man to the present, with special emphasis on such outstanding ethical systems as Buddhism, Christianity, Greek Ethics (Plato and Aristotle), Stoicism, Kant, etc. Open to qualified Freshmen after consultation with the instructor. T-Th-S at 9. PROFESSOR ALLES. �~~~~~~~~~.1 ! 84 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Philosophy 31. History of Philosophy. (x) A study of philosophic speculation from the early Greeks to modern times. T-Th-S at 10. Pre-requisite: Philosophy 12 2 hf, or 31, or 35 1 hf, or the consent of the instructor. M-W at 2. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR ALLES. PROFESSOR ALLES. Philosophy 34 2 hf. Locke; Berkley; Hume. 85 (v1) [Philosophy 41 1 hf. Plato.] (vu) An interpretation of their philosophy based on the reading of their works. An interpretation of Plato's philosophy based on the reading of his dialogues including the REPUBLIC. Pre-requisite: Philosophy 12 2hf or 31, or the permission of the instructor. M-W-F at2. Second half-year. Pre-requisite: Philosophy 31. M-W-F at 3. First half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR ALLES. PROFESSOR ALLES. Philosophy 35 1 hf. History of Religion. (vu) A study of the development of religion including primitive religion (Mana, Fetiches, Magic), Buddhism, Zoroastrianism, Judaism, Mohammedanism, and Christianity. M-W-F at 3. First half-year. PROFESSOR ALLES. Philosophy 36 2 hf. Psychology and Philosophy of Religion. (vu) The course falls into two parts : I. The psychology of religion in which are studied the contributions of modern psychology toward an understanding of religion and the different types of religious experience. 2. The philosophy of religion which tests the validity of the claim which religion makes, i. e., it wants to know whether that which religion claims is true. Pre-requisite: A half-course in Philosophy or Psychology, or the permission of the instructor. M-W-F at 3. Second half-year. [Philosophy 42 2hf. Schopenhauer.] (vu) An interpretation of Schopenhauer's philosophy based on the reading of THE WORLD AS WILL AND !DEA. Pre-requisite : Philosophy 31. M-W-F at 3. Second half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR ALLES. *Philosophy 50. Reading in Philosophy. *Philosophy 51 hf. Reading in Philosophy. / Field or subject to be determined after consultation with the student. PROFESSOR ALLES. *t Philosophy 60. Theses for Honors. *tPhilosophy 61 hf. Theses for Honors. The work consists in the writing of a thesis in some field or on' a subject chosen by the student after consultation with the instructor. PROFESSOR ALLES. PROFESSOR ALLES. [Philosophy 38. Conceptions of Immortality.] (v1) A study of different conceptions of immortality covering primitive, Babylonian, Egyptian, Hebrew, early Christian, and Greek conceptions as well as those of outstanding western thinkers (philosophers and scientists) down to the present. PSYCHOLOGY *Note concerning Educational Psychology: Any student who wishes to take a year's work in educational psychology should, after securing permission from the instructor, register in Psychology 50. i �'I I I [Psychology 19 2hf. EducationalTheory.] A study of the bearing of modern psychological theories and data upon educational theories and practices. The meaning of education as understood by progressive educators will be discussed and emphasized. Not open to first-year students. Second half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. [Psychology 35 2hf. Mental Hygiene and Abnormal Psychology.] Iri discussing behavior deviations, an attempt will be made to get at social causes and to steer a realistic course among numerous metaphysical and romantic theories. The course should be of especial value to pre-medical students and to students of literature. Second half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR McLAREN. Psychology 20. Schools of Psychology. PROFESSOR McLAREN. (rx, xr) This course is designed to serve as a basis for further work in psychology. All of the modern schools of psychology-structuralism, functionalism, behaviorism, purposivism, gestaltism, p·sychoanalysis-will be analyzed and discussed; and throughout the course an attempt will be made to discover a biological foundation for the study of human behavior. Not open to first-year students, or to Sophomores who at the time of registration are not on the Rank List. Open to qualified Sophomores and to all Juniors and Seniors. Section A; T-Th-S at 9. Section B ; T-Th-S at 11. PROFESSOR McLAREN. Psychology 27. Social Psychology. Pre-requisite: Psychology 19 2 hf, or 20, or 29, or one year of biology, or one year of philosophy. M-W-F at 9. PROFESSOR McLAREN. These courses are intended for students who are in earnest about reading extensively and intensively in the field of psychology. Conferences, and assigned papers which must be turned in when due. Pre-requisite : Two full years of psychology, or one of psychology and one of biology, or one of psychology and one of philosophy. *tPsychology 60. Theses for Honors. PROFESSOR McLAREN. III. DIVISION OF THE SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS PROFESSORS· EASON (Chairman), ALLEN, APPEL, BAYLIFF, BERNHARD, BINGLEY, MCFARLIN, RIDGELY, AND VEDOVA. BIOLOGY Biology 11. Beginning Zoology. (1v) A technical and scientific study of the biological and social phenomena underlying human behavior. Open to any Sophomore or Junior who has had one of the pre-requisite courses, and, with the permission of the instructor, to any Senior, regardless of pre-requisite requirements. Pre-requisite: Psychology 19 2 hf, or 20, or 27, or one year of biology, or one year of philosophy. M-W-F at 11. PROFESSOR McLAREN. *Psychology 50. Reading Course. *Psychology 51 hf. Reading Course. *Psychology 52 1 hf. Reading Course. *Psychology 53 2hf. Reading Course. PROFESSOR McLAREN. (n) A study of the integration and development of the human personality and character within a society. Emphasis will be placed upon the postulate that man is a socialized animal ; and social psychology will be considered to be integral with biological psychology. The different schools of social psychology will be examined and discussed. Open to any Sophomore or Junior who is on the Rank List. Open, with the permission of the instructor, to any Senior, regardless of pre-requisite requirements. Psychology 29. Advanced Psychology. 87 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 86 (rv, vrn) An introduction to animal biology. General principles of morphology, physiology, ecology, histology, genetics, embryology, etc., and a survey of the common groups of animals. Two hours of recitation and six hours of laboratory. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per half-year. Section A; Recitation, M-F at 11. Laboratory, W-F from 1 to 4. PROFESSOR RIDGEL y. �88 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Section B ; (Pre-medical students) . Recitation, T -Th at 8. Laboratory, T-Th from 1 to 4. Biology 1 hf. Invertebrate Zoology. (v) The morphology and evolution of the invertebrates. Some attention to larvre, to extinct groups, and tot groups of uncertain phylogenetic position. A course parallel to Biology 21 1hf. Two !>ours of recitation and six hours of laboratory. PROFESSOR BAYLIFF. Biology 14 1 hf. Readings in Biology. 20 89 (xn) This course is intended for students who are not mai ormg in the sciences, but who wish some cultural knowledge of them. It will not be credited for distribution as a laboratory science. The course will cover biological literature which is of a general rather than a technical interest. The content of the course will vary from year to year. Three hours weekly. Open only to upperclassmen who have had no biology. T-Th from 1 to 2 :30. First half-year. PROFESSOR RIDGELY. *Biology 15 2hf. Ecology. Observation o.f local animals and plants in their native habitats, both land and water; and an introduction to some methods of studying animal communities. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Hours to be arranged (eight hours a week). Second half-year. PROFESSOR APPEL. Biology 16 2hf. Physiology. A general study of vital processes. The nature of life and its relationship to the environment. Laboratbry fee, $10.00. Hours to be arranged (eight hours a week). Second half-year. PROFESSOR APPEL. Biology 19 2hf. History of the Germ Cells. Pre-requisite: Biology 11 or the equivalent. Biology· 19 2hf advised. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Recitation and Laboratory, W-F from 1 to 5. First half-year. PROFESSOR BAYLIFF. Biology 21 1 hf. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. (nr) A history of the successive types of structure found in the higher animals. An introduction to human biology. Two hours of recitation and six hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: One year of college biology. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Recitation, W-F at 10. Laboratory, T-Th from 9 to 12. First half-year. PROFESSOR APPEL. Biology 22 2 hf. Embryology of the Vertebrates. (m) A further study of the higher types of animal structure as seen in developmental anatomy. An introduction to human biology. Two hours of recitation and six hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: One year of college biology. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Recitation, W-F at 10. Laboratory, T-Th from 9 to 12. Second half-year. PROFESSOR RIDGELY. Biology 30 1hf. Histology. (I) A study of the mechanism of early development, and of the regulation of development by environmental and hereditary factors. Microscopic study of normal cells and tissues. Two hours of recitation and six hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: One year of college biology. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Hours to be arranged (eight hours a week). Second half-year. Pre-requisites: Biology 21 1 hf and 22 2 hf. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Recitations, W-F at 8. Laboratory, M from 1 to 4, W from 7 to 10. First half-year. PROFESSOR APPEL. PROFESSOR APPEL. �90 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST; JOHN'S COLLEGE *Biology 33 2hf. Microscopical Technique. Training in laboratory methods, especially in the use of precision instruments. Two hours of recitation and six hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Biology 19 2 hf or 30 1 hf. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Hours to be arranged. Second half-year. PROFESSOR APPEL. A study of the principles of heredity and variation, and of the relation of these two phenomena to each other and to evolution. Laboratory work to consist of breeding experiments with different strains of Drosophila and of calculations in practical breeding problems. Three hours of recitation and four hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Biology 11 or the equivalent. Biology 19 2 hf is recommended. Laboratory fee, $10.00. H.ours to be arranged. PROFESSOR BAYLIFF. (Biology 37 1 hf. Parasitology.] (vm) A study of the morphology and of the life histories of the internal parasites of vertebrates, particularly birds and mammals. Two hours of recitation and six hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Biology 11 or the equivalent. Biology is recommended. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Recitation, T -Th at 9. Laboratory, Section A, M-W from 1 to 4; Section B, M from 1 to 4, W from 9 to 12. First half-year. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR BAYLIFF. With the approval of the department courses taken at a marine laboratory may be counted toward the fulfillment of the requirements for a biology major, or the requirements for the degree. To encourage and assist worthy biology and pre-medical students to attend such laboratories, the College offers annually a scholarship applicable either at the Biological Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, New York, or at the Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts. See "Awards and Aids." *Biology 52 1 hf. Readings for Advanced Students. Biology 34 2hf. Genetics. Second half-year. 91 20 1 hf Marine Biology. Advanced students, particularly biology majors, are urged to take at least one summer course at some marine biological laboratory. The season of the year and the diversity of animals available at sueh institutions combine to give the student opportunities for study which cannot be duplicated during the regular school year. A three-hour course of intensive independent reading, with conferences weekly. Ordinarily topics will be assigned, but students may choose topics of their own on suitable subjects not covered by other courses. Students who wish to prepare for Biology 63 2hf will be assigned readings leading to thesis subjects. First half-year. Individual conferences. PROFESSORS RIDGELY, APPEL, AND BAYLIFF. *t Biology 63 2 hf. Theses for Honors. Individual problems involving laboratory work and reading equivalent in amount to the work of an eight-hour laboratory course. A short thesis will be required of each student, summ;:i,rizing the results of his work. Pre-requisite: Three years of college biology. PROFESSORS RIDGELY, APPEL, AND BAYLIFF. CHEMISTRY Chemistry 1. General Chemistry. (rn) An introductory course in which phenomena of chemistry and the underlying principles are studied. Lectures are given with experiments on the elements and their compounds. This is a cultural course intended for students who will not take their major in the sciences. Two hours of lectures, one hour of recitation, and four hours of laboratory. An extra hour will be required of all students having difficulties with the course. Laboratory fee, $25.00 and breakage. Section A; Recitation, M-W-F at 10. Laboratory, T-Th from 10 to 12. Section B; Recitation, M-W-F at 10. Laboratory, T-Th from 2 to 4. Make-up for both sections, M at 1. PROFESSORS ALLEN AND McFARLIN. �92 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Chemistry 2. General Chemistry for Science Students. (m) A more comprehensive course in General Chemistry; the same course as Chemistry 1 with the exception that the Friday recitation is conducted separately from Chemistry 1. The lectures and laboratory work will include topics which are in part introductory to Qualitative Analysis. Two hours of lectures, one hour of recitation, and four hours of laboratory. Required of all students majoring in Biology, Chemistry, and Physics. An extra hour will be required of all students h_a,ving difficulties with the course. Students who at the beginning of their Sophomore year choose a science as their major and have taken Chemistry r must take the one-hour recitation given in Chemistry 2 on Friday. Laboratory fee, $25.00 and breakage. Section A; Recitation, M-W-F at 10. Laboratory, T-Th from 10 to 12. Section B; Recitation, M~W-F at 10. Laboratory, T-Th from 2 to 4. Make-up for both sections, M at 1. (xn) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 2 and Mathematics 11. Laboratory fee $15.00 and breakage. Recitation, T-Th at 1. Laboratory, W-F from 1 to 4. First half-year. Chemistry 31 1 hf. Quantitative Analysis, Part II. (v) Continuation of Part I, including volumetric and gravimetric methods for the determination of salts, minerals, and alloys. One hour lecture and eight hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Chemistry 22 2hf. Laboratory fee, $15.00 and breakage. M-W-F from 1 to 4. First half-year. Substances in the gaseous, liquid, and solid states; the structure of matter; energy changes; chemical equilibria; and substances in dilute solution form the basis of study. The laboratory work includes determinations of molecular weights, measurements of physical properties. etc. Three hours of lectures and four hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Chemistry 21 1 hf and Mathematics 21. Laboratory fee, $15.00 and breakage. Recitation, M-W-F at 8. Laboratory, W 1 to 5. Second half-year. PROFESSOR ALLEN. Chemistry 33. Organic Chemistry. (1v) An introductory course in the chemistry of carbon compounds. The lectures and laboratory are designed to give a fundamental knowledge of the representative compounds. of the aliphatic and aromatic series and their reactions. Two hours of lectures and recitation and six hours of laboratory. PROFESSOR MCFARLIN. (v) The theory of volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Exercises in acidimetry and alkalimetry, and gravimetric determination of simple compounds. One hour lecture and eight hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Chemistry 21 1 hf. Laboratory fee, $15.00 and breakage. PROFESSORS ALLEN AND McFARLIN. Chemistry 32 2hf. Physical Chemistry, Part I. The aim of this course is to give to the student a thorough grounding in the principles involved in the detection of unknown substances. In the lectures and recitations special emphasis is given to the theoretical foundations of analytical chemistry. The laboratory work is devoted to the qualitative analysis of "unknowns " and to the separation and identification of the metals and acid radicals usually met with in inorganic chemistry. Two hours of lectures and recitations and six hours of laboratory. Chemistry 22 2hf. Quantitative Analysis, Part I. Recitation, M at L Laboratory, M from 2 to 4. W-F from 1to4. Second half-year. PROFESSOR ALLEN. PROFESSORS BERNHARD, ALLEN, AND McFARLIN. Chemistry 21 1hf. Qualitative Analysis. 93 Pre-requisite: Chemistry 1 or 2. Laboratory fee, $25.00 and breakage. Recitation, M-W at 11. Laboratory, T -Th from 1 to 4. PROFESSOR BERNHARD. �94 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Chemistry 42. Advanced Organic Chemistry. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE (vm) Selected topics of organic chemistry are discussed in greater detail. Readings in the original literature are assigned. The laboratory work in the first half-year includes quantitative organic analysis and the preparation of organic compounds. During the second half-year students majoring in chemistry are expected to concentrate on soi:ne small research problem. Two hours of lectures and six hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite : Chemistry 33. Laboratory fee, $25.00 and breakage. Recitation, T-Th at 8. Laboratory, T-Th from 9 to 12. PROFESSOR BERNHARD. Chemistry 43 1 hf. Physical Chemistry, Part II. M-W-F at 8. First half-year. PROFESSOR VEDOVA. Mathematics 2 2 hf. Plane Geometry. (l) M-W-F at 8. Second half-year. PROFESSOR V EDOVA. (1v) Pre-requisite : Chemistry 32 2 hf; ability to read French and German. M-W-F at 11. First half-year. PROFESSOR ALLEN. (vI) A reading and seminar course in the history of chemistry. Three hours. Pre-requisite: Chemistry 21 1hf and 33. M-W-F at 2. First half-year. PROFESSOiR BERNHARD. *tChemistry 6o. Thesis and Laboratory Work. *tChemistry 61 hf. Thesis and Laboratory \Vork. Laboratory fee, $25.00 for the full course (eight hours) ; $15.00 for the half-course (four hours). PROFESSORS BERNHARD AND ALLEN. Mathematics 11. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. (I) This course is required of students who have failed to present sufficient algebra for admission. The subject matter of secondary school ( xn) This course aims to give a survey of the essentials of trigonometry college algebra, a,nd analytic geometry. The two-fold purpose of mathe~ matical study is emphasized; to enable the student to use mathematical p:ocesses as a tool in his scientific studies, and to enable him to recogmze the cultural value of rigorous thinking. Section A; M-W-F at 9. PROFESSOR VEDOVA. Section B; T-Th-S at 9. PROFESSOR BINGLEY. Section C; T-Th-S at 11. PROFESSOR BINGLEY. Mathematics 21. Analytic Geometry and the Calculus. (m) Plane analytic geometry, the straight line, circle, parabola, ellipse, and hyperbola, with a short introduction to analytic geometry of three dimensions. Methods of differentiation, series, indeterminate forms, etc., with the simpler applications to mechanics and the higher plane curves. Formulas of integration, with applications to the determination of length, areas, volumes, centers of gravity, pressures, and moments of inertia. Beginning with the year 1934-35, this. course will deal exclusively with the elements of the differential and integral calculus, the part now devoted to analytic geometry being made a part of the pre-requisite course ' Mathematics 11. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 11. M-W-F at 10. PROFESSOR BINGLEY. Mathematics 25 1 hf. The Mathematics of Finance. MATHEMATICS Mathematics l 1hf. Algebra. algebra ·through the solution of quadratic equations is thoroughly reviewed. No credit toward the degree. This course is required of all students who have not offered plane geometry for admission. No credit toward the degree. The topics treated include electrochemistry, theory of strong electrolytes, colloid chemistry, and photochemistry. Three hours of lectures and recitations with reports on assigned reading in the original literature. *Chemistry 52 1hf. Readings in Chemistry. 95 (1v) Derivation and application of general formulas for the value of single sums of money, annuities certain, life annuities, and life insurance. M-W-F at 11. First half-year. ' PROFESSOR BINGLEY. �CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 96 Mathematics 26 2 hf. Statistical Methods. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE (iv) A study of the classical and recent statistical methods. PROFESSOR BINGLEY. (ix:) An advanced course in the calculus with an introduction to differential geometry. The applicatiqn~ of mathematical analysis to the physical sciences are stressed. T-Th-S at 8. PROFESSOR V EDOVA. *Mathematics 50. Reading Course. (m) The subject or subjects will be determined in consultation with the instructor. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 21. T-Th-S at 9. PROFESSOR (vm) Mathematics 45. Differential Equations. Intended primarily for the student of physics or engineering, this course emphasizes applications to geometry and physics and aims to equip the student with some of the means used for the ready solution of the commoner types of equations, rather than to impart to him any extensive knowledge of the underlying theory. M-W-F at 11. Second half-year. Mathematics 31. Mathematical Analysis, Part I. 97 M-W-F at 10. \T EDOVA. PROFESSOR VEDOVA. Mathematics 33. Higher Algebra. (xI) In this course such topics as matrices, linear transformations, forms, etc., are studied with a view to preparing the student for further work in pure mathematics. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 21. T-Th-S at 11. PROFESSOR BINGLEY. (x) The principles of statics and dynamics, with applications to particles and rigid bodies. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 21. at 10. T~Th-S PROFESSOR BINGLEY. Mathematics 41. Mathematical Analysis, Part II. A continuation of Mathematics 31 with an introduction to differential equations and functions of a complex variable. The partial differential equations of physics are studied. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 31. T-Th-S at 11. PROFESSOR V EDOVA. Mathematics 43. Introduction to Modern Geometry. Pre-requisite : Mathematics 33. Hours to be arranged. PROFESSOR V EDOVA. A reading course in topics selected from the history of the natural sciences and mathematics of the Greek period, the Renaissance, and the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries in Europe. Conference hours to be arranged. PROFESSOR V EDOVA. Mathematics 35. The Elements of Mechanics. *Mathematics 53 2hf. Selected Topics in the History of Science. *tMathematics 63 2hf. Theses for Honors. The subject of each thesis will be decided upon after consultation with the instructor, and will be based, if possible, upon the reading done in Mathematics 50. Conference hours to be arranged. PROFESSOR V EDOVA. PHYSICS Physics 21. Elements of Physics. (vm) This course covers the elements of mechanics, heat, electricity, magnetism, sound, and light. It is designed to give the student an acquaintance with, and an explanation of, the natural phenomena which envelop his daily .life. Three hours of recitation and four hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 11 or Plane Trigonometry. Laboratory fee, $20.00 and breakage. Section A; Recitation, T-Th-S at 8. Laboratory, T-Th from 2 to 4. �98 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Physics 43. Electricity. Section B; Recitation, T-Th-S at 8. Laboratory, W-F from 2 to 4. PROFESSOR EASON. Physics 31. Electricity and Magnetism. (r) Beginning with the fundamental ideas underlying electrical science, this course explains how such principles may be applied in industry, the arts, and to the problems of everyday life. Three hours of recitation and four hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Physics 21 and Mathematics 11. Laboratory fee, $20.00 and breakage. Recitation, M-W-F at 8. Laboratory, T-Th from 2 to 4. PROFESSOR EASON. 99 (n) This is an advanced course in Electricity. The treatment is largely mathematical supplemented with appropriate laboratory experiments. The historical development of the subject is followed closely. Some account of positive ray analysis, isotopes, and the modern theory of the atom is included. The latter part of the course is devoted to the study of the theory and practice of wireless telegraphy and telephony. Three hours of recitation and four hours of laboratory. Pre-requisite: Physics 21; Mathematics 21. It is strongly advised that Mathematics 31 be taken concurrently. Laboratory fee, $20.00 and breakage. Recitation, M-W-F at 9. Laboratory, T-Th from 2 to 4. PROFESSOR EASON. [Physics 4L Physical Optics.] This course deals with the subject of light very thoroughly, both from the physical and mathematical points of view and terminates with a short study of the theory of relativity. The student must realize that the subject of light is a broad one and requires thorough preparation in mathematics and chemistry. He will be expected to read much from the available literature and to do considerable laboratory work. Pre-requisite: Physics 21 ; Mathematics 31 (which may be taken concurrently) I Chemistry 2. Laboratory fee, $20.00 and breakage. Recitation, T-Th-S at 9. Laboratory, T -Th from 2 to 4. Omitted in 1933-34. PROFESSOR EASON. [Physics 42. Theory of Heat.] An attempt is made to acquaint the student with the modern theory regarding the nature of heat and its practical application. The course will be carried on both by text-book readings and lectures. Much parallel reading will be assigned throughout the year and extensive laboratory work done. Pre-requisite: Physics 21 ; Mathematics 21 ; Chemistry 2. Laboratory fee, $20.00 and breakage. Recitation, M-W-F at 8. Laboratory, W-F from 2 to 4. Omitted in 1933-34 and 1934-35. PROFESSOR EASON. *Physics 50. Reading Course. (xn) Independent reading of books and current periodicals covering some particular field of physics. Frequent conferences. Pre-requisite, Physics 21. Tat 1. PROFESSOR EASON. "'tPhysics 6o. Theses for Honors. PROFESSOR EASON. Hygiene 1. General Principles of Hygiene. Lectures on the science of health. Biology; the supply of oxygen and the elimination of carbon dioxide; food and the digestion of foods ; heat regulation of the body ; removal of waste material from the body ; physical exercise ; the nervous system ; mental hygiene; diseases in general ; particular diseases. One lecture each week for ten weeks, beginning with the first Monday in October. Required of all freshmen. M at4. DR. MURPHY. �IIi 100 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Physical Training 1. Three hours a week required of all freshmen. A thorough physical examination by the College Physician is required of all entering men. All men competing for teams are excused from taking regular class work while reporting regularly for any varsity sports. Required physical training consists of outdoor competitive games in the fall ; apparatus wc.rk, hand ball, indoor baseball, cage ball, basketball, and other competitive sports in the winter; with outdoor competitive sports again in the spring. Section A; M-W-F at 3. Section B; M-W-F at 4. MR. Physical Training NOVAK. 2. Advanced course in physical training. Two years of physical training are required of all students. Students who fail to fulfill the requirements in physical training will not be allowed to graduate. Open only to those men who have passed satisfactorily in Physical Training 1. T-Th from 3 to 4.30. MR. NovAK. CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 101 STUDENTS ENROLLED IN ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE, 1933-34 * SENIORS-CLASS OF 1934 Jesse Baptista Stanley John Bartis Eugene Paul Belcher Bel"'1ard Joseph Casassa Harold Way Conn Henry Merryman Cooper, Jr. Robert Clifford Crawford Edwin Pountney Davis Samuel Busey Dove, Jr. Paul Charles Dunleavy Harrison Golshan Dyar Charles Joseph Eastman Herbert Joseph Florestano Joseph Michael Florestano Jerome Daniel Goodman Charles Gardner Granniss Edward Edgecomb Gray Lewis Herbert Griffith, Jr. Milton Aaron Katz John Harold Kilmore Francis Gibbs LaMotte, Jr. Robert Crane Leatherbee Howard Archibald Legg James Frederick Leslie William Thetford LeViness Ernest Carl Lyon Carl Charles MacCartee Carl Edmund Maffeo Raymond Thomas Malley William Bernard Matthews, Jr. Vincent Edward Mayer Robert Leutze Orvis William Selby Purnell Jesse Oliver Purvis, Jr. John Douglas Ramsay William Evans Reese Robert H. Sander, Jr. Michael John Scelsi Lewis Emil Scheffenacker Gust Skordas Henry Clay Smith, Jr. Harry Wellington Stevens, Jr. Norman Veitch Stevens Paul Edward Watson, Jr. Edmund Parker Wells Walter Miller White Horace William Witman Allan Sheldon Woodle, III New Bedford, Massachusetts 29 Pinkney Hall Nashua, New Hampshire 31 Pinkney Hall Eastport Home, Washington Street Washington, District of Columbia Kappa Alpha House Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Infirmary Baltimore Theta Psi House Baltimore Alpha Kappa Pi House Westfield, New Jersey Delta Psi Omega House Annapolis Home, 42! Southgate Avenue Annapolis Home, :a Locust Avenue Washington, District of Columbia rr Randall Hall Laurel Delta Psi Omega House Annapolis Home, 102 Prince George Street Annapolis Home, 134 Prince George Street Annapolis 6 Pinkney Hall Saybrook, Connecticut 22 Randall Hall Annapolis Delta Psi Omega House Easton Theta Psi House Westminster 44 Pinkney Hall Baltimore 12 Randall Hall Baltimore Kappa Alpha House Baltimore Delta Psi Omega House Stevensville 22 Pinkney Hall Towson Delta Psi Omega House Salisbury ro Pinkney Hall Indian Head Theta Psi House Washington, District <>/ Columbia Kappa Alpha House Newark, New Jersey 35 Pinkney Hall Terryvil/e, Connecticut 8 Randall Hall Baltimore Kappa Alpha House Rockville Centre, New York Alpha Kappa Pi House BaJdwinsvil/e, New York Phi Sigma Kappa House Ber/i,. 4 Randall Hall A nnapo/is Home, 40 Franklin Street Baltimore Theta Psi House Baltimore Kappa Alpha House Rutherford, New Jersey Delta Psi Omega House Pittsfield, Massachusetts 19 Randall Hall Baltimore Kappa Alpha House Annapolis Home, S Washington Street Catonsville Delta Psi Omega House Winchester, Massachusetts Infirmary Washington, District of Columbia Alpha Kappa Pi House Salisbury Theta Psi House Larchmont, New York Phi Sigma Kappa House Salisbury Phi Sigma Kappa House Rising Sun 22 Pinkney Hall Ridley Park, Pennsylvania Alpha Kappa Pi House *This list includes only those students who were enrolled during the first half-year, prior to the publication of the Catalogue. �CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE JUNIORS-CLASS OF 1935 102 Louis Eickwort, III Flushing, New York Phi Sigma Kappa House Harry Ferguson West Hartford, Connecticut 8 Randall Hall George Morris Gelston Lutherville Kappa Alpha House Frank Richard Gessner, Jr. Annapolis Home, 49 Murray Avenue William Gottschalk Gideon Pleasant Plains Home, Pleasant Plains Max Glickman Annapolis Home, 145 Main Street Joseph Burnham Gray Annapolis Home, 141 Fifth Street John Donald Hampshire Baltimore 29 Pinkney Hall James Leslie Hays, III Baltimore Kappa Alpha House Edward Tyler Heise Annapolis Home, R. F. D., No. 3, Annapolis William McDowell Herson Annapolis Home, 95 College Avenue Samuel Milton Ivrey Annapolis Home, 101 Compromise Street Clarence Leather bury Johnson Annapolis Home, 21 Randall Street Lawrence Kantor East Orange, New Jersey 5 Pinkney Hall Louis Elbert Kemp, Jr. Hanover Theta Psi House William Munsey Kennedy, Jr. Washington, District of Columbia 14 Pinkney Hall Paul Joseph Kesmodel Baltimore Kappa Alpha House Charles Jacob Kibler Greensboro Alpha Kappa Pi House William Calvin ·Lotz Ellicott City Theta Psi House Daniel Hutchinson Mathers Annapolis Home, 79 Shipwright Street Charles Benson McClure, Jr. Lakewood, Ohio 6 Randall Hall Henry David McCool Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Delta Psi Omega House Edwin Kay McCrea Rock Hall 32 Pinkney Hall Stephen Philip McCrea Rock Hall 32 Pinkney Hall Donald Edward Stuart McGarrowBaltimore Phi Sigma Kappa House Baltimore Irvin Meginnis 14 Randall Hall Baltimore 7 Pinkney Hall Joseph N ovey Ridgely William Nelson Rairigh IO Randall Hall Roy Lewis Rascovar Baltimore 7 Randall Hall Baltimore Ralph Murray Schley Pbi Sigma Kappa Honse Richard Brooke Sellman Poolesville Theta Psi House Garr·isonville, Virginia Morris Ezra Stoner 29 Pinkney Hall Baltimore Joseph Albert Sutton, Jr. Kappa Alpha House Richard Brimmer Taylor Lima) Ohio 3 Randall Court Leroy Gardner Webster Deal' s Island 14 Pinkney Hall Henry Reginald Weeks Little Neck, New York Alpha Kappa Pi House Baltimore Charles Tylden Westcott 2 5 Pinkney Hall Richard Talbot Williams Waterbury Home, Waterbury Wethersfield, Connecticut James Cornelius Wilson, Jr. Alpha Kappa Pi House Charles Oliver Wingate, Jr. Baltimore Theta Psi House Baltimore Waitman Burgess Zinn Phi Sigma Kappa House Charles Brooks Anderson Roland James Bailey, Jr. Gordon Keith Boucher Charles Schoch Catherman, Jr. Charles Patton Clark, Jr. Frank William Connor, Jr. Charles Edwin Dearing, II Edward DeLisio William Robert Eaton Walther Frederick William Evers Alphonse .Emanuel Farone Morton Norman Fine Fiorino Peter Froio Bryan Hancock David Arthur Harkness Francis Geoghegan Hurlock James Richard Kelly Graham Kent Gerald Independence Kurtz Angus Lamond Arthur Hungerford LaMotte Robert Henry Lampee John Robinson Magruder Elmer Lacy Meredith David Eugene Nopper Lawrence Joseph O'Connor, Jr. John Brophy O'Donnell Otto Ronald Peterson Philip Joseph Russillo Ephraim Roy Shawn, Jr. Robert Allison Sindall, Jr. Louis Ambrose Snyder Robert Noble Sosman Edward Maurice Sullivan David King Usher Dalton Middlekauff Welty Frank Kennedy Wilson, Jr. Austin William Winston Richard Sage Woodman Glenmont, New York 36 Pinkney Hall Hebron Delta Psi Omega House Grantsville Kappa Alpha House Cumberland Delta Psi Omega House Summit, New Jersey Phi Sigma Kappa House Wayne, Pennsylvania Phi Sigma Kappa House Newton Centre, Massachusetts Alpha Kappa Pi House Washington, District of Columbia Kappa Alpha House Chester 42 Pinkney Hall Baltimore Phi Sigma Kappa House Saratoga Springs, New York 3 Pinkney Hall Baltimore 15 Pinkney Hall Pittsfield, Massachusetts 9 Randall HalI Indian Head 42 Pinkney Hall Mutual Theta Psi Honse Cambridge 24 Randall HalI Thurmont 24 Randall Hall Washington, District of Columbia 34 Pinkney Hall Paterson, New Jersey 37 Pinkney HaU Washington, District of Columbia Kappa Alpha House Baltimore Kappa Alpha House New York, New York Delta Psi Omega House Baltimore Kappa Alpha House Federalsburg 8 Pinkney Hall Baltimore Theta Psi House Annapolis Home, 133 Duke of Gloucester Street Baltimore Delta Psi Omega House Manasquan, New Jersey Alpha Kappa Pi House Norwich, Connecticitt 163 Prince George Street West Annapolis Home, West Annapolis Baltimore 26 Pinkney Hall Hager st own Theta Psi House Westfield, New Jersey Delta Psi Omega House Hartford, Connecticut 9 Randall Hall Baltimore Phi Sigma Kappa House Funkstown Theta Psi House Baltimore 138 Conduit Street Washington, District of Columbia Kappa Alpha House Tenafly, New Jersey Alpha Kappa Pi House SOPHOMORES-CLASS OF 1936 Carvil Reid Archer Melville Lewis Bisgyer John Reeves Blakistone James Pierce Bradley James McCombs Brown Edward James Butterworth Timothy Andrew Callahan, Jr. Thomas Linwood Carter Burton Chance, Jr. Garnett Yelverton Clark Lawrason Levering Crane John Charles Donohue Robertson Drake Herbert Henry Eccleston Bel Air Kappa Alpha House Brooklyn, New York 5 Pinkney Hall Bushwood Alpha Kappa Pi House California Alpha Kappa Pi House Baltimore 45 Pinkney Hall Paterson, New Jersey Phi Sigma Kappa House Bel Air Phi Sigma Kappa House Arnold Home, Arnold Radnor, Pennsy~van-fri, Phi Sigma Kappa House Annapolis Home, l 83 Prince George Street Baltimore 25 Pinkney Hall Baltimore Theta Psi House Maplewood, New Jersey 32 Pinkney Hall Hackensack, New Jersey Alpha Kappa Pi House 103 FRESHMEN-CLASS OF 1937 Willard Osborne Ash Charles Chester Atwater Lewis Allan Bevier Robert Leon Baro Chauncey Brooks, Jr. Harold Leroy Brooks John Harrington Brown John Wheelwright Browne James Joseph Buchheister Harry Pattey Calhoun ·Thomas Warren Chandlec Herbert Keith Clayton William Francis Coleman John Raymond Cooper Cumberland I I Pinkney Hall Chestertown l 6 Pinkney Hall Elkridge 20 Pinkney Hall Severna Park Home, Severna Park Annapolis Home, 4 Randall Place Washington, District of Columbia 2 Randall Hall Wye Mills 20 Randall Hall Merion, Pennsylvania, 12 Pinkney Hall Upper Marlboro 40 Pinkney Hall Ocean City 23 Pinkney Hall Delta, Pennsylvania Phi Sigma Kappa House Baltimore l Randall Hall Cumberland 37 Pinkney Hall Baltimore l Randall Hall �104 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 40 Pinkney Hall College Park So State Circle Annapolis Camp Parole Wetumpka, Alabama I 9 Pinkney Hall Cumberland 35 Pinkney Hall Hartford, Connecticut 12 Pinkney Hall Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Home, 77 Conduit Street Annapolis Home, Odenton Odenton 35 Pinkney Hall Newark, New 1 ersey I s Pinkney Hall New York, New York 28 Pinkney Hall Nashua, New Hampshire Kappa Alpha House Baltimore Is Randall Hall Accident Home, R. F. D., Annapolis Annapolis Phi Sigma Kappa House Baltimore Kappa Alpha House Baltimore 23 Randall Hall Baltimore 33 Pinkney Hall Cumberland 2 I Pinkney Hall Philadelphia, Pennsylvrwia Horne, IS Maryland Avenue Annapolis 20 Pinkney Hall Baltimore 44 Pinkney Hall Atlantic City, New Jersey I 6 Pinkney Hall Crumpton I 3 Randall Hall Hampstead Home, 55 East Street Annapolis 2 I Randall Hall Relay Washington, District of Columbia Kappa Alpha House 5 Randall Hall River Edge, New Jersey I7 Pinkney Hall Quantico I7 Randall Hall Clearfield, Pennsylvania Baltimore 4 Pinkney Hall Phi Sigma Kappa House Baltimore 38 Pinkney Hall Bridgeton, New Jersey I9 Pinkney Hall Prince Frederick I 8 Randall Hall Woodmere, New York 33 Pinkney Hall Baltimore Chevy Chase, District of Columbia Delta Psi Omega House I 7 Pinkney Hall William Balfour McDonald, Jr. Wilson, North Carolina Home, 44 West Street Isadore ·Irvin Miller Annapolis Theta Psi House William Robert Miller Baltimore 23 .Pinkney Hall Lewis Lee Moore, Jr. Cambridge Horne, I44 Duke of Gloucester Street Robert Graham Moss Annapolis Kappa Alpha House Cyril Raymond Murphy, Jr. Baltimore Home, Boucher's Point John Burneston Owens Annapolis Kappa Alpha House William Burton Parsons Onley, Virginia I 6 Randall Hall Albert Francis Patrick Yonkers, New York Home, Round Bay Charles Francis Peace, III Round Bay Home, Round Bay Robert Lee Peace Round Bay Home, Ferry Farms Langdon Dominique Pickering, Jr.Ferry Farms 7 Randall Hall Lewi• Putzel Baltimore 26 Pinkney Hall William Reed Quimby Bar Harbor, Maine 3 Pinkney Hall Sylvester Joseph Ramos, Jr. Saratoga Springs, New York 45 Pinkney Hall Turner Reuben Russell Baltimore 27 Pinkney Hall Isadore Scher Baltimore Home, 85 Main Street Charles Schiff Annapolis Home, I I I Market Street William Morris Shannon Annapolis 27 Pinkney Hall Irving Lloyd Silver Clifton, New Jersey Horne, I33 Fifth Street Jesse Campbell Simpson Annapolis Ernest Neal Cory, Jr. Gilbert Albert. Crand'all Richard Gunter Crommelin Charles Joseph Cunningham Stuart Henry DePathy Henry Herman Fahrig, Jr. Bernard Gregory Fold Frank Anderson Gale Ralph Joseph Giordano Merrill Morse Goldstein Charles George Goy Calvert Michel Haas William Edward Harman William Preston Harrison Charles Parish Hebb John Sebastian Hodges Asher Hollander Jesse W. Holmes, Jr. George Richard Hoover John Trenholm Hopkins Calvin Lewis Horn, Jr. Louis Rosin Horn Edward Conquest Hudson Charles David Hyson Alexander Noble Jarrell Norval Foard Kemp Donald Dodge Kneessi George Worthington Kopp Richard Lee Layfield Asbury Wright Lee, III Robert Levin Robert Glyn Lewis James Frederic Lummis Thomas Frank Lusby, II Harry Patrick Luz Everett Paul Mason, Jr. Harold Olin McCallum CATALOGUE OF ST; JOHN'S COLLEGE Arthur Robert Smith Everett Welcome Smith, Jr. Marcus Edward Smith Robert McCawley Snibbe Emanuel Philip Snyder William Burns Sohn John Ferguson Somerville, Jr. Cyrus William Straw John Leslie Sullivan John Henry Von Dreele, III Lester Aubrey Wall, Jr. Richard Lawrence Waters, Jr. George Thomas Wingate John Mackall Young Oradell, New Jersey Annapolis Cambridge BaltimOf'e Annapolis Towson Cumberland Scranton, Pennsylvania Annapolis Baltimore Baltimore Rockville Baltimore Elkton 105 s Randall Hall Home, 6I College Avenue 20 Randall Hall 2I Pinkney Hall Home, 78 Maryland Avenue Io Randall Hall I I Pinkney Hall I8 Pinkney Hall Home, 23 Francis Street Phi Sigma Kappa House r 3 Randall Hall 3 Randall Hall Theta Psi House Alpha Kappa Pi House SPECIAL STUDENTS Henry Gannett Backus H. Millard Chew Henry Hall Kyle Johri Dudley Martin Leigh Allison Miner Oscar Mir6-Quesada, Jr. Bertram Earle Spriggs Washington, District of Columbia 2 Randall Hall Bridgeton, New Jersey 3~ Pinkney Hall Waterbury Home, Waterbury Eastport Home, Boucher's Point Owosso, Michigan 39 Pinkney Hall Lima, Peru I8 Pinkney Hall Eastport Home, 484 Chesapeake Avenue NON-MATRICULATED STUDENTS James Wilson Macey Joseph Hornsby Spear Annapolis Annapolis Home, I I Dean Street Home, IO Porter Road SUMMARY OF ENROLLMENT BY CLA:SSES * SENIORS •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••.••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ~~=~~~OR-.,;; ... •••.••.•.. •••... •.••••.•.. •••••••.•••••••.•.•••.••.•••••' ' ' ' • ······························································· ~==~::E~T;~~~~~ •::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::••.••••• : . • •. ••• NON-MATRICULATED STUDENTS ••••••••••••••• ··················· ····························· 48 39 55 86 7 2 ................................................................. 237 SUMMARY: GEOGRAPHICAL* DISTRIBUTION Maryland ....................... . I58 New Jersey , .................... . I9 New York ....................... . I3 District of Columbia ............. . I3 Pennsylvania .... , ........... , ... . I I Connecticut ...................... . 7 Massachusetts . , . , ............... . New Hampshire ................. . 2 Ohio ............................ . 2 Virginia Alabama Maine ••....•.................... Michigan ........................ . North Carolina ..................• Peru ···························· Total 237 •Including only students who enrolled during the first half-year, prior to the publication of the Catalogue. �106 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE DEGREES CONFERRED, JUNE 7, 1933 . BACHELOR OF ARTS HONORS AND PRIZES AWARDED ' JUNE 7, 1933 Magna cu.m Lau.de et cum Hono1·e Visitors and Governors' Prize Charles Gilbert Hill, Jr. (in Philosophy) ............................ ····· .An~apolis Edward Marion Kenly (in History) ........................ · · · · · · · · ·······Claiborne EDWARD MARION KENLY Theta Psi Fraternity Prize Cum Laude et cum Honore George Dugan Johnson (in Mathematics) ............................. · · Severna 107 NATHANIBL JOHN CHEW Pa~k Phi Delta Sigma Fraternity Prize Cum Laude Nathaniel J oh n Ch ew . ...................................... ·. .......... West River . . . ... Princess Anne James Wesley Gray Hampton. : ................................. ." .......... Oakland Leonard Joseph Murphy .......... · · · · .. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Allan Ell10tt Anderson................................... . . . .... St. Louis, Missouri . ........ Davidsonville Thoburn James· Bard.······································· Rh d dale James Rona!~ Bennett.···.··································::::::::::: ...0.{~urel James Gamaliel Boss. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · " · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · . N J Edward Daniel Capell, Jr ..... , ...................... Hasbrouck Heights, ~w .ersey 1 William James Carter ....... ··.··········· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · S \~:ore ~0o;:ri!':;;:~a;i;goe:~ .. '. '. '. '. '. ·. '. '. ·. '. '. '. '. '. '.'. ·. '. '. '. '. ·. '. ·. ·. ·. ·. ·. ·. '. ·.·. '. ·. '. '. '. ·.-.·.·.·.'.'.'.'. ·. '.'.'.". -~~;1::~ EVERETT IRVING SMITH Prize offered by the Reverend Martin Aigner, D. D. EVEru;TT IRVING SMITH Phi Sigma Kappa Fraternity Prize AUSTIN WILLIAM WINSTON Prize offered b;,i the Reverend Thomas E. Green, D. D. In the Division of the Languages, Literature and Art ALFRED WANNER SAT!'ERTHW AITE George Robert Gallagher .................. · · · · · · . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·Baltimore Philo Sherinan Bennett Prize ~~~~~~ H;;:~: ~:~~~~~" "":::"":·. ::":::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::n:~~:~: In the Division of the Soci'al Sciences and Philosophy John Sebald Hofmeister, Jr ............... · ........ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Baltim~re James Herbert Fielding Jukes ...................... · . · · · . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Quantii;o Karl Franklin Jund .............................. ··················· .Dayton, Oh10 Lawrence Joseph Kelly ........................... Cedarhurst, Lo':g Island, New ~ark Stanley Russell Mitchell ................................... Wallingford, Connec~icut David Campbell Ninde ......................................... Fort Wayne, In~iana William Algernon Percy, Jr ............................ ·.·.· .... ·········· .Vie_nna Philip Rumrill Piper .................................... West Hartford, Connecti:ut John Anthony Raudonis .................................... Hudson, New Hampshi~e Joseph Crandell Russell .................................... ············· .Ann~pohs William Christian Sandrock .............................................. Baltimore Everett Irving Smith .......................................... Oradell, New ~ersey David Reisinger Steele ............................................. · · ... Baltimo~e Enrico Joseph Tarantino ........................... · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·Annapolis Leroy Samuel Taylor ........................................ · . · .. · · · · · · · · · Chest:r Carl Strohm Thomas ................ · ...... · ..... · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · : · · · · · ·Annapolis Urban Chester Ullman ..................................... Woodbridge, New Jersey Daniel Junior ward .......................................... Paterson, New ~ersey Joseph Kennard Wright. .......... ' ..................................... Baltimore DOCTOR OF LAWS (Honoris causa) Major Enoch Barton Garey, President Emeritus of St. John's College President, The Garey School. ................................... Aberdeen, Maryland CANDIDATE FOR CERTIFICATE JUSSERAND SCHOLAR, 1932-33 Pierre de Douville-Maillefeu ..................... , .................... Paris, France HARRISON GoLSHAN DYAR Prize offered by the Reverend Thmnas E. Green, D. D. In the Division of the Sciences and Mathematics GEORGE DUGAN JOHNSON lHonorable Mention: NATHANIEL JOHN CHEW, HERBERT JosEPH FLORE- STANO, HowARD ARCHIBALD LEGG, LEONARD JosEPH MURPHY.] Algernon Sydney Sullivan Student Award GEORGE ROBERT GALLAGHER Algernon Sydney Sullivan Award MIRIAM STRANGE Kappa Alpha Fraternity Award WILLIAM ALGERNON PEROY, JR. MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES AWARDED AT THE FORMAL OPENING OF COLLEGE, SEPTEMBER 20, 1933 Sophomore Merit Scholarships LAWRENCE JOSEPH O'CONNOR, JR. JOHN BROPHY O'DONNELL Freshman Merit Scholarship JOSEPH NOVEY �-- CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE 109 INDEX Absences, from class ............ 51 before and after holidays ...... 51 Administration, officers of. . . . . . 9 regulations of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 advanced standing . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 applications for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 by certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 by examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 from other colleges. . . . . . . . . . . 32 on trial ..................... 30 routine of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 special students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 subjects accepted . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 units ........................ 31 Advanced standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Advisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Aids to students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Alumni association . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Amount of work carried. . . . . . . . 50 permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 required for promotion. . . . . . . . 50 Applications, for admission ...... 29 for aid ...................... 38 for rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Arrival at college. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Art, courses in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Assignments, rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Athletic schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Attendance, church . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 classes ..................... 51 college functions ............ 51 official summons ............. 51 A wards, Commencement ........ 107 competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Biology, courses in ............. 87 major in .................... 56 Board of Visitors and Governors. 6 Buildings, college . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Business Administration .... : . . 25 Calendar, days of the year...... 4 college events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Campus ....................... 21 Catalyst ....................... 27 Change of Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Change of registration .......... 49 Charges ....................... 35 Chemistry, courses in ..... , ..... 91 major in .................... 56 Churches, Annapolis . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Classics, courses in. . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 major in .................... 57 Clubs, college . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 College Entrance Examination Board .................... 30 College Green ................. 21 College Routine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 College rules .................. 46 Collegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Commencement ................ 106 Committees, of the Board....... 8 of the Faculty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Concerts, student orchestra. . . . . . 26 visiting performers . . . . . . . . . . . 26 ·Course numbers ............... 63 Courses for distribution. . . . . . . . . 55 Courses of instruction. . . . . . . . . . . 63 Courses, repeated . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 summer school . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Courses requiring consent of instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Credit Units, see requirements for the degree. Credits, entrance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 summer school . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Curriculum, see courses of instruction, regulations, requirements, etc. Deans ........................ 48 Deans' list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Degree, requirements for the .... 54 Degrees, conferred ............. 106 offered ..................... 23 with distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 with honor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Delta Kappa Phi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Delta Omicron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 l �110 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Departments, Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Biology .................... 81,7 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9I Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 English ..................... 64 French ...................... 68 German ..................... 70 Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Greek ....................... 72 History ..................... 8I Latin ....................... 73 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Philosophy . . . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. . 83 Physics ..................... 97 Psychology .. . . .. . . .. .. .. . .. . 8S Spanish ..................... 74 Description of the College ...... I7 of the courses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Dining room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Distribution, courses for. . . . . . . . SS of students, geographic ........ ros Division of the Languages, Literature, and Art. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 of the Social Sciences and Philosophy .. .. . .. .. .. . . .. . 76 of the Sciences and Mathematics .................... 87 Dramatics ..................... 28 Economics, courses in ........... 76 major in .................... S7 Engineering, preparation for. . . . 2s scholarships at Hopkins. . . . . . . 42 English, courses in ............. 64 major in .................... S7 students sent back for work in. S4 Entrance examinations . . . . . . . . . 30 Examination groups . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SI Excuse, for absence ............. SI Exemption, from English I. . . . . . 49 Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3S Faculty ....................... IO Fees, annual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3S additional courses . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 matriculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3S Fellowships ................... 38 Filing of study cards. . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Fines, registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Fraternities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 French, courses in .............. 68 major in .................... S8 Freshmen, list of. .............. 103 Geographic distribution, students. ros German, courses in. . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 major in .................... S8 Good standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s2 Government, courses in ......... 78 major in .................... S8 Grades ........................ SI Greek, courses in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 major in .................... S7 History, courses in ............. 8I major in .................... S8 of the College. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I7 Honor regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 societies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 system ...................... 46 Honors and prizes awarded ...... 107 Hygiene, course in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Infirmary service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Information, general ........... 2I procedure for new students . . . . 33 Juniors, list of ................. I02 King William Players . . . . . . . . . . 28 King William's School .......... I7 Laboratory charges . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Language requirements . . . . . . . . . SS Latin. courses in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 major in .................... S7 Law, preparation for ............ 2S Lectures, public . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Library teas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 List of students ................. IOI Literature, courses in. . . . . . . . . . . 63 Location of the College. . . . . . . . . 2I Majors, requirements for ........ s6 Marine biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Marks ........................ SI Mathematics, courses in ......... 94 major in .................... S8 Matriculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 CATALOGUE OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE Medicine, preparation for. . . . . . . . 24 Music, college band. . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 public concerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 student orchestra . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Numbering system, courses. . . . . . 63 Occupancy of rooms, dormitories. 46 Officers of administration. . . . . . . . 9 Philosophy, courses in .......... 83 major in .................... S9 Physical training, courses ....... Ioo requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . so staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IS Physics, courses in. . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 major in .................... s 9 Pre-medical major, ............. s 9 Preparation for professional school ....................... 24 Presidents, former . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Emeriti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Prizes, awarded ................ 107 offered ...................... 42 Probation, disciplinary . . . . . . . . . S3 scholastic . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3 relief from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3 Professional preparation . . . . . . . 24 Promotion, requirements for. . . . . so Psychology, courses in .......... 8S major in .................... 60 Purpose of the College. . . . . . . . . . 23 Rank list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s2 Rat-Tat ....................... 27 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 changes in .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. . .. 49 Regulations, dining-room . . . . . . . 47 dormitories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 honor ....................... 46 residence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 scholastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Relief from probation. . . . . . . . . . . S3 Repeating courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4 Reports ........... ; ........... SI Requirements, admission . . . . . . . 29 distribution .. . .. .. . . . . . .. .. .. SS for graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4 for honors and distinction. . . . . 6 I for promotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ~. >I' v" " .. ,,'· ·~, 111 hygiene ..................... so language ........... SS major .............. ·. · · · · · · s6 .......... physical training . . . . . . . . . . . . . so residence 46 specific co~~~~~·:::::::::::::: SS Romance major ................ 6I Rooms, assigned to new students. 33 assigned to old students. . . . . . . 46 furnishings .................. 33 occupancy ................... 46 Routine of admission 29 Rules for dormitories: : : : : : : : : : : 47 Schedules, examination ....... . SI course ..................... . 63 Scholarships .................. . 39 Sciences, courses in ........... . 87 Senior Fellowships . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Seniors, list of. ................ IOI Social Sciences, courses in ....... 76 major ....................... 6I Sophomores, list of. ............. 102 Spanish, .courses in ............ . 74 . major m .................... 6I Speakers at the College ......... 26 Special students ............... lOS Staff, administration . . . . . . . . . . . 9 faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ro physical training . . . . . . . . . . . . . IS Standing, rank-list . . . . . . . . . . . . . s2 Student activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 band ........................ 28 Council ..................... 27 loans ....................... 4s orchestra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 roll \' ........................ IOI Study cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Summer school courses, credits. . S4 Transfer of credits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . s 4 Tuition ....................... 3S Work required .... , ........... so permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . so Year book . .. . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. 27 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bulletin of St. John's College in Annapolis: Catalogue Number for 1933-1934 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Bulletin of St. John's College Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Description An account of the resource <em>The Bulletin of St. John's College</em> was published quarterly by St. John's College from 1932 to 1968. It was distributed to alumni, faculty, and staff. Some issues include the Report of the President, the official statement of the St. John's program, the Catalogue, the Polity of the college, or the Dean's Statement.<br /><br />The publication was continued by <a href="https://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/collections/show/12" title="The College (1969-1981)"><em>The College</em> (1969-1981)</a>.<br /><br />Click on <strong><a title="The Bulletin" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=37&amp;sort_field=Dublin+Core%2CDate&amp;sort_dir=d">Items in The Bulletin of St. John's College Collection</a></strong> to view and sort all items in the collection. Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 111 pages Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource St. John's College Title A name given to the resource Bulletin of St. John's College in Annapolis, January 1934 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1934-01 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource text Language A language of the resource English Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Bulletin of St. John's College: Volume IV, Number 1 Description An account of the resource Volume IV, number 1 issue of the Bulletin of St. John's College in Annapolis. Published in January 1934. College catalog for the years 1933-1934 Bulletin Catalogue College catalog https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/3cc3b873eafe90844b96f5dc34324e59.pdf 2491ab706578401735d40b1194ac6c01 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_1934_1_12 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, January 12, 1934 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1934-01-12 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLV, No. 5 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on January 12,1934. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Lampee, Robert H. (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/0e57b05bc2976ef09bd01b6f32337100.pdf 387372f9c7ab1652b9a794ce21d167fd Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_1934_2_2 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, February 2, 1934 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1934-02-02 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLV, No. 6 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on February 2, 1934. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Lampee, Robert H. (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/sjcdigitalarchives/original/abf27cb9d9b765a4a727d1761a3683c8.pdf 73fe2ad5329a52e3ce5ef01e8d794364 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource The Collegian Description An account of the resource The Collegian began as a student newspaper; became a college community literary publication in 1952 and continued until 1969; became a student newspaper again in 1969; discontinued publication from 1980 until 1989 when it again became a student literary publication.<br /><br />Click on <a title="The Collegian" href="http://digitalarchives.sjc.edu/items/browse?collection=26">Items in The Collegian Collection</a> to view and sort all items in the collection. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource St. John's College Greenfield Library Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Page numeration Number of pages in the original item. 4 pages Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Collegian_1934_2_9 Title A name given to the resource St. John's Collegian, February 9, 1934 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1934-02-09 Description An account of the resource Vol. XLV, No. 7 of the St. John's Collegian. Published on February 9, 1934. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Lampee, Robert H. (Editor-in-Chief) Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Annapolis, MD Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available St. John's College Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource St. John's College owns the rights to this publication. Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource pdf Student publication